<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" version="2.0"><channel><title>Explore the Latest Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/explore-the-latest-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575956</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/412/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/412/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography &amp; Memoir, Spirituality &amp; Religion, and Business &amp; Career Development. Get 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you save time and enhance knowledge. Don't miss this great opportunity! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></description><atom:link href="https://www.spreaker.com/show/6575956/episodes/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><language>en</language><category>Education</category><copyright>Copyright Concepcion  Marquardt</copyright><image><url>https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e641b6dd3b45140deb5e89056772ba60.jpg</url><title>Explore the Latest Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/explore-the-latest-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575956</link></image><lastBuildDate>Sat, 29 Mar 2025 04:47:14 +0000</lastBuildDate><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:owner><itunes:name>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:name><itunes:email>feeds@spreaker.com</itunes:email></itunes:owner><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e641b6dd3b45140deb5e89056772ba60.jpg"/><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/412/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography &amp; Memoir, Spirituality &amp; Religion,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/412/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/412/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography &amp; Memoir, Spirituality &amp; Religion, and Business &amp; Career Development. Get 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you save time and enhance knowledge. Don't miss this great opportunity! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:category text="Education"/><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type><item><title>The Lasting Harm: Witnessing the Trial of Ghislaine Maxwell by Lucia Osborne-Crowley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-lasting-harm-witnessing-the-trial-of-ghislaine-maxwell-by-lucia-osborne-crowley--65206307</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603625" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603625</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lasting Harm: Witnessing the Trial of Ghislaine Maxwell Author: Lucia Osborne-Crowley Narrator: Madeleine Leslay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: July  4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Powerful, vivid and affecting' DAVID NICHOLLS           'Urgent, necessary and courageous' ELIZABETH DAY           'Brilliantly unsettling' GUARDIAN           'Will make you think about trauma in a new light' EVENING STANDARD                        'I understand – and sympathise with – the feeling you might have that you already know the Jeffrey Epstein story. But I am not here to tell you a story about Jeffrey Epstein, or even Ghislaine Maxwell. I am here to tell you the stories of ten women, many of whom have never spoken at length before, about the real impact of sexual trauma on their lives'                      In November 2021, Ghislaine Maxwell was convicted of five counts of sex-trafficking of minors, and now faces twenty years in prison for the role she played in Jeffrey Epstein’s abuse of four girls. The trial was meticulously covered by journalist and legal reporter Lucia Osborne-Crowley, one of the only reporters allowed into the courtroom every day.           The Lasting Harm is her account of that trial, a gripping true crime drama and a blistering critique of a criminal justice system ill-equipped to deliver justice for abuse survivors, no matter the outcome.           Giving voice to four women and their testimonies, and supplemented by exclusive interviews, The Lasting Harm brings this incendiary trial to life, questions our age-old appetite for crime and punishment and offers a new blueprint for meaningful reparative justice.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603625</guid><pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2024 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206307/9780008591212.mp3" length="2437233" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603625 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lasting Harm: Witnessing the Trial of Ghislaine Maxwell Author: Lucia Osborne-Crowley Narrator: Madeleine Leslay Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603625" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603625</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lasting Harm: Witnessing the Trial of Ghislaine Maxwell Author: Lucia Osborne-Crowley Narrator: Madeleine Leslay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: July  4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Powerful, vivid and affecting' DAVID NICHOLLS           'Urgent, necessary and courageous' ELIZABETH DAY           'Brilliantly unsettling' GUARDIAN           'Will make you think about trauma in a new light' EVENING STANDARD                        'I understand – and sympathise with – the feeling you might have that you already know the Jeffrey Epstein story. But I am not here to tell you a story about Jeffrey Epstein, or even Ghislaine Maxwell. I am here to tell you the stories of ten women, many of whom have never spoken at length before, about the real impact of sexual trauma on their lives'                      In November 2021, Ghislaine Maxwell was convicted of five counts of sex-trafficking of minors, and now faces twenty years in prison for the role she played in Jeffrey Epstein’s abuse of four girls. The trial was meticulously covered by journalist and legal reporter Lucia Osborne-Crowley, one of the only reporters allowed into the courtroom every day.           The Lasting Harm is her account of that trial, a gripping true crime drama and a blistering critique of a criminal justice system ill-equipped to deliver justice for abuse survivors, no matter the outcome.           Giving voice to four women and their testimonies, and supplemented by exclusive interviews, The Lasting Harm brings this incendiary trial to life, questions our age-old appetite for crime and punishment and offers a new blueprint for meaningful reparative justice.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/64d747a4abd43f52b0d71922b1a34969.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Intervention Earth: Life-Saving Ideas from the World's Climate Engineers by Gwynne Dyer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/intervention-earth-life-saving-ideas-from-the-world-s-climate-engineers-by-gwynne-dyer--65206284</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605388" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605388</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Intervention Earth: Life-Saving Ideas from the World's Climate Engineers Author: Gwynne Dyer Narrator: Braden Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: May  7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER Historian, journalist, and author Gwynne Dyer interviews the world’s top 100 climate scientists to discuss the extraordinary measures we must contemplate to counter the irreversible effects of climate change. The global climate emergency is now an alarming fact of life. Much as we still need to get emissions under control, many are thinking that it's all too little, too late. As scientists, politicians and concerned citizens scramble for solutions to the catastrophic effects of a warming world, is it time to be exploring the controversial topic of geoengineering? For decades, discerning readers have turned to journalist and historian Gwynne Dyer for his unparalleled acumen in serving up hard geopolitical truths. Intervention Earth is built around Dyer’s interviews with one hundred climate scientists from around the globe, including the leading figures in the geoengineering field. One of the most interesting topics: the pros and cons of Solar Radiation Management, a possible planetary Hail Mary that is rife with political risks. But Intervention Earth is about more than technological mega-projects. Dyer devotes ample space to the many innovative ideas on offer, but there is no get-out-of-jail-free card. We will need a whole portfolio of techniques and technologies—and a lot of hard, thankless work—to keep the planet hospitable for humanity. What’s more, many of the technologies that can help us avoid the worst outcomes require years of investment and development before they can be successfully deployed. Global cooperation will be key in implementing the life-saving strategies outlined in the book. With up-to-the-minute, breaking-news reporting Intervention Earth offers a probing, eye-opening look at the problems we face, and the innovations that just might keep us ahead of encroaching disaster and carry us to a safe harbour.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605388</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2024 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206284/9781039007680.mp3" length="4837207" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605388 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Intervention Earth: Life-Saving Ideas from the World's Climate Engineers Author: Gwynne Dyer Narrator: Braden Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605388" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605388</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Intervention Earth: Life-Saving Ideas from the World's Climate Engineers Author: Gwynne Dyer Narrator: Braden Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: May  7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER Historian, journalist, and author Gwynne Dyer interviews the world’s top 100 climate scientists to discuss the extraordinary measures we must contemplate to counter the irreversible effects of climate change. The global climate emergency is now an alarming fact of life. Much as we still need to get emissions under control, many are thinking that it's all too little, too late. As scientists, politicians and concerned citizens scramble for solutions to the catastrophic effects of a warming world, is it time to be exploring the controversial topic of geoengineering? For decades, discerning readers have turned to journalist and historian Gwynne Dyer for his unparalleled acumen in serving up hard geopolitical truths. Intervention Earth is built around Dyer’s interviews with one hundred climate scientists from around the globe, including the leading figures in the geoengineering field. One of the most interesting topics: the pros and cons of Solar Radiation Management, a possible planetary Hail Mary that is rife with political risks. But Intervention Earth is about more than technological mega-projects. Dyer devotes ample space to the many innovative ideas on offer, but there is no get-out-of-jail-free card. We will need a whole portfolio of techniques and technologies—and a lot of hard, thankless work—to keep the planet hospitable for humanity. What’s more, many of the technologies that can help us avoid the worst outcomes require years of investment and development before they can be successfully deployed. Global cooperation will be key in implementing the life-saving strategies outlined in the book. With up-to-the-minute, breaking-news reporting Intervention Earth offers a probing, eye-opening look at the problems we face, and the innovations that just might keep us ahead of encroaching disaster and carry us to a safe harbour.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/18d2ac0a1cbbb08997404ea718775883.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Friedrich Nietzsche Collection: Beyond Good and Evil, Thus Spoke Zarathustra, and The Antichrist by Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/friedrich-nietzsche-collection-beyond-good-and-evil-thus-spoke-zarathustra-and-the-antichrist-by-friedrich-wilhelm-nietzsche--65206312</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603159" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603159</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Friedrich Nietzsche Collection: Beyond Good and Evil, Thus Spoke Zarathustra, and The Antichrist Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: Drake Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Enjoy this Friedrich Nietzsche collection combining three of Nietzsche's most noteworthy pieces, Thus Spoke Zarathustra, Beyond Good and Evil, and The Antichrist into one audiobook!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603159</guid><pubDate>Fri, 12 Apr 2024 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206312/9781667979045.mp3" length="2437341" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603159 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Friedrich Nietzsche Collection: Beyond Good and Evil, Thus Spoke Zarathustra, and The Antichrist Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: Drake...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603159" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603159</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Friedrich Nietzsche Collection: Beyond Good and Evil, Thus Spoke Zarathustra, and The Antichrist Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: Drake Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Enjoy this Friedrich Nietzsche collection combining three of Nietzsche's most noteworthy pieces, Thus Spoke Zarathustra, Beyond Good and Evil, and The Antichrist into one audiobook!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/27f233d3d89e8307dbfa89fda4bdc7ca.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Finish What We Started: The MAGA Movement's Ground War to End Democracy by Isaac Arnsdorf</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-finish-what-we-started-the-maga-movement-s-ground-war-to-end-democracy-by-isaac-arnsdorf--65206266</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605357" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605357</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Finish What We Started: The MAGA Movement's Ground War to End Democracy Author: Isaac Arnsdorf Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: April  9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The immersive, captivating untold story of the mass radicalization of the Republican Party in the aftermath of January 6, 2021, entrenching the political power of a radical right-wing fringe dedicated to dismantling democracy itself.     Inspired by Donald Trump’s election lies, a growing movement of grassroots activists mobilized around the country to pick up where the insurrection left off, laying the groundwork to succeed next time where Trump had failed to keep himself in power. But their own success in taking over and purging the Republican Party became their undoing as it drove away moderates and supplied the Democrats with a winning message in the 2022 midterms. Still, the MAGA Republicans proved uninterested in learning from that defeat, only becoming more extreme, divisive, and dead set on returning Trump to power.     Washington Post national political reporter Isaac Arnsdorf has spent years at the forefront of reporting on this growing movement. Drawing on extensive, exclusive on-the-ground reporting around the country, and deepened by historical context, Arnsdorf has produced the defining journalistic account of the origins, evolution and future of the MAGA movement. Combining critical and rigorous reporting with the intimacy and complexity of a novel, this book is unlike any other in the decade since Donald Trump convulsed and transformed American politics.    Finish What We Started tells the story of the ordinary Americans driving this change, who they are and where they came from, what motivates them, and what their movement means for the survival of American democracy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605357</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2024 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206266/9781668619698.mp3" length="1477709" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605357 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Finish What We Started: The MAGA Movement's Ground War to End Democracy Author: Isaac Arnsdorf Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605357" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605357</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Finish What We Started: The MAGA Movement's Ground War to End Democracy Author: Isaac Arnsdorf Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: April  9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The immersive, captivating untold story of the mass radicalization of the Republican Party in the aftermath of January 6, 2021, entrenching the political power of a radical right-wing fringe dedicated to dismantling democracy itself.     Inspired by Donald Trump’s election lies, a growing movement of grassroots activists mobilized around the country to pick up where the insurrection left off, laying the groundwork to succeed next time where Trump had failed to keep himself in power. But their own success in taking over and purging the Republican Party became their undoing as it drove away moderates and supplied the Democrats with a winning message in the 2022 midterms. Still, the MAGA Republicans proved uninterested in learning from that defeat, only becoming more extreme, divisive, and dead set on returning Trump to power.     Washington Post national political reporter Isaac Arnsdorf has spent years at the forefront of reporting on this growing movement. Drawing on extensive, exclusive on-the-ground reporting around the country, and deepened by historical context, Arnsdorf has produced the defining journalistic account of the origins, evolution and future of the MAGA movement. Combining critical and rigorous reporting with the intimacy and complexity of a novel, this book is unlike any other in the decade since Donald Trump convulsed and transformed American politics.    Finish What We Started tells the story of the ordinary Americans driving this change, who they are and where they came from, what motivates them, and what their movement means for the survival of American democracy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1ec5540a165c9fc03324e234848729b4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Get Married: Why Americans Must Defy the Elites, Forge Strong Families, and Save Civilization by Brad Wilcox</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-get-married-why-americans-must-defy-the-elites-forge-strong-families-and-save-civilization-by-brad-wilcox--65206343</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600956" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600956</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Get Married: Why Americans Must Defy the Elites, Forge Strong Families, and Save Civilization Author: Brad Wilcox Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Next Big Idea Club Must-Read University of Virginia sociologist Brad Wilcox explains how our ruling class publicly disparages marriage – the institution most likely to deliver prosperity and happiness to ordinary Americans – while privately embracing it. America is in crisis. Happiness is falling, loneliness and despair are rising, too many schools are riddled by fights and failure, crime is unacceptably high, and the American Dream is out of reach for millions. The problems are visible to us all, but virtually no one is talking about the solution that matters most: Marriage. New research by University of Virginia sociologist Brad Wilcox shows that Americans who get married and have children today are leading happier and more prosperous lives, on average, than men and women who are single and childless. In fact, nothing predicts happiness in life better than a good marriage—not even a hefty bank account or a great career. And kids and communities—not to mention our civilization as a whole—are much more likely to flourish when the state of our unions is strong, according to Wilcox, who directs the National Marriage Project at U.Va.  But our country is in crisis because record numbers of Americans are not succeeding at getting or staying married. In this hard-hitting book, Wilcox reveals the anti-family messages and policies that have weakened marriage coming out of Hollywood, Washington, the media, academia, and corporate America.  The good news, however, is that millions of Americans are succeeding at marriage. Dr. Wilcox spotlights four groups—Asian, conservative, religious, and college-educated Americans—who are building strong and stable marriages by defying the me-first messages of our elites in favor of a family-first way of life.  This is a book for anyone who wants to understand why, even as fewer men and women tie the knot, America’s most fundamental institution matters more than ever for our civilization. And for men and women looking to forge strong, stable, and happy unions for themselves and their children, Get Married reveals the road forward. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600956</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2024 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206343/9780063210875.mp3" length="2437256" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600956 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Get Married: Why Americans Must Defy the Elites, Forge Strong Families, and Save Civilization Author: Brad Wilcox Narrator: Mark Deakins Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600956" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600956</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Get Married: Why Americans Must Defy the Elites, Forge Strong Families, and Save Civilization Author: Brad Wilcox Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Next Big Idea Club Must-Read University of Virginia sociologist Brad Wilcox explains how our ruling class publicly disparages marriage – the institution most likely to deliver prosperity and happiness to ordinary Americans – while privately embracing it. America is in crisis. Happiness is falling, loneliness and despair are rising, too many schools are riddled by fights and failure, crime is unacceptably high, and the American Dream is out of reach for millions. The problems are visible to us all, but virtually no one is talking about the solution that matters most: Marriage. New research by University of Virginia sociologist Brad Wilcox shows that Americans who get married and have children today are leading happier and more prosperous lives, on average, than men and women who are single and childless. In fact, nothing predicts happiness in life better than a good marriage—not even a hefty bank account or a great career. And kids and communities—not to mention our civilization as a whole—are much more likely to flourish when the state of our unions is strong, according to Wilcox, who directs the National Marriage Project at U.Va.  But our country is in crisis because record numbers of Americans are not succeeding at getting or staying married. In this hard-hitting book, Wilcox reveals the anti-family messages and policies that have weakened marriage coming out of Hollywood, Washington, the media, academia, and corporate America.  The good news, however, is that millions of Americans are succeeding at marriage. Dr. Wilcox spotlights four groups—Asian, conservative, religious, and college-educated Americans—who are building strong and stable marriages by defying the me-first messages of our elites in favor of a family-first way of life.  This is a book for anyone who wants to understand why, even as fewer men and women tie the knot, America’s most fundamental institution matters more than ever for our civilization. And for men and women looking to forge strong, stable, and happy unions for themselves and their children, Get Married reveals the road forward. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/75908fdf585dcb43bd3a6af0c98d7265.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Abolition Democracy: Beyond Empire, Prisons, and Torture by Angela Y. Davis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/abolition-democracy-beyond-empire-prisons-and-torture-by-angela-y-davis--65206327</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abolition Democracy: Beyond Empire, Prisons, and Torture Author: Angela Y. Davis Narrator: Andrew Joseph Perez, Angela Y. Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Revelations about U.S. policies and practices of torture and abuse have captured headlines ever since the breaking of the Abu Ghraib prison story in April 2004. Since then, a debate has raged regarding what is and what is not acceptable behavior for the world's leading democracy. It is within this context that Angela Davis, one of America's most remarkable political figures, gave a series of interviews to discuss resistance and law, institutional sexual coercion, politics, and prison. Davis talks about her own incarceration, as well as her experiences as 'enemy of the state,' and about having been put on the FBI's 'most wanted' list. She talks about the crucial role that international activism played in her case and the case of many other political prisoners. Throughout these interviews, Davis returns to her critique of a democracy that has been compromised by its racist origins and institutions. Discussing the most recent disclosures about the disavowed 'chain of command,' and the formal reports by the Red Cross and Human Rights Watch denouncing U.S. violation of human rights and the laws of war in Guantánamo, Afghanistan, and Iraq, Davis focuses on the underpinnings of prison regimes in the United States.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603318</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206327/9781541406551.mp3" length="14437318" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603318 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abolition Democracy: Beyond Empire, Prisons, and Torture Author: Angela Y. Davis Narrator: Andrew Joseph Perez, Angela Y. Davis Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abolition Democracy: Beyond Empire, Prisons, and Torture Author: Angela Y. Davis Narrator: Andrew Joseph Perez, Angela Y. Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Revelations about U.S. policies and practices of torture and abuse have captured headlines ever since the breaking of the Abu Ghraib prison story in April 2004. Since then, a debate has raged regarding what is and what is not acceptable behavior for the world's leading democracy. It is within this context that Angela Davis, one of America's most remarkable political figures, gave a series of interviews to discuss resistance and law, institutional sexual coercion, politics, and prison. Davis talks about her own incarceration, as well as her experiences as 'enemy of the state,' and about having been put on the FBI's 'most wanted' list. She talks about the crucial role that international activism played in her case and the case of many other political prisoners. Throughout these interviews, Davis returns to her critique of a democracy that has been compromised by its racist origins and institutions. Discussing the most recent disclosures about the disavowed 'chain of command,' and the formal reports by the Red Cross and Human Rights Watch denouncing U.S. violation of human rights and the laws of war in Guantánamo, Afghanistan, and Iraq, Davis focuses on the underpinnings of prison regimes in the United States.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/64d56df4f0ae617fae56f69c1434a1f6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Beijing Rules: How China Weaponized Its Economy to Confront the World by Bethany Allen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/beijing-rules-how-china-weaponized-its-economy-to-confront-the-world-by-bethany-allen--65206353</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600968" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600968</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beijing Rules: How China Weaponized Its Economy to Confront the World Author: Bethany Allen Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 14 minutes Release date: August  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An acclaimed journalist on contemporary China lays bare the country's two-decade quest for global dominance and how the Chinese Communist Party coopted what Western leaders have long considered their most powerful tool in the fight for liberal democracy—capitalism—to expand its illiberal influence worldwide. Bethany Allen, the award-winning China reporter for Axios, shows that by tying profits to political acquiescence the Chinese Communist Party is forcing companies and governments around the world to accept its rules. The coronavirus pandemic marked the first time that the Party deployed its tool kit of economic coercion on an issue directly related to the health and well-being of quite literally every person in the world. But Western democracies aren’t helpless victims in Beijing’s game. The West created the conditions for the rise of authoritarian capitalism by divorcing political values from market structures. Written by one of the first American journalists to expose China's covert influence operations in the United States, Beijing Rules includes headline-making stories of Western institutions bowing to Beijing’s pressure—a glimpse of what America’s future may look like should liberal democracy come firmly under the thumb of authoritarian capitalism. Grounded in deep investigative reporting, it sounds the alarm about what we must do to prevent the loss of freedoms we now take for granted.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600968</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206353/9780063057449.mp3" length="2437244" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beijing Rules: How China Weaponized Its Economy to Confront the World Author: Bethany Allen Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600968" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600968</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beijing Rules: How China Weaponized Its Economy to Confront the World Author: Bethany Allen Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 14 minutes Release date: August  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An acclaimed journalist on contemporary China lays bare the country's two-decade quest for global dominance and how the Chinese Communist Party coopted what Western leaders have long considered their most powerful tool in the fight for liberal democracy—capitalism—to expand its illiberal influence worldwide. Bethany Allen, the award-winning China reporter for Axios, shows that by tying profits to political acquiescence the Chinese Communist Party is forcing companies and governments around the world to accept its rules. The coronavirus pandemic marked the first time that the Party deployed its tool kit of economic coercion on an issue directly related to the health and well-being of quite literally every person in the world. But Western democracies aren’t helpless victims in Beijing’s game. The West created the conditions for the rise of authoritarian capitalism by divorcing political values from market structures. Written by one of the first American journalists to expose China's covert influence operations in the United States, Beijing Rules includes headline-making stories of Western institutions bowing to Beijing’s pressure—a glimpse of what America’s future may look like should liberal democracy come firmly under the thumb of authoritarian capitalism. Grounded in deep investigative reporting, it sounds the alarm about what we must do to prevent the loss of freedoms we now take for granted.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1c2f3801212055542bdee7b6a52a4405.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Abortion Rights: For and Against by Christopher Kaczor, Kate Greasley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/abortion-rights-for-and-against-by-christopher-kaczor-kate-greasley--65206345</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604050" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604050</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abortion Rights: For and Against Author: Christopher Kaczor, Kate Greasley Narrator: Chris Abell, Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook features opening arguments followed by two rounds of reply between two moral philosophers on opposing sides of the abortion debate. In the opening essays, Kate Greasley and Christopher Kaczor lay out what they take to be the best case for and against abortion rights. In the ensuing dialogue, they engage with each other’s arguments, and each responds to criticisms fielded by the other. Their conversational argument explores such fundamental questions as: What gives a person the right to life? Is abortion bad for women? What is the difference between abortion and infanticide? Underpinned by philosophical reasoning and methodology, this audiobook provides opposing and clearly structured perspectives on a highly emotive and controversial issue. The result gives listeners a window into how moral philosophers argue about the contentious issue of abortion rights, and an in-depth analysis of the compelling arguments on both sides.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604050</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206345/9798212275545.mp3" length="1477677" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604050 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abortion Rights: For and Against Author: Christopher Kaczor, Kate Greasley Narrator: Chris Abell, Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604050" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604050</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abortion Rights: For and Against Author: Christopher Kaczor, Kate Greasley Narrator: Chris Abell, Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook features opening arguments followed by two rounds of reply between two moral philosophers on opposing sides of the abortion debate. In the opening essays, Kate Greasley and Christopher Kaczor lay out what they take to be the best case for and against abortion rights. In the ensuing dialogue, they engage with each other’s arguments, and each responds to criticisms fielded by the other. Their conversational argument explores such fundamental questions as: What gives a person the right to life? Is abortion bad for women? What is the difference between abortion and infanticide? Underpinned by philosophical reasoning and methodology, this audiobook provides opposing and clearly structured perspectives on a highly emotive and controversial issue. The result gives listeners a window into how moral philosophers argue about the contentious issue of abortion rights, and an in-depth analysis of the compelling arguments on both sides.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/590e4481750ccc09aec0d68af11de916.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Tory Nation: The Dark Legacy of the World's Most Successful Political Party by Samuel Earle</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/tory-nation-the-dark-legacy-of-the-world-s-most-successful-political-party-by-samuel-earle--65206297</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602116" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602116</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tory Nation: The Dark Legacy of the World's Most Successful Political Party Author: Samuel Earle Narrator: Jamie Parker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: May  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'A witty, lucid investigation into one of the great mysteries of our time' JONATHAN COE ‘Should be read and enjoyed by readers on the left, right and centre’ David Edgerton, TIMES LITERARY SUPPLEMENT    Why do British politics so often play out on the Tories’ terms? What does this say about our democracy?  In his revelatory book, Samuel Earle explores the roots of the current crisis and the real reasons for the Conservatives’ unsettling success, from their ruling-class origins in the eighteenth century and their disproportionate influence of the British press to their stranglehold over national identity. He sheds light on the Conservatives’ historic appeal among the working classes and why the Labour Party so often disappoints. Tory Nation describes the making of Britain through one party’s astonishing power over us. It’s only by reaching into our history, Earle argues, that we can understand how we got here – and how we can find a way out.   'Written with historical depth and literary flair' NEW STATESMAN ‘Earle has set out clearly and eloquently why our democracy is incapable of solving our political problems’ ROBERT VERKAIK, author of Posh Boys ‘Gripping and indispensable’ NESRINE MALIK, author of We Need New Stories]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602116</guid><pubDate>Thu, 04 May 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206297/9781398522701.mp3" length="1477585" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602116 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tory Nation: The Dark Legacy of the World's Most Successful Political Party Author: Samuel Earle Narrator: Jamie Parker Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602116" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602116</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tory Nation: The Dark Legacy of the World's Most Successful Political Party Author: Samuel Earle Narrator: Jamie Parker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: May  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'A witty, lucid investigation into one of the great mysteries of our time' JONATHAN COE ‘Should be read and enjoyed by readers on the left, right and centre’ David Edgerton, TIMES LITERARY SUPPLEMENT    Why do British politics so often play out on the Tories’ terms? What does this say about our democracy?  In his revelatory book, Samuel Earle explores the roots of the current crisis and the real reasons for the Conservatives’ unsettling success, from their ruling-class origins in the eighteenth century and their disproportionate influence of the British press to their stranglehold over national identity. He sheds light on the Conservatives’ historic appeal among the working classes and why the Labour Party so often disappoints. Tory Nation describes the making of Britain through one party’s astonishing power over us. It’s only by reaching into our history, Earle argues, that we can understand how we got here – and how we can find a way out.   'Written with historical depth and literary flair' NEW STATESMAN ‘Earle has set out clearly and eloquently why our democracy is incapable of solving our political problems’ ROBERT VERKAIK, author of Posh Boys ‘Gripping and indispensable’ NESRINE MALIK, author of We Need New Stories]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1ae8dc6f2458a182fff245a75a5d4c00.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Winnie &amp; Nelson: Portrait of a Marriage by Jonny Steinberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/winnie-nelson-portrait-of-a-marriage-by-jonny-steinberg--65206269</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603636" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603636</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winnie &amp; Nelson: Portrait of a Marriage Author: Jonny Steinberg Narrator: Puleng Lange-Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 48 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  *Shortlisted for the 2024 Wolfson History Prize*                                   ‘Gripping and profoundly moving’ DAMON GALGUT                                   ‘Deft and operatic’ OBSERVER                                   Drawing on never-before-seen material, Steinberg reveals the fractures and stubborn bonds at the heart of a volatile and groundbreaking union, a very modern political marriage that played out on the world stage.                      One of the most celebrated political leaders of the twentieth century, Nelson Mandela has been written about by many biographers and historians. But in one crucial area, his life remains largely untold: his marriage to Winnie. During his years in prison, Nelson grew ever more in love with an idealised version of his wife, courting her in his letters as if they were young lovers frozen in time. But Winnie, every bit his political equal, found herself increasingly estranged from her jailed husband ’ s politics. Behind his back, she was trying to orchestrate an armed seizure of power, a path he feared would lead to an endless civil war.                        From one of South Africa’s foremost nonfiction writers, a deeply researched, shattering new account of Nelson Mandela’s relationship with Winnie Madikizela-Mandela. Drawing on never-before-seen material, Steinberg reveals the fractures and stubborn bonds at the heart of a volatile and groundbreaking union, a very modern political marriage that played out on the world stage.                      One of the most celebrated political leaders of the twentieth century, Nelson Mandela has been written about by many biographers and historians. But in one crucial area, his life remains largely untold: his marriage to Winnie. During his years in prison, Nelson grew ever more in love with an idealised version of his wife, courting her in his letters as if they were young lovers frozen in time. But Winnie, every bit his political equal, found herself increasingly estranged from her jailed husband ’ s politics. Behind his back, she was trying to orchestrate an armed seizure of power, a path he feared would lead to an endless civil war.           Jonny Steinberg tells the tale of this unique marriage – its longings, its obsessions, its deceits – turning the course of South African history into a page-turning political biography. Winnie &amp; Nelson is a modern epic in which trauma doesn’t just affect the couple at its centre, but an entire nation. It is also a Shakespearean drama in which bonds of love and commitment mingle with timeless questions of revolution, such as whether to seek retribution or a negotiated peace. Told with power and tender emotional insight, Steinberg reveals how far these forever entwined leaders would go for one another, and also, where they drew the line. For in the end both knew theirs was not simply a marriage, but a contest to decide how apartheid should be fought.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603636</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206269/9780008353827.mp3" length="2437244" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603636 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winnie &amp;amp; Nelson: Portrait of a Marriage Author: Jonny Steinberg Narrator: Puleng Lange-Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 48...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603636" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603636</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winnie &amp; Nelson: Portrait of a Marriage Author: Jonny Steinberg Narrator: Puleng Lange-Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 48 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  *Shortlisted for the 2024 Wolfson History Prize*                                   ‘Gripping and profoundly moving’ DAMON GALGUT                                   ‘Deft and operatic’ OBSERVER                                   Drawing on never-before-seen material, Steinberg reveals the fractures and stubborn bonds at the heart of a volatile and groundbreaking union, a very modern political marriage that played out on the world stage.                      One of the most celebrated political leaders of the twentieth century, Nelson Mandela has been written about by many biographers and historians. But in one crucial area, his life remains largely untold: his marriage to Winnie. During his years in prison, Nelson grew ever more in love with an idealised version of his wife, courting her in his letters as if they were young lovers frozen in time. But Winnie, every bit his political equal, found herself increasingly estranged from her jailed husband ’ s politics. Behind his back, she was trying to orchestrate an armed seizure of power, a path he feared would lead to an endless civil war.                        From one of South Africa’s foremost nonfiction writers, a deeply researched, shattering new account of Nelson Mandela’s relationship with Winnie Madikizela-Mandela. Drawing on never-before-seen material, Steinberg reveals the fractures and stubborn bonds at the heart of a volatile and groundbreaking union, a very modern political marriage that played out on the world stage.                      One of the most celebrated political leaders of the twentieth century, Nelson Mandela has been written about by many biographers and historians. But in one crucial area, his life remains largely untold: his marriage to Winnie. During his years in prison, Nelson grew ever more in love with an idealised version of his wife, courting her in his letters as if they were young lovers frozen in time. But Winnie, every bit his political equal, found herself increasingly estranged from her jailed husband ’ s politics. Behind his back, she was trying to orchestrate an armed seizure of power, a path he feared would lead to an endless civil war.           Jonny Steinberg tells the tale of this unique marriage – its longings, its obsessions, its deceits – turning the course of South African history into a page-turning political biography. Winnie &amp; Nelson is a modern epic in which trauma doesn’t just affect the couple at its centre, but an entire nation. It is also a Shakespearean drama in which bonds of love and commitment mingle with timeless questions of revolution, such as whether to seek retribution or a negotiated peace. Told with power and tender emotional insight, Steinberg reveals how far these forever entwined leaders would go for one another, and also, where they drew the line. For in the end both knew theirs was not simply a marriage, but a contest to decide how apartheid should be fought.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d8892f40d1fa2be0069d235b7a47c2fa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Free and Equal: What Would a Fair Society Look Like? by Daniel Chandler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/free-and-equal-what-would-a-fair-society-look-like-by-daniel-chandler--65206367</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/596436" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/596436</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free and Equal: What Would a Fair Society Look Like? Author: Daniel Chandler Narrator: Daniel Chandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 20, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Despite the enormous problems we face and widespread dissatisfaction with the status quo, it's surprisingly hard to find a coherent vision of what a better, fairer society would look like. Free and Equal provides that vision. In this hugely ambitious and exhilarating debut, philosopher and economist Daniel Chandler argues that the ideas we need are hiding in plain sight, in the work of the twentieth century's greatest political philosopher, John Rawls. Although they have transformed philosophy, his ideas have had little impact on politics - until now. In Free and Equal, Chandler shows us how they offer an intuitive yet powerful framework for addressing the urgent challenges we face, and an unparalleled resource for developing a transformative progressive politics. Taking Rawls's humane and egalitarian liberalism as his starting point, and drawing on evidence from the social sciences and on inspiring examples from around the world, Chandler builds a careful and ultimately irresistible case for fundamentally re-designing our basic institutions - from how we can protect basic freedoms of speech, religion and sexuality whilst transcending the culture wars, to a completely new way of funding political parties and the media, to an economic agenda that would give everyone a fair share not just of income and wealth, but of power and control, dignity and self-respect. This is a book brimming with hope and possibility - a much-needed alternative to the cynicism that pervades our politics, setting out a 'realistic utopia' that can galvanise people from all walks of life. Free and Equal has the potential not only to transform contemporary debate, but to offer a touchstone for a modern, egalitarian liberalism for many years to come, cementing Rawls's place in political discourse, and firmly establishing Chandler as a vital new voice for our time. ©2023 Daniel Chandler (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/596436</guid><pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206367/9780241612170.mp3" length="2437468" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/596436 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free and Equal: What Would a Fair Society Look Like? Author: Daniel Chandler Narrator: Daniel Chandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 19...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/596436" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/596436</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free and Equal: What Would a Fair Society Look Like? Author: Daniel Chandler Narrator: Daniel Chandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 20, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Despite the enormous problems we face and widespread dissatisfaction with the status quo, it's surprisingly hard to find a coherent vision of what a better, fairer society would look like. Free and Equal provides that vision. In this hugely ambitious and exhilarating debut, philosopher and economist Daniel Chandler argues that the ideas we need are hiding in plain sight, in the work of the twentieth century's greatest political philosopher, John Rawls. Although they have transformed philosophy, his ideas have had little impact on politics - until now. In Free and Equal, Chandler shows us how they offer an intuitive yet powerful framework for addressing the urgent challenges we face, and an unparalleled resource for developing a transformative progressive politics. Taking Rawls's humane and egalitarian liberalism as his starting point, and drawing on evidence from the social sciences and on inspiring examples from around the world, Chandler builds a careful and ultimately irresistible case for fundamentally re-designing our basic institutions - from how we can protect basic freedoms of speech, religion and sexuality whilst transcending the culture wars, to a completely new way of funding political parties and the media, to an economic agenda that would give everyone a fair share not just of income and wealth, but of power and control, dignity and self-respect. This is a book brimming with hope and possibility - a much-needed alternative to the cynicism that pervades our politics, setting out a 'realistic utopia' that can galvanise people from all walks of life. Free and Equal has the potential not only to transform contemporary debate, but to offer a touchstone for a modern, egalitarian liberalism for many years to come, cementing Rawls's place in political discourse, and firmly establishing Chandler as a vital new voice for our time. ©2023 Daniel Chandler (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cb69f51f96da09b53ec68daa55821d0e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Pathogenesis: A History of the World in Eight Plagues by Jonathan Kennedy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/pathogenesis-a-history-of-the-world-in-eight-plagues-by-jonathan-kennedy--65206313</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604336" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604336</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pathogenesis: A History of the World in Eight Plagues Author: Jonathan Kennedy Narrator: Jonathan Kennedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A “gripping” (The Washington Post) account of how the major transformations in history—from the rise of Homo sapiens to the birth of capitalism—have been shaped not by humans but by germs “Superbly written . . . Kennedy seamlessly weaves together scientific and historical research, and his confident authorial voice is sure to please readers of Yuval Noah Harari or Rutger Bregman.”—The Times (U.K.) According to the accepted narrative of progress, humans have thrived thanks to their brains and brawn, collectively bending the arc of history. But in this revelatory book, Professor Jonathan Kennedy argues that the myth of human exceptionalism overstates the role that we play in social and political change. Instead, it is the humble microbe that wins wars and topples empires. Drawing on the latest research in fields ranging from genetics and anthropology to archaeology and economics, Pathogenesis takes us through sixty thousand years of history, exploring eight major outbreaks of infectious disease that have made the modern world. Bacteria and viruses were protagonists in the demise of the Neanderthals, the growth of Islam, the transition from feudalism to capitalism, the devastation wrought by European colonialism, and the evolution of the United States from an imperial backwater to a global superpower. Even Christianity rose to prominence in the wake of a series of deadly pandemics that swept through the Roman Empire in the second and third centuries: Caring for the sick turned what was a tiny sect into one of the world’s major religions. By placing disease at the center of his wide-ranging history of humankind, Kennedy challenges some of the most fundamental assumptions about our collective past—and urges us to view this moment as another disease-driven inflection point that will change the course of history. Provocative and brimming with insight, Pathogenesis transforms our understanding of the human story.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604336</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206313/9780593668047.mp3" length="4837182" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604336 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pathogenesis: A History of the World in Eight Plagues Author: Jonathan Kennedy Narrator: Jonathan Kennedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604336" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604336</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pathogenesis: A History of the World in Eight Plagues Author: Jonathan Kennedy Narrator: Jonathan Kennedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A “gripping” (The Washington Post) account of how the major transformations in history—from the rise of Homo sapiens to the birth of capitalism—have been shaped not by humans but by germs “Superbly written . . . Kennedy seamlessly weaves together scientific and historical research, and his confident authorial voice is sure to please readers of Yuval Noah Harari or Rutger Bregman.”—The Times (U.K.) According to the accepted narrative of progress, humans have thrived thanks to their brains and brawn, collectively bending the arc of history. But in this revelatory book, Professor Jonathan Kennedy argues that the myth of human exceptionalism overstates the role that we play in social and political change. Instead, it is the humble microbe that wins wars and topples empires. Drawing on the latest research in fields ranging from genetics and anthropology to archaeology and economics, Pathogenesis takes us through sixty thousand years of history, exploring eight major outbreaks of infectious disease that have made the modern world. Bacteria and viruses were protagonists in the demise of the Neanderthals, the growth of Islam, the transition from feudalism to capitalism, the devastation wrought by European colonialism, and the evolution of the United States from an imperial backwater to a global superpower. Even Christianity rose to prominence in the wake of a series of deadly pandemics that swept through the Roman Empire in the second and third centuries: Caring for the sick turned what was a tiny sect into one of the world’s major religions. By placing disease at the center of his wide-ranging history of humankind, Kennedy challenges some of the most fundamental assumptions about our collective past—and urges us to view this moment as another disease-driven inflection point that will change the course of history. Provocative and brimming with insight, Pathogenesis transforms our understanding of the human story.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bda70590144fb9fccceaf040da58bf31.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Between Good and Evil: The Stolen Girls of Boko Haram by Mellissa Fung</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/between-good-and-evil-the-stolen-girls-of-boko-haram-by-mellissa-fung--65206279</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612788" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612788</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between Good and Evil: The Stolen Girls of Boko Haram Author: Mellissa Fung Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This work is important and astonishing, but it is also a riveting read.” —Louise Penny, author of A World of Curiosities and the Inspector Gamache novels Behind the Beautiful Forevers meets Under an Afghan Sky in this mesmerizing true story of the Nigerian girls taken captive by the terrorist group Boko Haram In April 2014, the world awoke to the shocking news that the terrorist group Boko Haram had kidnapped nearly 300 school-aged girls and taken them deep into the forests of Nigeria. When veteran journalist Mellissa Fung travelled to Nigeria, she discovered that the scope of the kidnappings had been vastly under-reported. Hundreds—possibly thousands—more girls had been taken against their will and forced to become child brides to soldiers and leaders of Boko Haram. Some of the captives escaped and returned to their villages, many with children in tow. Most of these girls, still children themselves, were shunned by their former friends and family. Other girls have never been seen again. A former captive herself, Mellissa Fung has great empathy for the kidnapped girls. Taken by Taliban sympathizers in Afghanistan, Fung shared her experience in her number-one-bestselling book, Under an Afghan Sky: A Memoir of Captivity. During several visits to Nigeria over four years, she sat down with the girls and their families and conducted hundreds of hours of interviews, listening to horrific stories of capture, rape and torture, as well as escapes and excommunications. Fung tells the stories of Gambo, Asma’u, Zara and other girls taken by Boko Haram. She also portrays strong women fighting against the terrorist group in their own powerful ways: Aisha the Hunter, who moves stealthily into the forest, taking out Boko Haram with her faithful followers, and Mama Boko Haram, an Igbo woman who knows the fighters and those haunted by their experiences and fights to empty the forests of fighters and captives alike. This is raw, honest and heartbreaking storytelling at its best.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612788</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206279/9781443467698.mp3" length="2437257" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between Good and Evil: The Stolen Girls of Boko Haram Author: Mellissa Fung Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612788" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612788</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between Good and Evil: The Stolen Girls of Boko Haram Author: Mellissa Fung Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This work is important and astonishing, but it is also a riveting read.” —Louise Penny, author of A World of Curiosities and the Inspector Gamache novels Behind the Beautiful Forevers meets Under an Afghan Sky in this mesmerizing true story of the Nigerian girls taken captive by the terrorist group Boko Haram In April 2014, the world awoke to the shocking news that the terrorist group Boko Haram had kidnapped nearly 300 school-aged girls and taken them deep into the forests of Nigeria. When veteran journalist Mellissa Fung travelled to Nigeria, she discovered that the scope of the kidnappings had been vastly under-reported. Hundreds—possibly thousands—more girls had been taken against their will and forced to become child brides to soldiers and leaders of Boko Haram. Some of the captives escaped and returned to their villages, many with children in tow. Most of these girls, still children themselves, were shunned by their former friends and family. Other girls have never been seen again. A former captive herself, Mellissa Fung has great empathy for the kidnapped girls. Taken by Taliban sympathizers in Afghanistan, Fung shared her experience in her number-one-bestselling book, Under an Afghan Sky: A Memoir of Captivity. During several visits to Nigeria over four years, she sat down with the girls and their families and conducted hundreds of hours of interviews, listening to horrific stories of capture, rape and torture, as well as escapes and excommunications. Fung tells the stories of Gambo, Asma’u, Zara and other girls taken by Boko Haram. She also portrays strong women fighting against the terrorist group in their own powerful ways: Aisha the Hunter, who moves stealthily into the forest, taking out Boko Haram with her faithful followers, and Mama Boko Haram, an Igbo woman who knows the fighters and those haunted by their experiences and fights to empty the forests of fighters and captives alike. This is raw, honest and heartbreaking storytelling at its best.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4516625e5d223c3b9edeb29aabb30688.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Grand Delusion: The Rise and Fall of American Ambition in the Middle East by Steven Simon</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/grand-delusion-the-rise-and-fall-of-american-ambition-in-the-middle-east-by-steven-simon--65206286</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611687" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611687</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grand Delusion: The Rise and Fall of American Ambition in the Middle East Author: Steven Simon Narrator: Steven Simon, Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “A comprehensive, even magisterial review . . . This is strong stuff, but Simon does not flinch.” —Foreign Affairs A longtime American foreign policy insider’s penetrating and definitive reckoning with this country’s involvement in the Middle East The culmination of almost forty years at the highest levels of policymaking and scholarship, Grand Delusion is Steven Simon’s tour de force, offering a comprehensive and deeply informed account of U.S. engagement in the Middle East. Simon begins with the Reagan administration, when American perception of the region shifted from a cluster of faraway and frequently skirmishing nations to a shining, urgent opportunity for America to (in Reagan’s words) “serve the cause of world peace and the future of mankind.” Reagan fired the starting gun on decades of deepening American involvement, but as the global economy grew, bringing an increasing reliance on oil, U.S. diplomatic and military energies were ever more fatefully absorbed by the Middle East. Grand Delusion explores the motivations, strategies, and shortcomings of each presidential administration from Reagan to today, exposing a web of intertwined events—from the history of the Israel-Palestine conflict amid Israeli domestic politics, Cold War rivalries, and Saudi Arabia’s quest for security, to 9/11 and the war on terror—managed by a Washington policy process frequently ruled by wishful thinking and partisan politics. Simon’s sharp sense of irony and incisive writing brings complex history to life. He illuminates the motives behind America's commitment to Israel; explodes the popular narrative of Desert Storm as a “good war”; and calls out the devastating consequences of our mistakes, particularly for people of the region trapped by the onslaught of American military action and pitiless economic sanctions. Grand Delusion reveals that this story, while episodically impressive, has too often been tragic and at times dishonorable. As we enter a new era in foreign policy, this is an essential book, a cautionary history that illuminates American's propensity for self-deception and misadventure at a moment when the nation is redefining its engagement with a world in crisis.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611687</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206286/9780593671160.mp3" length="4837185" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611687 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grand Delusion: The Rise and Fall of American Ambition in the Middle East Author: Steven Simon Narrator: Steven Simon, Robert Petkoff Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611687" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611687</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grand Delusion: The Rise and Fall of American Ambition in the Middle East Author: Steven Simon Narrator: Steven Simon, Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “A comprehensive, even magisterial review . . . This is strong stuff, but Simon does not flinch.” —Foreign Affairs A longtime American foreign policy insider’s penetrating and definitive reckoning with this country’s involvement in the Middle East The culmination of almost forty years at the highest levels of policymaking and scholarship, Grand Delusion is Steven Simon’s tour de force, offering a comprehensive and deeply informed account of U.S. engagement in the Middle East. Simon begins with the Reagan administration, when American perception of the region shifted from a cluster of faraway and frequently skirmishing nations to a shining, urgent opportunity for America to (in Reagan’s words) “serve the cause of world peace and the future of mankind.” Reagan fired the starting gun on decades of deepening American involvement, but as the global economy grew, bringing an increasing reliance on oil, U.S. diplomatic and military energies were ever more fatefully absorbed by the Middle East. Grand Delusion explores the motivations, strategies, and shortcomings of each presidential administration from Reagan to today, exposing a web of intertwined events—from the history of the Israel-Palestine conflict amid Israeli domestic politics, Cold War rivalries, and Saudi Arabia’s quest for security, to 9/11 and the war on terror—managed by a Washington policy process frequently ruled by wishful thinking and partisan politics. Simon’s sharp sense of irony and incisive writing brings complex history to life. He illuminates the motives behind America's commitment to Israel; explodes the popular narrative of Desert Storm as a “good war”; and calls out the devastating consequences of our mistakes, particularly for people of the region trapped by the onslaught of American military action and pitiless economic sanctions. Grand Delusion reveals that this story, while episodically impressive, has too often been tragic and at times dishonorable. As we enter a new era in foreign policy, this is an essential book, a cautionary history that illuminates American's propensity for self-deception and misadventure at a moment when the nation is redefining its engagement with a world in crisis.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0ea062df9c409cec74ddb0ad16bcbe07.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Kidnapped West: The Tragedy of Central Europe by Milan Kundera</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-kidnapped-west-the-tragedy-of-central-europe-by-milan-kundera--65206258</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612322" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612322</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Kidnapped West: The Tragedy of Central Europe Author: Milan Kundera Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “We should welcome the context Kundera gives for the struggles between Russia and Europe, and the plight of those caught between them. His defense of small languages, small cultures, and small nations feels pressing.”—Claire Messud, Harper's Magazine “Kundera focuses on the relationship of Europe’s central ‘small nations’ like Czechoslovakia and Ukraine to Western culture and argues that their cultural identities were increasingly threatened.”—New York Book Review  A short collection of brilliant early essays that offers a fascinating context for Milan Kundera’s subsequent career and holds a mirror to much recent European history.  It is also remarkably prescient with regard to Russia’s current aggression in Ukraine and its threat to the rest of Europe. Milan Kundera’s early nonfiction work feels especially resonant in our own time. In these pieces, Kundera pleads the case of the “small nations” of Europe who, by culture, are Western with deep roots in Europe, despite Russia imposing its own Communist political regimes in Hungary, Czechoslovakia, Poland, Ukraine, and elsewhere. Kundera warns that the real tragedy here is not Russia but Europe, whose own identity and culture are directly challenged and threatened in a way that could lead to their destruction. He is sounding the alarm, which chimes loud and clear in our own twenty-first century. The 1983 essay translated by Edmund White (“The Tragedy of Central Europe”), and the 1967 lecture delivered to the Czech Writers’ Union in the middle of the Prague Spring by the young Milan Kundera (“Literature and the Small Nations”), translated for the first time by Linda Asher, are both written in a voice that is at once personal, vehement, and anguished. Here, Kundera appears already as one of our great European writers and truly our contemporary. Each piece is prefaced by a short presentation by French historian Pierre Nora and Czech-born French political scientist Jacques Rupnik.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612322</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206258/9780063272989.mp3" length="2437267" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612322 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Kidnapped West: The Tragedy of Central Europe Author: Milan Kundera Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612322" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612322</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Kidnapped West: The Tragedy of Central Europe Author: Milan Kundera Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “We should welcome the context Kundera gives for the struggles between Russia and Europe, and the plight of those caught between them. His defense of small languages, small cultures, and small nations feels pressing.”—Claire Messud, Harper's Magazine “Kundera focuses on the relationship of Europe’s central ‘small nations’ like Czechoslovakia and Ukraine to Western culture and argues that their cultural identities were increasingly threatened.”—New York Book Review  A short collection of brilliant early essays that offers a fascinating context for Milan Kundera’s subsequent career and holds a mirror to much recent European history.  It is also remarkably prescient with regard to Russia’s current aggression in Ukraine and its threat to the rest of Europe. Milan Kundera’s early nonfiction work feels especially resonant in our own time. In these pieces, Kundera pleads the case of the “small nations” of Europe who, by culture, are Western with deep roots in Europe, despite Russia imposing its own Communist political regimes in Hungary, Czechoslovakia, Poland, Ukraine, and elsewhere. Kundera warns that the real tragedy here is not Russia but Europe, whose own identity and culture are directly challenged and threatened in a way that could lead to their destruction. He is sounding the alarm, which chimes loud and clear in our own twenty-first century. The 1983 essay translated by Edmund White (“The Tragedy of Central Europe”), and the 1967 lecture delivered to the Czech Writers’ Union in the middle of the Prague Spring by the young Milan Kundera (“Literature and the Small Nations”), translated for the first time by Linda Asher, are both written in a voice that is at once personal, vehement, and anguished. Here, Kundera appears already as one of our great European writers and truly our contemporary. Each piece is prefaced by a short presentation by French historian Pierre Nora and Czech-born French political scientist Jacques Rupnik.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ea4cfe2bb13a83957c7686515e3f05ac.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Crack-Up Capitalism: Market Radicals and the Dream of a World Without Democracy by Quinn Slobodian</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/crack-up-capitalism-market-radicals-and-the-dream-of-a-world-without-democracy-by-quinn-slobodian--65206288</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610790" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610790</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crack-Up Capitalism: Market Radicals and the Dream of a World Without Democracy Author: Quinn Slobodian Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Look at a map of the world and you'll see a neat patchwork of nation-states. But this is not where power actually resides. From the 1990s onwards, globalization has shattered the map, leading to an explosion of new legal entities: tax havens, free ports, city-states, gated enclaves and special economic zones. These new spaces are freed from ordinary forms of regulation, taxation and mutual obligation - and with them, ultracapitalists believe that it is possible to escape the bonds of democratic government and oversight altogether. Historian Quinn Slobodian follows the most notorious radical libertarians - from Milton Friedman to Peter Thiel - around the globe as they search for the perfect home for their free market fantasy. The hunt leads from Hong Kong in the 1970s to South Africa in the late days of apartheid, from the neo-Confederate South to the medieval City of London, and finally into the world's oceans and war zones, charting the relentless quest for a blank slate where capitalism and democracy can be finally uncoupled. Crack-Up Capitalism is a propulsive history of the recent past, and an alarming view of our near future. ©2023 Quinn Slobodian (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610790</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Apr 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206288/9781802060942.mp3" length="2437284" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610790 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crack-Up Capitalism: Market Radicals and the Dream of a World Without Democracy Author: Quinn Slobodian Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610790" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610790</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crack-Up Capitalism: Market Radicals and the Dream of a World Without Democracy Author: Quinn Slobodian Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Look at a map of the world and you'll see a neat patchwork of nation-states. But this is not where power actually resides. From the 1990s onwards, globalization has shattered the map, leading to an explosion of new legal entities: tax havens, free ports, city-states, gated enclaves and special economic zones. These new spaces are freed from ordinary forms of regulation, taxation and mutual obligation - and with them, ultracapitalists believe that it is possible to escape the bonds of democratic government and oversight altogether. Historian Quinn Slobodian follows the most notorious radical libertarians - from Milton Friedman to Peter Thiel - around the globe as they search for the perfect home for their free market fantasy. The hunt leads from Hong Kong in the 1970s to South Africa in the late days of apartheid, from the neo-Confederate South to the medieval City of London, and finally into the world's oceans and war zones, charting the relentless quest for a blank slate where capitalism and democracy can be finally uncoupled. Crack-Up Capitalism is a propulsive history of the recent past, and an alarming view of our near future. ©2023 Quinn Slobodian (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ac18c1957c5b14327d8690c0ac769655.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Plot to Save South Africa: The Week Mandela Averted Civil War and Forged a New Nation by Justice Malala</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-plot-to-save-south-africa-the-week-mandela-averted-civil-war-and-forged-a-new-nation-by-justice-malala--65206287</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608892" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608892</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Plot to Save South Africa: The Week Mandela Averted Civil War and Forged a New Nation Author: Justice Malala Narrator: Justice Malala, Nick Boraine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: April  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ‘Superbly reported, compelling . . . wonderfully captures the spirit of that time’ Financial Times 'Gripping and important' Observer     Nine days that set the course of a nation...  Johannesburg, Easter weekend, 1993. Nelson Mandela has been free for three years and is in slow-moving power-sharing talks with President FW de Klerk when a white supremacist shoots Mandela’s popular young heir apparent, Chris Hani, in the hope of igniting an all-out civil war. Will he succeed in plunging South Africa into chaos, safeguarding apartheid for perhaps years to come? Or can Mandela and de Klerk overcome their differences and mutual suspicion and calm their followers, plotting a way forward?  In The Plot to Save South Africa, acclaimed South African journalist Justice Malala recounts the riveting story of the next nine days – never before told in full – revealing rarely seen sides of both Mandela and de Klerk, the fascinating behind-the-scenes debates within each of their parties over whether to pursue peace or war, and their increasingly desperate attempts to restrain their supporters despite mounting popular frustrations.  Flitting between the points of view of over a dozen characters on all sides of the conflict, Justice Malala offers an illuminating look at successful leadership in action… and a terrifying reminder of just how close a country we think of today as a model for racial reconciliation came to civil war.    ‘A dramatic work of history, prodigiously reported and beautifully crafted. Justice Malala is a first-rate storyteller, deftly weaving history with a narrative that reads like a novel. I couldn’t put it down’ Jonathan Eig, New York Times bestselling author of Ali: A Life ‘Magnificent, furious and unputdownable’ Andrew Harding, BBC Africa correspondent and author of These Are Not Gentle People]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608892</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Apr 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206287/9781398522619.mp3" length="1477701" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608892 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Plot to Save South Africa: The Week Mandela Averted Civil War and Forged a New Nation Author: Justice Malala Narrator: Justice Malala, Nick Boraine...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608892" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608892</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Plot to Save South Africa: The Week Mandela Averted Civil War and Forged a New Nation Author: Justice Malala Narrator: Justice Malala, Nick Boraine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: April  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ‘Superbly reported, compelling . . . wonderfully captures the spirit of that time’ Financial Times 'Gripping and important' Observer     Nine days that set the course of a nation...  Johannesburg, Easter weekend, 1993. Nelson Mandela has been free for three years and is in slow-moving power-sharing talks with President FW de Klerk when a white supremacist shoots Mandela’s popular young heir apparent, Chris Hani, in the hope of igniting an all-out civil war. Will he succeed in plunging South Africa into chaos, safeguarding apartheid for perhaps years to come? Or can Mandela and de Klerk overcome their differences and mutual suspicion and calm their followers, plotting a way forward?  In The Plot to Save South Africa, acclaimed South African journalist Justice Malala recounts the riveting story of the next nine days – never before told in full – revealing rarely seen sides of both Mandela and de Klerk, the fascinating behind-the-scenes debates within each of their parties over whether to pursue peace or war, and their increasingly desperate attempts to restrain their supporters despite mounting popular frustrations.  Flitting between the points of view of over a dozen characters on all sides of the conflict, Justice Malala offers an illuminating look at successful leadership in action… and a terrifying reminder of just how close a country we think of today as a model for racial reconciliation came to civil war.    ‘A dramatic work of history, prodigiously reported and beautifully crafted. Justice Malala is a first-rate storyteller, deftly weaving history with a narrative that reads like a novel. I couldn’t put it down’ Jonathan Eig, New York Times bestselling author of Ali: A Life ‘Magnificent, furious and unputdownable’ Andrew Harding, BBC Africa correspondent and author of These Are Not Gentle People]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ed0529909d52cb8ca474553d7e5f3920.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Poverty, by America by Matthew Desmond</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/poverty-by-america-by-matthew-desmond--65206276</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604339" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604339</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poverty, by America Author: Matthew Desmond Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 39   Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Evicted reimagines the debate on poverty, making a “provocative and compelling” (NPR) argument about why it persists in America: because the rest of us benefit from it. A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The New Yorker, The New York Times Book Review, NPR, Oprah Daily, Time, The Star Tribune, Vulture, The Christian Science Monitor, Chicago Public Library, Esquire, California Review of Books, She Reads, Library Journal “Urgent and accessible . . . Its moral force is a gut punch.”—The New Yorker Longlisted for the Inc. Non-Obvious Book Award • Longlisted for the Andrew Carnegie Medal  The United States, the richest country on earth, has more poverty than any other advanced democracy. Why? Why does this land of plenty allow one in every eight of its children to go without basic necessities, permit scores of its citizens to live and die on the streets, and authorize its corporations to pay poverty wages?    In this landmark book, acclaimed sociologist Matthew Desmond draws on history, research, and original reporting to show how affluent Americans knowingly and unknowingly keep poor people poor. Those of us who are financially secure exploit the poor, driving down their wages while forcing them to overpay for housing and access to cash and credit. We prioritize the subsidization of our wealth over the alleviation of poverty, designing a welfare state that gives the most to those who need the least. And we stockpile opportunity in exclusive communities, creating zones of concentrated riches alongside those of concentrated despair. Some lives are made small so that others may grow.   Elegantly written and fiercely argued, this compassionate book gives us new ways of thinking about a morally urgent problem. It also helps us imagine solutions. Desmond builds a startlingly original and ambitious case for ending poverty. He calls on us all to become poverty abolitionists, engaged in a politics of collective belonging to usher in a new age of shared prosperity and, at last, true freedom.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604339</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206276/9780593668061.mp3" length="4837124" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604339 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poverty, by America Author: Matthew Desmond Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604339" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604339</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poverty, by America Author: Matthew Desmond Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 39   Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Evicted reimagines the debate on poverty, making a “provocative and compelling” (NPR) argument about why it persists in America: because the rest of us benefit from it. A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The New Yorker, The New York Times Book Review, NPR, Oprah Daily, Time, The Star Tribune, Vulture, The Christian Science Monitor, Chicago Public Library, Esquire, California Review of Books, She Reads, Library Journal “Urgent and accessible . . . Its moral force is a gut punch.”—The New Yorker Longlisted for the Inc. Non-Obvious Book Award • Longlisted for the Andrew Carnegie Medal  The United States, the richest country on earth, has more poverty than any other advanced democracy. Why? Why does this land of plenty allow one in every eight of its children to go without basic necessities, permit scores of its citizens to live and die on the streets, and authorize its corporations to pay poverty wages?    In this landmark book, acclaimed sociologist Matthew Desmond draws on history, research, and original reporting to show how affluent Americans knowingly and unknowingly keep poor people poor. Those of us who are financially secure exploit the poor, driving down their wages while forcing them to overpay for housing and access to cash and credit. We prioritize the subsidization of our wealth over the alleviation of poverty, designing a welfare state that gives the most to those who need the least. And we stockpile opportunity in exclusive communities, creating zones of concentrated riches alongside those of concentrated despair. Some lives are made small so that others may grow.   Elegantly written and fiercely argued, this compassionate book gives us new ways of thinking about a morally urgent problem. It also helps us imagine solutions. Desmond builds a startlingly original and ambitious case for ending poverty. He calls on us all to become poverty abolitionists, engaged in a politics of collective belonging to usher in a new age of shared prosperity and, at last, true freedom.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6e498a5995830a46a0ed604419f00727.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Crooked: The Roaring '20s Tale of a Corrupt Attorney General, a Crusading Senator, and the Birth of the American Political Scandal by Nathan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/crooked-the-roaring-20s-tale-of-a-corrupt-attorney-general-a-crusading-senator-and-the-birth-of-the-american-political-scandal-by-nathan--65206273</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605370" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605370</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crooked: The Roaring '20s Tale of a Corrupt Attorney General, a Crusading Senator, and the Birth of the American Political Scandal Author: Nathan Masters Narrator: David H Lawrence Xvii Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The riveting, forgotten narrative of the most corrupt attorney general in American history and the maverick senator who stopped at nothing to take him down  Many tales from the Jazz Age reek of crime and corruption. But perhaps the era’s greatest political fiasco—one that resulted in a nationwide scandal, a public reckoning at the Department of Justice, the rise of J. Edgar Hoover, and an Oscar-winning film—has long been lost to the annals of history. In Crooked, Nathan Masters restores this story of murderers, con artists, secret lovers, spies, bootleggers, and corrupt politicians to its full, page-turning glory.  Newly elected to the Senate on a promise to root out corruption, Burton "Boxcar Burt" Wheeler sets his sights on ousting Attorney General Harry Daugherty, puppet-master behind President Harding’s unlikely rise to power. Daugherty is famous for doing whatever it takes to keep his boss in power, and his cozy relations with bootleggers and other scofflaws have long spawned rumors of impropriety. But when his constant companion and trusted fixer, Jess Smith, is found dead of a gunshot wound in the apartment the two men share, Daugherty is suddenly thrust into the spotlight, exposing the rot consuming the Harding administration to a shocked public.  Determined to uncover the truth in the ensuing investigation, Wheeler takes the prosecutorial reins and subpoenas a rogue’s gallery of witnesses—convicted felons, shady detectives, disgraced officials—to expose the attorney general’s treachery and solve the riddle of Jess Smith’s suspicious death. With the muckraking senator hot on his trail, Daugherty turns to his greatest weapon, the nascent Federal Bureau of Investigation, whose eager second-in-command, J. Edgar Hoover, sees opportunity amidst the chaos.  Packed with political intrigue, salacious scandal, and no shortage of lessons for our modern era of political discord, Nathan Masters’ thrilling historical narrative shows how this intricate web of inconceivable crookedness set the stage for the next century of American political scandals.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605370</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206273/9781668621547.mp3" length="1477701" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605370 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crooked: The Roaring '20s Tale of a Corrupt Attorney General, a Crusading Senator, and the Birth of the American Political Scandal Author: Nathan...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605370" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605370</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crooked: The Roaring '20s Tale of a Corrupt Attorney General, a Crusading Senator, and the Birth of the American Political Scandal Author: Nathan Masters Narrator: David H Lawrence Xvii Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The riveting, forgotten narrative of the most corrupt attorney general in American history and the maverick senator who stopped at nothing to take him down  Many tales from the Jazz Age reek of crime and corruption. But perhaps the era’s greatest political fiasco—one that resulted in a nationwide scandal, a public reckoning at the Department of Justice, the rise of J. Edgar Hoover, and an Oscar-winning film—has long been lost to the annals of history. In Crooked, Nathan Masters restores this story of murderers, con artists, secret lovers, spies, bootleggers, and corrupt politicians to its full, page-turning glory.  Newly elected to the Senate on a promise to root out corruption, Burton "Boxcar Burt" Wheeler sets his sights on ousting Attorney General Harry Daugherty, puppet-master behind President Harding’s unlikely rise to power. Daugherty is famous for doing whatever it takes to keep his boss in power, and his cozy relations with bootleggers and other scofflaws have long spawned rumors of impropriety. But when his constant companion and trusted fixer, Jess Smith, is found dead of a gunshot wound in the apartment the two men share, Daugherty is suddenly thrust into the spotlight, exposing the rot consuming the Harding administration to a shocked public.  Determined to uncover the truth in the ensuing investigation, Wheeler takes the prosecutorial reins and subpoenas a rogue’s gallery of witnesses—convicted felons, shady detectives, disgraced officials—to expose the attorney general’s treachery and solve the riddle of Jess Smith’s suspicious death. With the muckraking senator hot on his trail, Daugherty turns to his greatest weapon, the nascent Federal Bureau of Investigation, whose eager second-in-command, J. Edgar Hoover, sees opportunity amidst the chaos.  Packed with political intrigue, salacious scandal, and no shortage of lessons for our modern era of political discord, Nathan Masters’ thrilling historical narrative shows how this intricate web of inconceivable crookedness set the stage for the next century of American political scandals.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d62bc5d05ee4c6a0b09d1b7b1529dcb1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Reagan's Revolution: The Untold Story of the Campaign That Started It All by Craig Shirley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/reagan-s-revolution-the-untold-story-of-the-campaign-that-started-it-all-by-craig-shirley--65206270</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611850" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611850</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reagan's Revolution: The Untold Story of the Campaign That Started It All Author: Craig Shirley Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Today's political scene looks nothing like it did thirty years ago, and that is due mostly to Reagan's monumental reshaping of the Republican party. What few people realize, however, is that Reagan's revolution did not begin when he took office in 1980, but in his failed presidential challenge to Gerald Ford in 1975-1976. This is the remarkable story of that historic campaign-one that, as Reagan put it, turned a party of 'pale pastels' into a national party of 'bold colors.' Featuring interviews with a myriad of politicos, journalists, insiders, and observers, Craig Shirley relays intriguing, never-before-told anecdotes about Reagan, his staff, the campaign, the media, and the national parties and shows how Reagan, instead of following the lead of the ever-weakening Republican party, brought the party to him and almost single-handedly revived it. Photos are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611850</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206270/9781599510804.mp3" length="1477613" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reagan's Revolution: The Untold Story of the Campaign That Started It All Author: Craig Shirley Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611850" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611850</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reagan's Revolution: The Untold Story of the Campaign That Started It All Author: Craig Shirley Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Today's political scene looks nothing like it did thirty years ago, and that is due mostly to Reagan's monumental reshaping of the Republican party. What few people realize, however, is that Reagan's revolution did not begin when he took office in 1980, but in his failed presidential challenge to Gerald Ford in 1975-1976. This is the remarkable story of that historic campaign-one that, as Reagan put it, turned a party of 'pale pastels' into a national party of 'bold colors.' Featuring interviews with a myriad of politicos, journalists, insiders, and observers, Craig Shirley relays intriguing, never-before-told anecdotes about Reagan, his staff, the campaign, the media, and the national parties and shows how Reagan, instead of following the lead of the ever-weakening Republican party, brought the party to him and almost single-handedly revived it. Photos are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ef8a372fd9751d02f844acf852826376.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Birchers: How the John Birch Society Radicalized the American Right by Matthew Dallek</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/birchers-how-the-john-birch-society-radicalized-the-american-right-by-matthew-dallek--65206263</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605378" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605378</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Birchers: How the John Birch Society Radicalized the American Right Author: Matthew Dallek Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How a notorious far right organization set the Republican Party on a long march toward extremism   At the height of the John Birch Society’s activity in the 1960s, critics dismissed its members as a paranoid fringe. After all, “Birchers” believed that a vast communist conspiracy existed in America and posed an existential threat to Christianity, capitalism, and freedom. But as historian Matthew Dallek reveals, the Birch Society’s extremism remade American conservatism. Most Birchers were white professionals who were radicalized as growing calls for racial and gender equality appeared to upend American life. Conservative leaders recognized that these affluent voters were needed to win elections, and for decades the GOP courted Birchers and their extremist successors. The far right steadily gained power, finally toppling the Republican establishment and electing Donald Trump.   Birchers is a deeply researched and indispensable new account of the rise of extremism in the United States.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605378</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206263/9781668622339.mp3" length="1477669" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605378 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Birchers: How the John Birch Society Radicalized the American Right Author: Matthew Dallek Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605378" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605378</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Birchers: How the John Birch Society Radicalized the American Right Author: Matthew Dallek Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How a notorious far right organization set the Republican Party on a long march toward extremism   At the height of the John Birch Society’s activity in the 1960s, critics dismissed its members as a paranoid fringe. After all, “Birchers” believed that a vast communist conspiracy existed in America and posed an existential threat to Christianity, capitalism, and freedom. But as historian Matthew Dallek reveals, the Birch Society’s extremism remade American conservatism. Most Birchers were white professionals who were radicalized as growing calls for racial and gender equality appeared to upend American life. Conservative leaders recognized that these affluent voters were needed to win elections, and for decades the GOP courted Birchers and their extremist successors. The far right steadily gained power, finally toppling the Republican establishment and electing Donald Trump.   Birchers is a deeply researched and indispensable new account of the rise of extremism in the United States.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0cb91d86f2fabb09c7c87e75b57d7902.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Parents of the World, Unite!: How to Save Our Schools from the Left's Radical Agenda by Ian Prior</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/parents-of-the-world-unite-how-to-save-our-schools-from-the-left-s-radical-agenda-by-ian-prior--65206259</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605380" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605380</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parents of the World, Unite!: How to Save Our Schools from the Left's Radical Agenda Author: Ian Prior Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This essential playbook reveals the winning strategies for successfully fighting a radical woke agenda in your kids’ schools.  Ian Prior is one of the most articulate and successful parent-activists in the United States. Armed with 12 inspiring battle-tested rules and revealing stories about sparring with self-righteous Woke neighbors (the “Chardonnay Antifa”), Ian shares secrets about what fellow parents can do in their own school districts to stop the Left's dark vision from taking root.     Get ready to laugh. This is not a boring education book. With real world lessons and funny anecdotes readers can connect with, Ian explains how families can win the battle to stop divisive and dangerous concepts rooted in critical race theory and other dangerous left-wing ideologies from spreading to their schools. He convincingly makes the case that the Left envisions a public education system in America where children are no longer the responsibility of their parents but rather mere wards of the state.     You’ll be shocked and amused by the outrageous stories in Ian’s suburban county that unexpectedly became ground zero for the parents’ rights movement. This sign-of-the times book helpfully explains the confusing and infuriating cultural moment we find ourselves in. Parents of the World, Unite! is an indispensable book for American families who believe they should be able to raise their children without government interference in their moral, religious, and ethical choices -- and are ready to join a revolution of parents.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605380</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206259/9781668622407.mp3" length="1477629" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605380 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parents of the World, Unite!: How to Save Our Schools from the Left's Radical Agenda Author: Ian Prior Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605380" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605380</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parents of the World, Unite!: How to Save Our Schools from the Left's Radical Agenda Author: Ian Prior Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This essential playbook reveals the winning strategies for successfully fighting a radical woke agenda in your kids’ schools.  Ian Prior is one of the most articulate and successful parent-activists in the United States. Armed with 12 inspiring battle-tested rules and revealing stories about sparring with self-righteous Woke neighbors (the “Chardonnay Antifa”), Ian shares secrets about what fellow parents can do in their own school districts to stop the Left's dark vision from taking root.     Get ready to laugh. This is not a boring education book. With real world lessons and funny anecdotes readers can connect with, Ian explains how families can win the battle to stop divisive and dangerous concepts rooted in critical race theory and other dangerous left-wing ideologies from spreading to their schools. He convincingly makes the case that the Left envisions a public education system in America where children are no longer the responsibility of their parents but rather mere wards of the state.     You’ll be shocked and amused by the outrageous stories in Ian’s suburban county that unexpectedly became ground zero for the parents’ rights movement. This sign-of-the times book helpfully explains the confusing and infuriating cultural moment we find ourselves in. Parents of the World, Unite! is an indispensable book for American families who believe they should be able to raise their children without government interference in their moral, religious, and ethical choices -- and are ready to join a revolution of parents.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a15b74b0b5d238da49f528839d73d071.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Superpower in Peril: A Battle Plan to Renew America by David Mccormick</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-superpower-in-peril-a-battle-plan-to-renew-america-by-david-mccormick--65206296</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605373" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605373</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Superpower in Peril: A Battle Plan to Renew America Author: David Mccormick Narrator: David Mccormick, Kiff Vandenheuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Discover a groundbreaking vision for how to unlock America’s full potential for greatness from one of the country’s foremost conservative leaders:  David McCormick, the former CEO of Bridgewater Associates.  It’s easy to be pessimistic about the state of our country these days, but as McCormick explains, if the true test of a great country is its capacity for self-renewal, the United States of America stands apart. Our country has continually defeated grave threats and overcome domestic divisions when the odds have been stacked against us. That’s the American story, and we can do it again.  Drawing on decades of leadership in business, the military, and government, McCormick issues a call for visionary, servant leadership and outlines a conservative agenda for American renewal that would expand access to the American Dream, ensure U.S. technological supremacy, confront China, and revive the restless, courageous, and indefatigable spirit that dwells within the American heart.   This book is a must read for those who care deeply about the future of America. McCormick, a former candidate for the U.S. Senate in Pennsylvania in 2022, argues the path forward is treacherous and uncertain. It will undoubtedly test our resilience and place in the world. But if we commit ourselves to renewal, America's best days are yet to come.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605373</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206296/9781668621912.mp3" length="1477725" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605373 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Superpower in Peril: A Battle Plan to Renew America Author: David Mccormick Narrator: David Mccormick, Kiff Vandenheuvel Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605373" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605373</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Superpower in Peril: A Battle Plan to Renew America Author: David Mccormick Narrator: David Mccormick, Kiff Vandenheuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Discover a groundbreaking vision for how to unlock America’s full potential for greatness from one of the country’s foremost conservative leaders:  David McCormick, the former CEO of Bridgewater Associates.  It’s easy to be pessimistic about the state of our country these days, but as McCormick explains, if the true test of a great country is its capacity for self-renewal, the United States of America stands apart. Our country has continually defeated grave threats and overcome domestic divisions when the odds have been stacked against us. That’s the American story, and we can do it again.  Drawing on decades of leadership in business, the military, and government, McCormick issues a call for visionary, servant leadership and outlines a conservative agenda for American renewal that would expand access to the American Dream, ensure U.S. technological supremacy, confront China, and revive the restless, courageous, and indefatigable spirit that dwells within the American heart.   This book is a must read for those who care deeply about the future of America. McCormick, a former candidate for the U.S. Senate in Pennsylvania in 2022, argues the path forward is treacherous and uncertain. It will undoubtedly test our resilience and place in the world. But if we commit ourselves to renewal, America's best days are yet to come.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/97d4b57dfbe1fa4239fd65650457d1ba.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Truth and Repair: How Trauma Survivors Envision Justice by Judith Lewis Herman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/truth-and-repair-how-trauma-survivors-envision-justice-by-judith-lewis-herman--65206260</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605348" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605348</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth and Repair: How Trauma Survivors Envision Justice Author: Judith Lewis Herman Narrator: Stacey Glemboski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From one of America’s most influential psychiatrists, a powerful manifesto for reimagining justice, based on the testimony of trauma survivors     The #MeToo movement brought worldwide attention to sexual violence, but while the media focused on the fates of a few notorious predators who were put on trial, we heard far less about the outcomes of those trials for the survivors of their abuse.       The conventional retributive process fails to serve most survivors; it was never designed for them. Renowned trauma expert Judith L. Herman argues that the first step toward a better form of justice is simply to ask survivors what would make things as right as possible for them. In Truth and Repair, she commits the radical act of listening to survivors. Recounting their stories, she offers an alternative vision of justice as healing for survivors and their communities.       Deeply researched and compassionately told, Truth and Repair envisions a new path to justice for all.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605348</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206260/9781549139499.mp3" length="1477639" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605348 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth and Repair: How Trauma Survivors Envision Justice Author: Judith Lewis Herman Narrator: Stacey Glemboski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605348" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605348</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth and Repair: How Trauma Survivors Envision Justice Author: Judith Lewis Herman Narrator: Stacey Glemboski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From one of America’s most influential psychiatrists, a powerful manifesto for reimagining justice, based on the testimony of trauma survivors     The #MeToo movement brought worldwide attention to sexual violence, but while the media focused on the fates of a few notorious predators who were put on trial, we heard far less about the outcomes of those trials for the survivors of their abuse.       The conventional retributive process fails to serve most survivors; it was never designed for them. Renowned trauma expert Judith L. Herman argues that the first step toward a better form of justice is simply to ask survivors what would make things as right as possible for them. In Truth and Repair, she commits the radical act of listening to survivors. Recounting their stories, she offers an alternative vision of justice as healing for survivors and their communities.       Deeply researched and compassionately told, Truth and Repair envisions a new path to justice for all.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/02c9cc6600622d44c19b33eaf82b0117.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Urban Jungle: The History and Future of Nature in the City by Ben Wilson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/urban-jungle-the-history-and-future-of-nature-in-the-city-by-ben-wilson--65206280</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604321" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604321</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Urban Jungle: The History and Future of Nature in the City Author: Ben Wilson Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: March  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this exhilarating look at cities, past and future, Ben Wilson proposes that, in our world of rising seas and threatening weather, the natural world may prove the city's savior. Since the beginning of civilization, humans have built cities to wall nature out, then glorified it in beloved but quite artificial parks. In Urban Jungle Ben Wilson—the author of Metropolis, a seven-thousand-year history of cities that the Wall Street Journal called “a towering achievement”—looks to the fraught relationship between nature and the city for clues to how the planet can survive in an age of climate crisis. Whether it was the market farmers of Paris, Germans in medieval forest cities, or the Aztecs in the floating city of Tenochtitlan, pre-modern humans had an essential bond with nature. But when the day came that water was piped in and food flown from distant fields, that relationship was lost. Today, urban areas are the fastest-growing habitat on Earth and in Urban Jungle Ben Wilson finds that we are at last acknowledging that human engineering is not enough to protect us from extremes of weather. He takes us to places where efforts to rewild the city are under way: to Los Angeles, where the city’s concrete river will run blue again, to New York City, where a bleak landfill will be a vast grassland preserve. The pinnacle of this strategy will be Amsterdam: a city that is its own ecosystem, that makes no waste and produces its own energy. In many cities, Wilson finds, nature is already thriving. Koalas are settling in Brisbane, wild boar may raid your picnic in Berlin. Green canopies, wildflowers, wildlife: the things that will help cities survive, he notes, also make people happy. Urban Jungle offers the pleasures of history—how backyard gardens spread exotic species all over the world, how war produces biodiversity—alongside a fantastic vision of the lush green cities of our future. Climate change, Ben Wilson believes, is only the latest chapter in the dramatic human story of nature and the city. Front cover photograph: The Milan Vertical Forest, 2007–2014, Milan, Italy by Boeri Studio. Cover photograph by Andrea/EyeEm. Cover design by John Fontana     Typology: Architecture, Vertical forest. Design team: Stefano Boeri (founding partner); (executive architects) Davor Popovic, Francesco de Felice; (project architects) Phase 1—Urban planning and preliminary project: Frederic de Smet (coordination), Daniele Barillari, Julien Boatyard, Matilde Cassani, Andrea Casetto, Francesca Cesa Bianchi, Inge Lengwenus, Corrado Longa, Eleanna Kotsikou, Matteo Marzi, Emanuela Messina, Andrea Sellanes. Phase 2—Detail project: Gianni Bertoldi (coordination), Alessandro Agosti, Marco Brega, Andrea Casetto, Matteo Colognese, Angela Parrozzani, Stefano Onnis. Consultants: Arup Italia s.r.l. (structural engineering); Deerns Italia S.p.A. (facilities design); Tekne s.p.a. (detailed design); LAND s.r.l. (open space design); Alpina S.p.A. (infrastructure design); MI.PR.AV. s.r.l. (contract administration [DL]); Studio Emanuela Borio and Laura Gatti (landscape design)]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604321</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206280/9780593666685.mp3" length="4837189" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604321 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Urban Jungle: The History and Future of Nature in the City Author: Ben Wilson Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604321" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604321</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Urban Jungle: The History and Future of Nature in the City Author: Ben Wilson Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: March  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this exhilarating look at cities, past and future, Ben Wilson proposes that, in our world of rising seas and threatening weather, the natural world may prove the city's savior. Since the beginning of civilization, humans have built cities to wall nature out, then glorified it in beloved but quite artificial parks. In Urban Jungle Ben Wilson—the author of Metropolis, a seven-thousand-year history of cities that the Wall Street Journal called “a towering achievement”—looks to the fraught relationship between nature and the city for clues to how the planet can survive in an age of climate crisis. Whether it was the market farmers of Paris, Germans in medieval forest cities, or the Aztecs in the floating city of Tenochtitlan, pre-modern humans had an essential bond with nature. But when the day came that water was piped in and food flown from distant fields, that relationship was lost. Today, urban areas are the fastest-growing habitat on Earth and in Urban Jungle Ben Wilson finds that we are at last acknowledging that human engineering is not enough to protect us from extremes of weather. He takes us to places where efforts to rewild the city are under way: to Los Angeles, where the city’s concrete river will run blue again, to New York City, where a bleak landfill will be a vast grassland preserve. The pinnacle of this strategy will be Amsterdam: a city that is its own ecosystem, that makes no waste and produces its own energy. In many cities, Wilson finds, nature is already thriving. Koalas are settling in Brisbane, wild boar may raid your picnic in Berlin. Green canopies, wildflowers, wildlife: the things that will help cities survive, he notes, also make people happy. Urban Jungle offers the pleasures of history—how backyard gardens spread exotic species all over the world, how war produces biodiversity—alongside a fantastic vision of the lush green cities of our future. Climate change, Ben Wilson believes, is only the latest chapter in the dramatic human story of nature and the city. Front cover photograph: The Milan Vertical Forest, 2007–2014, Milan, Italy by Boeri Studio. Cover photograph by Andrea/EyeEm. Cover design by John Fontana     Typology: Architecture, Vertical forest. Design team: Stefano Boeri (founding partner); (executive architects) Davor Popovic, Francesco de Felice; (project architects) Phase 1—Urban planning and preliminary project: Frederic de Smet (coordination), Daniele Barillari, Julien Boatyard, Matilde Cassani, Andrea Casetto, Francesca Cesa Bianchi, Inge Lengwenus, Corrado Longa, Eleanna Kotsikou, Matteo Marzi, Emanuela Messina, Andrea Sellanes. Phase 2—Detail project: Gianni Bertoldi (coordination), Alessandro Agosti, Marco Brega, Andrea Casetto, Matteo Colognese, Angela Parrozzani, Stefano Onnis. Consultants: Arup Italia s.r.l. (structural engineering); Deerns Italia S.p.A. (facilities design); Tekne s.p.a. (detailed design); LAND s.r.l. (open space design); Alpina S.p.A. (infrastructure design); MI.PR.AV. s.r.l. (contract administration [DL]); Studio Emanuela Borio and Laura Gatti (landscape design)]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/12033bc370992fc92feea34dc1c9d178.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Empireland: How Imperialism Has Shaped Modern Britain by Sathnam Sanghera</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/empireland-how-imperialism-has-shaped-modern-britain-by-sathnam-sanghera--65206306</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604314" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604314</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empireland: How Imperialism Has Shaped Modern Britain Author: Sathnam Sanghera Narrator: Homer Todiwala, Marlon James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A best-selling journalist’s illuminating tour through the hidden legacies and modern realities of British empire that exposes how much of the present-day United Kingdom is actually rooted in its colonial past. Empireland boldly and lucidly makes the case that in order to understand America, we must first understand British imperialism. 'Empireland is brilliantly written, deeply researched and massively important. It’ll stay in your head for years.” —John Oliver, Emmy Award-winning host of 'Last Week Tonight with John Oliver' With a new introduction by the author and a foreword by Booker Prize-winner Marlon James A best-selling journalist’s illuminating tour through the hidden legacies and modern realities of British empire that exposes how much of the present-day United Kingdom is actually rooted in its colonial past. Empireland boldly and lucidly makes the case that in order to understand America, we must first understand British imperialism. Empire—whether British or otherwise—informs nearly everything we do. From common thought to our daily routines; from the foundations of social safety nets to the realities of racism; and from the distrust of public intellectuals to the exceptionalism that permeates immigration debates, the Brexit campaign and the global reckonings with controversial memorials, Empireland shows how the pernicious legacy of Western imperialism undergirds our everyday lives, yet remains shockingly obscured from view.  In accessible, witty prose, award-winning journalist and best-selling author Sathnam Sanghera traces this legacy back to its source, exposing how—in both profound and innocuous ways—imperial domination has shaped the United Kingdom we know today. Sanghera connects the historical dots across continents and seas to show how the shadows of a colonial past still linger over modern-day Britain and how the world, in turn, was shaped by Britain’s looming hand. The implications, of course, extend to Britain’s most notorious former colony turned imperial power: the United States of America, which prides itself for its maverick soul and yet seems to have inherited all the ambition, brutality and exceptional thinking of its parent.  With a foreword by Booker Prize–winner Marlon James, Empireland is a revelatory and lucid work of political history that offers a sobering appraisal of the past so we may move toward a more just future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604314</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206306/9780593669051.mp3" length="4837171" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empireland: How Imperialism Has Shaped Modern Britain Author: Sathnam Sanghera Narrator: Homer Todiwala, Marlon James Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604314" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604314</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empireland: How Imperialism Has Shaped Modern Britain Author: Sathnam Sanghera Narrator: Homer Todiwala, Marlon James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A best-selling journalist’s illuminating tour through the hidden legacies and modern realities of British empire that exposes how much of the present-day United Kingdom is actually rooted in its colonial past. Empireland boldly and lucidly makes the case that in order to understand America, we must first understand British imperialism. 'Empireland is brilliantly written, deeply researched and massively important. It’ll stay in your head for years.” —John Oliver, Emmy Award-winning host of 'Last Week Tonight with John Oliver' With a new introduction by the author and a foreword by Booker Prize-winner Marlon James A best-selling journalist’s illuminating tour through the hidden legacies and modern realities of British empire that exposes how much of the present-day United Kingdom is actually rooted in its colonial past. Empireland boldly and lucidly makes the case that in order to understand America, we must first understand British imperialism. Empire—whether British or otherwise—informs nearly everything we do. From common thought to our daily routines; from the foundations of social safety nets to the realities of racism; and from the distrust of public intellectuals to the exceptionalism that permeates immigration debates, the Brexit campaign and the global reckonings with controversial memorials, Empireland shows how the pernicious legacy of Western imperialism undergirds our everyday lives, yet remains shockingly obscured from view.  In accessible, witty prose, award-winning journalist and best-selling author Sathnam Sanghera traces this legacy back to its source, exposing how—in both profound and innocuous ways—imperial domination has shaped the United Kingdom we know today. Sanghera connects the historical dots across continents and seas to show how the shadows of a colonial past still linger over modern-day Britain and how the world, in turn, was shaped by Britain’s looming hand. The implications, of course, extend to Britain’s most notorious former colony turned imperial power: the United States of America, which prides itself for its maverick soul and yet seems to have inherited all the ambition, brutality and exceptional thinking of its parent.  With a foreword by Booker Prize–winner Marlon James, Empireland is a revelatory and lucid work of political history that offers a sobering appraisal of the past so we may move toward a more just future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/61f8e00e195e4ea5e674f6ffb40f109c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Limitless: The Federal Reserve Takes on a New Age of Crisis by Jeanna Smialek</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/limitless-the-federal-reserve-takes-on-a-new-age-of-crisis-by-jeanna-smialek--65206302</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604309" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604309</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Limitless: The Federal Reserve Takes on a New Age of Crisis Author: Jeanna Smialek Narrator: Jeanna Smialek, Barrie Kreinik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  AN NPR BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • This fascinating deep dive into one of the most powerful and least understood American institutions—the Federal Reserve—is “a riveting narrative...[and] an invaluable guide to the monetary policy debates of the last few years' (Liaquat Ahamed, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Lords of Finance). “The best book on the Fed in our time and a model of financial writing.” –Kirkus The marble halls of the Federal Reserve have always held secrets; for decades the Fed did the utmost to preserve its room to maneuver, operating behind the scenes as much as possible. Yet over the past two decades, this elite world of bankers and economists speaking a language that only monetary experts could understand has been forced to change its ways. Amid rising inequality, weakening global economic prospects, and a pandemic, the central bank has entered into a new era of transparency and activism that has changed its role in modern society in subtle but remarkable ways. Limitless tells the inside story of this deeply impactful transformation, and what it means for ordinary Americans. Focusing on characters such as the Fed chairman Jerome Powell; the Vice Chair for Supervision Randal Quarles; Vice Chair Lael Brainard; the Minneapolis Fed president Neel Kashkari; and the long-ago Fed Chair Marriner S. Eccles—and driven by the rising tension between Main Street and Wall Street—this is a page-turning account of the modern Fed’s inner workings during a crucial inflection point in history.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604309</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206302/9780593665084.mp3" length="4837198" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604309 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Limitless: The Federal Reserve Takes on a New Age of Crisis Author: Jeanna Smialek Narrator: Jeanna Smialek, Barrie Kreinik Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604309" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604309</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Limitless: The Federal Reserve Takes on a New Age of Crisis Author: Jeanna Smialek Narrator: Jeanna Smialek, Barrie Kreinik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  AN NPR BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • This fascinating deep dive into one of the most powerful and least understood American institutions—the Federal Reserve—is “a riveting narrative...[and] an invaluable guide to the monetary policy debates of the last few years' (Liaquat Ahamed, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Lords of Finance). “The best book on the Fed in our time and a model of financial writing.” –Kirkus The marble halls of the Federal Reserve have always held secrets; for decades the Fed did the utmost to preserve its room to maneuver, operating behind the scenes as much as possible. Yet over the past two decades, this elite world of bankers and economists speaking a language that only monetary experts could understand has been forced to change its ways. Amid rising inequality, weakening global economic prospects, and a pandemic, the central bank has entered into a new era of transparency and activism that has changed its role in modern society in subtle but remarkable ways. Limitless tells the inside story of this deeply impactful transformation, and what it means for ordinary Americans. Focusing on characters such as the Fed chairman Jerome Powell; the Vice Chair for Supervision Randal Quarles; Vice Chair Lael Brainard; the Minneapolis Fed president Neel Kashkari; and the long-ago Fed Chair Marriner S. Eccles—and driven by the rising tension between Main Street and Wall Street—this is a page-turning account of the modern Fed’s inner workings during a crucial inflection point in history.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2404b6869af8aad76e61ab59410c02b0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Big Con: How the Consulting Industry Weakens our Businesses, Infantilizes our Governments and Warps our Economies by Mariana Mazzucato,</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-big-con-how-the-consulting-industry-weakens-our-businesses-infantilizes-our-governments-and-warps-our-economies-by-mariana-mazzucato--65206398</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590651" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590651</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Con: How the Consulting Industry Weakens our Businesses, Infantilizes our Governments and Warps our Economies Author: Mariana Mazzucato, Rosie Collington Narrator: Amy Finegan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 23, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. There is an entrenched relationship between the consulting industry and the way business and government are managed today which must change. Mariana Mazzucato and Rosie Collington show that our economies' reliance on companies such as McKinsey, Boston Consulting Group, Bain &amp; Company, PwC, Deloitte, KPMG and EY stunts innovation, obfuscates corporate and political accountability and impedes our collective mission of halting climate breakdown. The 'Big Con' describes the confidence trick the consulting industry performs in contracts with hollowed-out and risk-averse governments and shareholder value-maximizing firms. It grew from the 1980s and 1990s in the wake of reforms by both the neoliberal right and Third Way progressives, and it thrives on the ills of modern capitalism, from financialization and privatization to the climate crisis. It is possible because of the unique power that big consultancies wield through extensive contracts and networks - as advisors, legitimators and outsourcers - and the illusion that they are objective sources of expertise and capacity. To make matters worse, our best and brightest graduates are often redirected away from public service into consulting. In all these ways, the Big Con weakens our businesses, infantilizes our governments and warps our economies. Mazzucato and Collington expertly debunk the myth that consultancies always add value to the economy. With a wealth of original research, they argue brilliantly for investment and collective intelligence within all organizations and communities, and for a new system in which public and private sectors work innovatively for the common good. We must recalibrate the role of consultants and rebuild economies and governments that are fit for purpose. ©2023 Mariana Mazzucato (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590651</guid><pubDate>Thu, 23 Feb 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206398/9780241603987.mp3" length="2437340" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590651 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Con: How the Consulting Industry Weakens our Businesses, Infantilizes our Governments and Warps our Economies Author: Mariana Mazzucato, Rosie...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590651" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590651</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Con: How the Consulting Industry Weakens our Businesses, Infantilizes our Governments and Warps our Economies Author: Mariana Mazzucato, Rosie Collington Narrator: Amy Finegan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 23, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. There is an entrenched relationship between the consulting industry and the way business and government are managed today which must change. Mariana Mazzucato and Rosie Collington show that our economies' reliance on companies such as McKinsey, Boston Consulting Group, Bain &amp; Company, PwC, Deloitte, KPMG and EY stunts innovation, obfuscates corporate and political accountability and impedes our collective mission of halting climate breakdown. The 'Big Con' describes the confidence trick the consulting industry performs in contracts with hollowed-out and risk-averse governments and shareholder value-maximizing firms. It grew from the 1980s and 1990s in the wake of reforms by both the neoliberal right and Third Way progressives, and it thrives on the ills of modern capitalism, from financialization and privatization to the climate crisis. It is possible because of the unique power that big consultancies wield through extensive contracts and networks - as advisors, legitimators and outsourcers - and the illusion that they are objective sources of expertise and capacity. To make matters worse, our best and brightest graduates are often redirected away from public service into consulting. In all these ways, the Big Con weakens our businesses, infantilizes our governments and warps our economies. Mazzucato and Collington expertly debunk the myth that consultancies always add value to the economy. With a wealth of original research, they argue brilliantly for investment and collective intelligence within all organizations and communities, and for a new system in which public and private sectors work innovatively for the common good. We must recalibrate the role of consultants and rebuild economies and governments that are fit for purpose. ©2023 Mariana Mazzucato (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/42d9faae8bef9cee31273809c225ef42.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Stone is Most Precious Where it Belongs: A Memoir of Uyghur Exile, Hope, and Survival by Gulchehra Hoja</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-stone-is-most-precious-where-it-belongs-a-memoir-of-uyghur-exile-hope-and-survival-by-gulchehra-hoja--65206356</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599880" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599880</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Stone is Most Precious Where it Belongs: A Memoir of Uyghur Exile, Hope, and Survival Author: Gulchehra Hoja Narrator: Sarah Suzuk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This extraordinary memoir shares an insight into the lives of the Uyghurs, a people and culture being systematically destroyed by China—and a woman who gave up everything to help her people.  In February 2018, twenty-four members of Gulchehra Hoja's family disappeared overnight. Her crime – and thus that of her family – was her award-winning investigations on the plight of her people, the Uyghurs, whose existence and culture is being systematically destroyed by the Chinese government. A Stone is Most Precious Where it Belongs is Gulchehra’s stunning memoir, taking us into the everyday world of life under Chinese rule in East Turkestan (more formally as the Xinjiang Autonomous Region of China), from her idyllic childhood to its modern nightmare. The grandchild of a renowned musician and the daughter of an esteemed archaeologist, Gulchehra grew up with her people’s culture and history running through her veins. She showed her gifts early on as a dancer, actress, and storyteller, putting her on a path to success as a major television star. Slowly though, she began to understand what China was doing to her people, as well as her own complicity as a journalist. As her rising fame and growing political awakening coincided, she made it her mission to expose the crimes Beijing is committing in the far reaches of its nation, no matter the cost.  Reveling in the beauty of East Turkestan and its people – its music, its culture, its heritage, and above all its emphasis on community and family – this groundbreaking memoir gives us a glimpse beyond what the Chinese state wants us to see, showcasing a woman who was willing to risk not just her own life, but also that of everyone she loves, to expose her people’s story to the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599880</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206356/9781668621462.mp3" length="1477681" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Stone is Most Precious Where it Belongs: A Memoir of Uyghur Exile, Hope, and Survival Author: Gulchehra Hoja Narrator: Sarah Suzuk Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599880" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599880</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Stone is Most Precious Where it Belongs: A Memoir of Uyghur Exile, Hope, and Survival Author: Gulchehra Hoja Narrator: Sarah Suzuk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This extraordinary memoir shares an insight into the lives of the Uyghurs, a people and culture being systematically destroyed by China—and a woman who gave up everything to help her people.  In February 2018, twenty-four members of Gulchehra Hoja's family disappeared overnight. Her crime – and thus that of her family – was her award-winning investigations on the plight of her people, the Uyghurs, whose existence and culture is being systematically destroyed by the Chinese government. A Stone is Most Precious Where it Belongs is Gulchehra’s stunning memoir, taking us into the everyday world of life under Chinese rule in East Turkestan (more formally as the Xinjiang Autonomous Region of China), from her idyllic childhood to its modern nightmare. The grandchild of a renowned musician and the daughter of an esteemed archaeologist, Gulchehra grew up with her people’s culture and history running through her veins. She showed her gifts early on as a dancer, actress, and storyteller, putting her on a path to success as a major television star. Slowly though, she began to understand what China was doing to her people, as well as her own complicity as a journalist. As her rising fame and growing political awakening coincided, she made it her mission to expose the crimes Beijing is committing in the far reaches of its nation, no matter the cost.  Reveling in the beauty of East Turkestan and its people – its music, its culture, its heritage, and above all its emphasis on community and family – this groundbreaking memoir gives us a glimpse beyond what the Chinese state wants us to see, showcasing a woman who was willing to risk not just her own life, but also that of everyone she loves, to expose her people’s story to the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1dc5b8f83c3d79661b1c6d82c39f26c5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Uncovered: How the Media Got Cozy With Power, Abandoned its Principles, and Lost the People by Steve Krakauer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/uncovered-how-the-media-got-cozy-with-power-abandoned-its-principles-and-lost-the-people-by-steve-krakauer--65206348</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599883" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599883</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncovered: How the Media Got Cozy With Power, Abandoned its Principles, and Lost the People Author: Steve Krakauer Narrator: Steve Krakauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the COVID lab leak theory to Hunter Biden's laptop to Jeffrey Epstein, media critic and former CNN producer Steve Krakauer spotlights the problems of a news industry filled with geographically isolated, introspection-free, egomaniacal journalists.  In Uncovered, America’s sharpest media critic, former CNN insider Steve Krakauer, reveals exactly what went wrong—and why the media went off the rails. The fourth estate is supposed to be a conduit to the people and a check on power. But instead, we have geographically isolated, introspection-free, cozy-with-power, egomaniacal journalists thirsty for elite approval.      Krakauer dives deep into some of the most egregious examples of the elite censorship collusion racket, like how tech suppression and media fear led to the New York Post-Hunter Biden email debacle before the 2020 election. Krakauer takes readers inside CNN after the shock Trump election, inside the New York Times after the Tom Cotton op-ed backlash, inside ESPN after the shift away from sports-only coverage, and more.     No one understands these problems (and people) better than Krakauer. He has spent years getting to know the most influential players in the industry and this fascinating book is what he’s learned. But most importantly, Krakauer equips readers with the crucial tools to sniff out when the press is lying or misleading the people of America in the future—so together, we can bypass them altogether.   "Steve Krakauer's new book, Uncovered, is vital reading. It's the best and most perceptive deep dive into legacy media bias out there, from someone who knows where all the bodies are buried." ― Ben Shapiro   "One of the most insightful critiques that has been published on this topic in years." ― Glenn Greenwald]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599883</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206348/9781668621899.mp3" length="1477811" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599883 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncovered: How the Media Got Cozy With Power, Abandoned its Principles, and Lost the People Author: Steve Krakauer Narrator: Steve Krakauer Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599883" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599883</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncovered: How the Media Got Cozy With Power, Abandoned its Principles, and Lost the People Author: Steve Krakauer Narrator: Steve Krakauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the COVID lab leak theory to Hunter Biden's laptop to Jeffrey Epstein, media critic and former CNN producer Steve Krakauer spotlights the problems of a news industry filled with geographically isolated, introspection-free, egomaniacal journalists.  In Uncovered, America’s sharpest media critic, former CNN insider Steve Krakauer, reveals exactly what went wrong—and why the media went off the rails. The fourth estate is supposed to be a conduit to the people and a check on power. But instead, we have geographically isolated, introspection-free, cozy-with-power, egomaniacal journalists thirsty for elite approval.      Krakauer dives deep into some of the most egregious examples of the elite censorship collusion racket, like how tech suppression and media fear led to the New York Post-Hunter Biden email debacle before the 2020 election. Krakauer takes readers inside CNN after the shock Trump election, inside the New York Times after the Tom Cotton op-ed backlash, inside ESPN after the shift away from sports-only coverage, and more.     No one understands these problems (and people) better than Krakauer. He has spent years getting to know the most influential players in the industry and this fascinating book is what he’s learned. But most importantly, Krakauer equips readers with the crucial tools to sniff out when the press is lying or misleading the people of America in the future—so together, we can bypass them altogether.   "Steve Krakauer's new book, Uncovered, is vital reading. It's the best and most perceptive deep dive into legacy media bias out there, from someone who knows where all the bodies are buried." ― Ben Shapiro   "One of the most insightful critiques that has been published on this topic in years." ― Glenn Greenwald]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/de268349bfc0806517e90ddb3807963c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Great Displacement: Climate Change and the Next American Migration by Jake Bittle</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-great-displacement-climate-change-and-the-next-american-migration-by-jake-bittle--65206331</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602127" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602127</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Displacement: Climate Change and the Next American Migration Author: Jake Bittle Narrator: Matt Godfrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Shortlisted for the 2024 Carnegie Medal for Excellence   The “closely observed, compassionate, and far-sighted” (Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Under a White Sky) story of climate migration in the United States—the personal stories of those experiencing displacement, the portraits of communities torn apart by disaster, and the implications for all of us as we confront a changing future. Even as climate change dominates the headlines, many of us still think about it in the future tense—we imagine that as global warming worsens over the coming decades, millions of people will scatter around the world, fleeing famine and rising seas. What we often don’t realize is that the consequences of climate change are already visible, right here in the United States. In communities across the country, climate disasters are pushing thousands of people away from their homes.   A human-centered narrative with national scope, The Great Displacement is “a vivid tour of the new human geography just coming into view” (David Wallace-Wells, New York Times bestselling author of The Uninhabitable Earth). From half-drowned Louisiana to fire-scorched California, from the dried-up cotton fields of Arizona to the soaked watersheds of inland North Carolina, people are moving. In the last few decades, the federal government has moved tens of thousands of families away from flood zones, and tens of thousands more have moved of their own accord in the aftermath of natural disasters. Insurance and mortgage markets are already shifting to reflect mounting climate risk, pricing people out of risky areas.   Over the next fifty years, millions of Americans will be caught up in this churn of displacement, forced inland and northward in what will be the largest migration in our country’s history. Jake Bittle is “an empathetic writer” (NPR) who compassionately tells the stories of those who are already experiencing life on the move, while detailing just how radically climate change will transform our lives—erasing historic towns and villages, pushing people toward new areas, and reshaping the geography of the United States.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602127</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206331/9781797153827.mp3" length="1477743" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602127 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Displacement: Climate Change and the Next American Migration Author: Jake Bittle Narrator: Matt Godfrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602127" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602127</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Displacement: Climate Change and the Next American Migration Author: Jake Bittle Narrator: Matt Godfrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Shortlisted for the 2024 Carnegie Medal for Excellence   The “closely observed, compassionate, and far-sighted” (Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Under a White Sky) story of climate migration in the United States—the personal stories of those experiencing displacement, the portraits of communities torn apart by disaster, and the implications for all of us as we confront a changing future. Even as climate change dominates the headlines, many of us still think about it in the future tense—we imagine that as global warming worsens over the coming decades, millions of people will scatter around the world, fleeing famine and rising seas. What we often don’t realize is that the consequences of climate change are already visible, right here in the United States. In communities across the country, climate disasters are pushing thousands of people away from their homes.   A human-centered narrative with national scope, The Great Displacement is “a vivid tour of the new human geography just coming into view” (David Wallace-Wells, New York Times bestselling author of The Uninhabitable Earth). From half-drowned Louisiana to fire-scorched California, from the dried-up cotton fields of Arizona to the soaked watersheds of inland North Carolina, people are moving. In the last few decades, the federal government has moved tens of thousands of families away from flood zones, and tens of thousands more have moved of their own accord in the aftermath of natural disasters. Insurance and mortgage markets are already shifting to reflect mounting climate risk, pricing people out of risky areas.   Over the next fifty years, millions of Americans will be caught up in this churn of displacement, forced inland and northward in what will be the largest migration in our country’s history. Jake Bittle is “an empathetic writer” (NPR) who compassionately tells the stories of those who are already experiencing life on the move, while detailing just how radically climate change will transform our lives—erasing historic towns and villages, pushing people toward new areas, and reshaping the geography of the United States.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/53dc6ee1f272573edf1a3bc072e8b344.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Shielded: How the Police Became Untouchable by Joanna Schwartz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/shielded-how-the-police-became-untouchable-by-joanna-schwartz--65206285</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604233" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604233</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shielded: How the Police Became Untouchable Author: Joanna Schwartz Narrator: Joanna Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An urgent and definitive examination of how the legal system prevents accountability for police misconduct, from one of the country's leading scholars on policing In recent years, the high-profile murders of George Floyd, Breonna Taylor, and so many others have brought much-needed attention to the pervasiveness of police misconduct. Yet it remains nearly impossible to hold police accountable for abuses of power—the decisions of the Supreme Court, state and local governments, and policy makers have, over decades, made the police all but untouchable. In Shielded, University of California, Los Angeles, law professor Joanna Schwartz exposes the myriad ways in which our legal system protects police at all costs, with insightful analyses about subjects ranging from qualified immunity to no-knock warrants. The product of more than two decades of advocacy and research, Shielded is a timely and necessary investigation into why civil rights litigation so rarely leads to justice or prevents future police misconduct. Weaving powerful true stories of people seeking restitution for violated rights, cutting across race, gender, criminal history, tax bracket, and zip code, Schwartz paints a compelling picture of the human cost of our failing criminal justice system, bringing clarity to a problem that is widely known but little understood. Shielded is a masterful work of immediate and enduring consequence, revealing what tragically familiar calls for “justice” truly entail. © 2023 Robert Longo / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604233</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206285/9780593628881.mp3" length="4837117" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604233 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shielded: How the Police Became Untouchable Author: Joanna Schwartz Narrator: Joanna Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604233" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604233</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shielded: How the Police Became Untouchable Author: Joanna Schwartz Narrator: Joanna Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An urgent and definitive examination of how the legal system prevents accountability for police misconduct, from one of the country's leading scholars on policing In recent years, the high-profile murders of George Floyd, Breonna Taylor, and so many others have brought much-needed attention to the pervasiveness of police misconduct. Yet it remains nearly impossible to hold police accountable for abuses of power—the decisions of the Supreme Court, state and local governments, and policy makers have, over decades, made the police all but untouchable. In Shielded, University of California, Los Angeles, law professor Joanna Schwartz exposes the myriad ways in which our legal system protects police at all costs, with insightful analyses about subjects ranging from qualified immunity to no-knock warrants. The product of more than two decades of advocacy and research, Shielded is a timely and necessary investigation into why civil rights litigation so rarely leads to justice or prevents future police misconduct. Weaving powerful true stories of people seeking restitution for violated rights, cutting across race, gender, criminal history, tax bracket, and zip code, Schwartz paints a compelling picture of the human cost of our failing criminal justice system, bringing clarity to a problem that is widely known but little understood. Shielded is a masterful work of immediate and enduring consequence, revealing what tragically familiar calls for “justice” truly entail. © 2023 Robert Longo / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a592d42b13aa61a41dcdd9b1fcd8663b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>While Time Remains: A North Korean Girl's Search for Freedom in America by Yeonmi Park</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/while-time-remains-a-north-korean-girl-s-search-for-freedom-in-america-by-yeonmi-park--65206275</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601102" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601102</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: While Time Remains: A North Korean Girl's Search for Freedom in America Author: Yeonmi Park Narrator: Maureen Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 16   Ratings of Narrator: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER   The North Korean defector, human rights advocate, and bestselling author of In Order to Live sounds the alarm on the culture wars, identity politics, and authoritarian tendencies tearing America apart. After defecting from North Korea, Yeonmi Park found liberty and freedom in America. But she also found a chilling crackdown on self-expression and thought that reminded her of the brutal regime she risked her life to escape. When she spoke out about the mass political indoctrination she saw around her in the United States, Park faced censorship and even death threats.   In While Time Remains, Park highlights the dangerous hypocrisies, mob tactics, and authoritarian tendencies that speak in the name of wokeness and social justice. No one is spared in her eye-opening account, including the elites who claim to care for the poor and working classes but turn their backs on anyone who dares to think independently.   Park arrived in America eight years ago with no preconceptions, no political aims, and no partisan agenda. With urgency and unique insight, the bestselling author and human rights activist reminds us of the fragility of freedom, and what we must do to preserve it.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601102</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206275/9781797153322.mp3" length="1477719" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601102 to listen full audiobooks. Title: While Time Remains: A North Korean Girl's Search for Freedom in America Author: Yeonmi Park Narrator: Maureen Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601102" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601102</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: While Time Remains: A North Korean Girl's Search for Freedom in America Author: Yeonmi Park Narrator: Maureen Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 16   Ratings of Narrator: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER   The North Korean defector, human rights advocate, and bestselling author of In Order to Live sounds the alarm on the culture wars, identity politics, and authoritarian tendencies tearing America apart. After defecting from North Korea, Yeonmi Park found liberty and freedom in America. But she also found a chilling crackdown on self-expression and thought that reminded her of the brutal regime she risked her life to escape. When she spoke out about the mass political indoctrination she saw around her in the United States, Park faced censorship and even death threats.   In While Time Remains, Park highlights the dangerous hypocrisies, mob tactics, and authoritarian tendencies that speak in the name of wokeness and social justice. No one is spared in her eye-opening account, including the elites who claim to care for the poor and working classes but turn their backs on anyone who dares to think independently.   Park arrived in America eight years ago with no preconceptions, no political aims, and no partisan agenda. With urgency and unique insight, the bestselling author and human rights activist reminds us of the fragility of freedom, and what we must do to preserve it.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/372428d5a91f4e278a6f58aa8f70d55f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Saying It Loud: 1966—The Year Black Power Challenged the Civil Rights Movement by Mark Whitaker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/saying-it-loud-1966-the-year-black-power-challenged-the-civil-rights-movement-by-mark-whitaker--65206364</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601055" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601055</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saying It Loud: 1966—The Year Black Power Challenged the Civil Rights Movement Author: Mark Whitaker Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 25 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mark Whitaker “writes with the eye of a journalist and ear of a poet” (The Boston Globe) to tell the story of the momentous year that redefined the civil rights movement as a new sense of Black identity, expressed in the slogan “Black Power,” challenged the nonviolent philosophy of Martin Luther King, Jr. and John Lewis. In “crisp prose” (The New York Times) and novelistic detail Saying It Loud tells the story of how the Black Power phenomenon began to challenge the traditional civil rights movement in the turbulent year of 1966. Saying It Loud takes you inside the dramatic events in this seminal year, from Stokely Carmichael’s middle-of-the-night ouster of moderate icon John Lewis as a chairman of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) to Carmichael’s impassioned cry of “Black Power!” during a protest march in rural Mississippi. From Julian Bond’s humiliating and racist ouster from the Georgia state legislature because of his antiwar statements to Ronald Reagan’s election as California governor riding a “white backlash” vote against Black Power and urban unrest. From the founding of the Black Panther Party for Self-Defense by Huey Newton and Bobby Seale in Oakland, California, to the origins of Kwanzaa, the Black Arts Movement, and the first Black studies programs. From Reverend Martin Luther King, Jr.’s ill-fated campaign to take the civil rights movement north to Chicago to the wrenching ousting of the white members of SNCC.   Deeply researched and widely reported, Saying It Loud offers brilliant portraits of the major characters in the yearlong drama and provides new details and insights from key players and journalists who covered the story. It also makes a compelling case for why the lessons from 1966 still resonate in the era of Black Lives Matter and the fierce contemporary battles over voting rights, identity politics, and the teaching of Black History.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601055</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206364/9781797151373.mp3" length="1477679" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601055 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saying It Loud: 1966—The Year Black Power Challenged the Civil Rights Movement Author: Mark Whitaker Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601055" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601055</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saying It Loud: 1966—The Year Black Power Challenged the Civil Rights Movement Author: Mark Whitaker Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 25 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mark Whitaker “writes with the eye of a journalist and ear of a poet” (The Boston Globe) to tell the story of the momentous year that redefined the civil rights movement as a new sense of Black identity, expressed in the slogan “Black Power,” challenged the nonviolent philosophy of Martin Luther King, Jr. and John Lewis. In “crisp prose” (The New York Times) and novelistic detail Saying It Loud tells the story of how the Black Power phenomenon began to challenge the traditional civil rights movement in the turbulent year of 1966. Saying It Loud takes you inside the dramatic events in this seminal year, from Stokely Carmichael’s middle-of-the-night ouster of moderate icon John Lewis as a chairman of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) to Carmichael’s impassioned cry of “Black Power!” during a protest march in rural Mississippi. From Julian Bond’s humiliating and racist ouster from the Georgia state legislature because of his antiwar statements to Ronald Reagan’s election as California governor riding a “white backlash” vote against Black Power and urban unrest. From the founding of the Black Panther Party for Self-Defense by Huey Newton and Bobby Seale in Oakland, California, to the origins of Kwanzaa, the Black Arts Movement, and the first Black studies programs. From Reverend Martin Luther King, Jr.’s ill-fated campaign to take the civil rights movement north to Chicago to the wrenching ousting of the white members of SNCC.   Deeply researched and widely reported, Saying It Loud offers brilliant portraits of the major characters in the yearlong drama and provides new details and insights from key players and journalists who covered the story. It also makes a compelling case for why the lessons from 1966 still resonate in the era of Black Lives Matter and the fierce contemporary battles over voting rights, identity politics, and the teaching of Black History.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a0acd018fc62c3215a9aa673ab5b9bb7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Crisis of Democratic Capitalism by Martin Wolf</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-crisis-of-democratic-capitalism-by-martin-wolf--65206304</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604219" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604219</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crisis of Democratic Capitalism Author: Martin Wolf Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the chief economics commentator of the Financial Times, a magnificent reckoning with how and why the marriage between democracy and capitalism is coming undone, and what can be done to reverse this terrifying dynamic Martin Wolf has long been one of the wisest voices on global economic issues. He has rarely been called an optimist, yet he has never been as worried as he is today. Liberal democracy is in recession, and authoritarianism is on the rise. The ties that ought to bind open markets to free and fair elections are threatened, even in democracy’s heartlands, the United States and England.     Around the world, powerful voices argue that capitalism is better without democracy; others argue that democracy is better without capitalism. This book is a forceful rejoinder to both views. Even as it offers a deep, lucid assessment of why this marriage has grown so strained, it makes clear why a divorce of capitalism from democracy would be a calamity for the world. They need each other even if they find it hard to life together.     For all its flaws, argues Wolf, democratic capitalism remains far and away the best system for human flourishing. But something has gone seriously awry: the growth of prosperity has slowed, and the division of its fruits between the hypersuccessful few and the rest has become more unequal. The plutocrats have retreated to their bastions, where they pour scorn on government’s ability to invest in the public goods needed to foster opportunity and sustainability. But the incoming flood of autocracy will rise to overwhelm them, too, in the end.     Citizenship is not just a slogan or a romantic idea; it’s the only idea that can save us, Wolf argues. Nothing has ever harmonized political and economic freedom better than a shared faith in the common good.     This wise and rigorously fact-based exploration of the epic story of the dynamic between democracy and capitalism concludes with the lesson that our ideals and our interests not only should align, but must do so, for everyone’s sake. Democracy itself is now at stake. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains graphs and charts from the book.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604219</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206304/9780593671245.mp3" length="4837105" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604219 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crisis of Democratic Capitalism Author: Martin Wolf Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604219" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604219</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crisis of Democratic Capitalism Author: Martin Wolf Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the chief economics commentator of the Financial Times, a magnificent reckoning with how and why the marriage between democracy and capitalism is coming undone, and what can be done to reverse this terrifying dynamic Martin Wolf has long been one of the wisest voices on global economic issues. He has rarely been called an optimist, yet he has never been as worried as he is today. Liberal democracy is in recession, and authoritarianism is on the rise. The ties that ought to bind open markets to free and fair elections are threatened, even in democracy’s heartlands, the United States and England.     Around the world, powerful voices argue that capitalism is better without democracy; others argue that democracy is better without capitalism. This book is a forceful rejoinder to both views. Even as it offers a deep, lucid assessment of why this marriage has grown so strained, it makes clear why a divorce of capitalism from democracy would be a calamity for the world. They need each other even if they find it hard to life together.     For all its flaws, argues Wolf, democratic capitalism remains far and away the best system for human flourishing. But something has gone seriously awry: the growth of prosperity has slowed, and the division of its fruits between the hypersuccessful few and the rest has become more unequal. The plutocrats have retreated to their bastions, where they pour scorn on government’s ability to invest in the public goods needed to foster opportunity and sustainability. But the incoming flood of autocracy will rise to overwhelm them, too, in the end.     Citizenship is not just a slogan or a romantic idea; it’s the only idea that can save us, Wolf argues. Nothing has ever harmonized political and economic freedom better than a shared faith in the common good.     This wise and rigorously fact-based exploration of the epic story of the dynamic between democracy and capitalism concludes with the lesson that our ideals and our interests not only should align, but must do so, for everyone’s sake. Democracy itself is now at stake. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains graphs and charts from the book.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/938fe01d50ff08b72c1d9362701e9193.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Big Things Get Done: The Surprising Factors That Determine the Fate of Every Project, from Home Renovations to Space Exploration and Eve</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-big-things-get-done-the-surprising-factors-that-determine-the-fate-of-every-project-from-home-renovations-to-space-exploration-and-eve--65206295</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604287" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604287</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Big Things Get Done: The Surprising Factors That Determine the Fate of Every Project, from Home Renovations to Space Exploration and Everything In Between Author: Bent Flyvbjerg Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  One of The Economist’s Best Books of 2023 The secrets to successfully planning and delivering ambitious, complex projects on any scale—from home renovation to space exploration—by the world's leading expert on megaprojects. Nothing is more inspiring than a big vision that becomes a triumphant, new reality. Think of how the Empire State Building went from a sketch to the jewel of New York's skyline in twenty-one months, or how Apple’s iPod went from a project with a single employee to a product launch in eleven months. These are wonderful stories. But most of the time big visions turn into nightmares. Remember Boston’s “Big Dig”? Almost every sizeable city in the world has such a fiasco in its backyard. In fact, no less than 92% of megaprojects come in over budget or over schedule, or both. The cost of California’s high-speed rail project soared from $33 billion to $100 billon—and won’t even go where promised. More modest endeavors, whether launching a small business, organizing a conference, or just finishing a work project on time, also commonly fail. Why? Understanding what distinguishes the triumphs from the failures has been the life’s work of Oxford professor Bent Flyvbjerg, dubbed “the world’s leading megaproject expert.” In How Big Things Get Done, he identifies the errors in judgment and decision-making that lead projects, both big and small, to fail, and the research-based principles that will make you succeed with yours. For example:   - Understand your odds. If you don't know them, you won't win. - Plan slow, act fast. Getting to the action quick feels right. But it's wrong.  - Think right to left. Start with your goal, then identify the steps to get there. - Find your Lego. Big is best built from small. - Be a team maker. You won't succeed without an 'us.' - Master the unknown unknowns. Most think they can't, so they fail. Flyvbjerg shows how you can. - Know that your biggest risk is you. Full of vivid examples ranging from the building of the Sydney Opera House, to the making of the latest Pixar blockbusters, to a home renovation in Brooklyn gone awry, How Big Things Get Done reveals how to get any ambitious project done—on time and on budget. For a visual representation of the charts and graphs mentioned throughout, as well as Appendix A and B, please be sure to download the Bonus PDF accompanying this program.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604287</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206295/9780593629536.mp3" length="4837300" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604287 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Big Things Get Done: The Surprising Factors That Determine the Fate of Every Project, from Home Renovations to Space Exploration and Everything In...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604287" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604287</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Big Things Get Done: The Surprising Factors That Determine the Fate of Every Project, from Home Renovations to Space Exploration and Everything In Between Author: Bent Flyvbjerg Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  One of The Economist’s Best Books of 2023 The secrets to successfully planning and delivering ambitious, complex projects on any scale—from home renovation to space exploration—by the world's leading expert on megaprojects. Nothing is more inspiring than a big vision that becomes a triumphant, new reality. Think of how the Empire State Building went from a sketch to the jewel of New York's skyline in twenty-one months, or how Apple’s iPod went from a project with a single employee to a product launch in eleven months. These are wonderful stories. But most of the time big visions turn into nightmares. Remember Boston’s “Big Dig”? Almost every sizeable city in the world has such a fiasco in its backyard. In fact, no less than 92% of megaprojects come in over budget or over schedule, or both. The cost of California’s high-speed rail project soared from $33 billion to $100 billon—and won’t even go where promised. More modest endeavors, whether launching a small business, organizing a conference, or just finishing a work project on time, also commonly fail. Why? Understanding what distinguishes the triumphs from the failures has been the life’s work of Oxford professor Bent Flyvbjerg, dubbed “the world’s leading megaproject expert.” In How Big Things Get Done, he identifies the errors in judgment and decision-making that lead projects, both big and small, to fail, and the research-based principles that will make you succeed with yours. For example:   - Understand your odds. If you don't know them, you won't win. - Plan slow, act fast. Getting to the action quick feels right. But it's wrong.  - Think right to left. Start with your goal, then identify the steps to get there. - Find your Lego. Big is best built from small. - Be a team maker. You won't succeed without an 'us.' - Master the unknown unknowns. Most think they can't, so they fail. Flyvbjerg shows how you can. - Know that your biggest risk is you. Full of vivid examples ranging from the building of the Sydney Opera House, to the making of the latest Pixar blockbusters, to a home renovation in Brooklyn gone awry, How Big Things Get Done reveals how to get any ambitious project done—on time and on budget. For a visual representation of the charts and graphs mentioned throughout, as well as Appendix A and B, please be sure to download the Bonus PDF accompanying this program.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bfb072d0c66eab923e29b5727448c3d6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Walk the Blue Line: No right, no left—just cops telling their true stories to James Patterson. by James Patterson, Matt Eversmann</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/walk-the-blue-line-no-right-no-left-just-cops-telling-their-true-stories-to-james-patterson-by-james-patterson-matt-eversmann--65206334</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599870" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599870</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walk the Blue Line: No right, no left—just cops telling their true stories to James Patterson. Author: James Patterson, Matt Eversmann Narrator: Ori Bitter, Melissa Matthews, Robb Moreira, Inés Del Castillo, Corey Carthew, Cody Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: February  6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the #1 New York Times bestselling authors of Walk in My Combat Boots: true-life stories from the men and women who protect and serve our homes, families and communities. Protect  These men and women are our eyes. Our ears. Our protectors. Those who wear a badge, doing their best to help people.  Serve  These cops serve their communities. They serve their country. They’re in the business of saving lives—even at the risk of their own.  Defend  These patrol officers and K9 handlers, sheriffs and detectives, reveal what it’s really like to wear the uniform, to carry the weight of the responsibility they’ve been given.   This is a calling. This is the job. “Walk the Blue Line is the book that the law-enforcement community has been waiting for. These stories showcase the courage, the hurt, the anger and the joy that can be found in every officer’s DNA—and above all, their commitment to making difficult situations a little bit better." —Jim Pasco, Executive Director, National Fraternal Order of Police]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599870</guid><pubDate>Mon, 06 Feb 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206334/9781668616598.mp3" length="1477921" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599870 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walk the Blue Line: No right, no left—just cops telling their true stories to James Patterson. Author: James Patterson, Matt Eversmann Narrator: Ori...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599870" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599870</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walk the Blue Line: No right, no left—just cops telling their true stories to James Patterson. Author: James Patterson, Matt Eversmann Narrator: Ori Bitter, Melissa Matthews, Robb Moreira, Inés Del Castillo, Corey Carthew, Cody Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: February  6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the #1 New York Times bestselling authors of Walk in My Combat Boots: true-life stories from the men and women who protect and serve our homes, families and communities. Protect  These men and women are our eyes. Our ears. Our protectors. Those who wear a badge, doing their best to help people.  Serve  These cops serve their communities. They serve their country. They’re in the business of saving lives—even at the risk of their own.  Defend  These patrol officers and K9 handlers, sheriffs and detectives, reveal what it’s really like to wear the uniform, to carry the weight of the responsibility they’ve been given.   This is a calling. This is the job. “Walk the Blue Line is the book that the law-enforcement community has been waiting for. These stories showcase the courage, the hurt, the anger and the joy that can be found in every officer’s DNA—and above all, their commitment to making difficult situations a little bit better." —Jim Pasco, Executive Director, National Fraternal Order of Police]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/abb13c6a37c3edc2d36df12df34f97ef.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Generación idiota: Una crítica al adolescentrismo by Agustin Laje</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-generacion-idiota-una-critica-al-adolescentrismo-by-agustin-laje--65206432</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590683" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590683</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Generación idiota: Una crítica al adolescentrismo Author: Agustin Laje Narrator: Antonio Raluy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Generación idiota nos ofrece una inmersión profunda en la desaparición de la sociedad intergeneracional y el auge de la mentalidad adolescente, que ha causado un gran daño a la política y a la sociedad. En la continuación de su best seller internacional La batalla cultural, el afamado escritor, politólogo y conferencista Agustín Laje presenta Generación idiota: Una crítica al adolescentecentrismo.  Según Agustín, las ideologías centradas en la adolescencia del siglo XXI están en auge. Como resultado, los adolescentes están gobernando el mundo. Rigen la forma de la cultura, estructuran la forma de la política, inspiran los cambios de nuestro lenguaje, imponen sus preferencias estéticas y dominan el imaginario postindustrial y el sistema de consumo. Las instituciones básicas, como la familia, también están fuera de lugar en estas generaciones adolescentes. El libro está dividido en cinco capítulos - Capítulo 1 ­– Una investigación sobre el papel y el poder de los ancianos a lo largo de la historia y su caída con el advenimiento de las sociedades modernas - Capítulo 2 – La caracterización y explicación de la 'sociedad adolescente', el idiota posmoderno, y el gran tema de la identidad que está omnipresente y arraigado en nuestra sociedad - Capítulo 3 – El papel de la moda, el entretenimiento y la tecnología digital y cómo han afectado y moldeado la cultura y la política del siglo XXI - Capítulo 4 – La expropiación del poder de la familia en la sociedad, la omnipresencia del adoctrinamiento en la educación y el devastador poder socializador de los medios de comunicación de masas - Capítulo 5 – Agustín cierra ofreciendo un modelo de rebelión muy diferente para la Nueva Derecha (a la que vuelve a expresar su apoyo), cómo escapar de la idiotez política, y rebelarse de verdad contra el sistema establecido. Si estás cansado del adoctrinamiento más descarado de los medios de comunicación, las escuelas, las universidades y, sobre todo, de nuestros hijos, querrás leer Generación idiota, en la que Laje ofrece un modelo particular de rebelión para la Nueva Derecha. Escapemos juntos el idiotismo político y rebelarnos contra el sistema establecido. ¡Manos a la obra! Idiot Generation Idiot Generation offers a deep dive into the demise of the transgenerational society and the rise of the adolescent mentality, which has caused great damage to politics and society. In the follow-up to his international bestseller The Culture Battle, famed writer, political scientist, and lecturer Agustín Laje presents Idiot Generation: A Critique of Adolescentcentrism. According to Agustin, adolescent-centered ideologies of the 21st century are rampant. As a result, adolescents are ruling the world. They govern the shape of culture, structure the shape of politics, inspire the changes in our language, impose their aesthetic preferences, and dominate post-industrial imagery and the consumer system. Basic institutions, such as the family, are also out of place in these adolescent generations.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590683</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206432/9781400238651.mp3" length="1477677" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Generación idiota: Una crítica al adolescentrismo Author: Agustin Laje Narrator: Antonio Raluy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590683" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590683</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Generación idiota: Una crítica al adolescentrismo Author: Agustin Laje Narrator: Antonio Raluy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Generación idiota nos ofrece una inmersión profunda en la desaparición de la sociedad intergeneracional y el auge de la mentalidad adolescente, que ha causado un gran daño a la política y a la sociedad. En la continuación de su best seller internacional La batalla cultural, el afamado escritor, politólogo y conferencista Agustín Laje presenta Generación idiota: Una crítica al adolescentecentrismo.  Según Agustín, las ideologías centradas en la adolescencia del siglo XXI están en auge. Como resultado, los adolescentes están gobernando el mundo. Rigen la forma de la cultura, estructuran la forma de la política, inspiran los cambios de nuestro lenguaje, imponen sus preferencias estéticas y dominan el imaginario postindustrial y el sistema de consumo. Las instituciones básicas, como la familia, también están fuera de lugar en estas generaciones adolescentes. El libro está dividido en cinco capítulos - Capítulo 1 ­– Una investigación sobre el papel y el poder de los ancianos a lo largo de la historia y su caída con el advenimiento de las sociedades modernas - Capítulo 2 – La caracterización y explicación de la 'sociedad adolescente', el idiota posmoderno, y el gran tema de la identidad que está omnipresente y arraigado en nuestra sociedad - Capítulo 3 – El papel de la moda, el entretenimiento y la tecnología digital y cómo han afectado y moldeado la cultura y la política del siglo XXI - Capítulo 4 – La expropiación del poder de la familia en la sociedad, la omnipresencia del adoctrinamiento en la educación y el devastador poder socializador de los medios de comunicación de masas - Capítulo 5 – Agustín cierra ofreciendo un modelo de rebelión muy diferente para la Nueva Derecha (a la que vuelve a expresar su apoyo), cómo escapar de la idiotez política, y rebelarse de verdad contra el sistema establecido. Si estás cansado del adoctrinamiento más descarado de los medios de comunicación, las escuelas, las universidades y, sobre todo, de nuestros hijos, querrás leer Generación idiota, en la que Laje ofrece un modelo particular de rebelión para la Nueva Derecha. Escapemos juntos el idiotismo político y rebelarnos contra el sistema establecido. ¡Manos a la obra! Idiot Generation Idiot Generation offers a deep dive into the demise of the transgenerational society and the rise of the adolescent mentality, which has caused great damage to politics and society. In the follow-up to his international bestseller The Culture Battle, famed writer, political scientist, and lecturer Agustín Laje presents Idiot Generation: A Critique of Adolescentcentrism. According to Agustin, adolescent-centered ideologies of the 21st century are rampant. As a result, adolescents are ruling the world. They govern the shape of culture, structure the shape of politics, inspire the changes in our language, impose their aesthetic preferences, and dominate post-industrial imagery and the consumer system. Basic institutions, such as the family, are also out of place in these adolescent generations.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/88f9620db6dcc890440a3cb5fd7703a5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Untouchable: How Powerful People Get Away With It by Elie Honig</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/untouchable-how-powerful-people-get-away-with-it-by-elie-honig--65206421</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593032" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593032</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Untouchable: How Powerful People Get Away With It Author: Elie Honig Narrator: Elie Honig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A NEXT BIG IDEA CLUB 'MUST-READ' #1 ON COSMOPOLITAN'S 11 BEST NEW NON-FICTION BOOKS TO ADD TO YOUR TBR PILE IN 2023  CNN senior legal analyst and nationally bestselling author Elie Honig explores America’s two-tier justice system, explaining how the rich, the famous, and the powerful— including, most notoriously, Donald Trump—manipulate the legal system to escape justice and get away with vast misdeeds. How does he get away with it? That question, more than any other, vexes observers of and participants in the American criminal justice process. How do powerful people weaponize their wealth, political power, and fame to beat the system? And how can prosecutors fight back? In Untouchable, Elie Honig exposes how the rich and powerful use the system to their own benefit, revealing how notorious figures like Donald Trump, Jeffrey Epstein, Harvey Weinstein, and Bill Cosby successfully eluded justice for decades. He demonstrates how the Trump children dodged a fraud indictment. He makes clear how countless CEOs and titans of Wall Street have been let off the hook, receiving financial penalties without suffering criminal consequences. This doesn’t happen by accident. Over the four years of his administration, Donald Trump’s corruption seemed plain for all to see. The former president obstructed justice, flouted his responsibility to the Constitution, lied to the American people, and set the United States on a dark path to disunity and violence. Yet he has never been held accountable for any of his misdeeds. Why not? Untouchable holds the answer. Honig shows how Trump and others use seemingly fair institutions and practices to build empires of corruption and get away with misdeeds for which ordinary people would be sentenced to years behind bars. It’s not just that money talks, Honig makes clear, but how it can corrupt otherwise reliable institutions and blind people to the real power dynamics behind the scenes. In this vital, incisive book, Honig explains how the system allows the powerful to become untouchable, takes us inside their heads, and offers solutions for making the system more honest and fairer, ensuring true justice for all—holding everyone, no matter their status, accountable for their criminal misdeeds.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593032</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206421/9780063241510.mp3" length="2437199" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Untouchable: How Powerful People Get Away With It Author: Elie Honig Narrator: Elie Honig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593032" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593032</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Untouchable: How Powerful People Get Away With It Author: Elie Honig Narrator: Elie Honig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A NEXT BIG IDEA CLUB 'MUST-READ' #1 ON COSMOPOLITAN'S 11 BEST NEW NON-FICTION BOOKS TO ADD TO YOUR TBR PILE IN 2023  CNN senior legal analyst and nationally bestselling author Elie Honig explores America’s two-tier justice system, explaining how the rich, the famous, and the powerful— including, most notoriously, Donald Trump—manipulate the legal system to escape justice and get away with vast misdeeds. How does he get away with it? That question, more than any other, vexes observers of and participants in the American criminal justice process. How do powerful people weaponize their wealth, political power, and fame to beat the system? And how can prosecutors fight back? In Untouchable, Elie Honig exposes how the rich and powerful use the system to their own benefit, revealing how notorious figures like Donald Trump, Jeffrey Epstein, Harvey Weinstein, and Bill Cosby successfully eluded justice for decades. He demonstrates how the Trump children dodged a fraud indictment. He makes clear how countless CEOs and titans of Wall Street have been let off the hook, receiving financial penalties without suffering criminal consequences. This doesn’t happen by accident. Over the four years of his administration, Donald Trump’s corruption seemed plain for all to see. The former president obstructed justice, flouted his responsibility to the Constitution, lied to the American people, and set the United States on a dark path to disunity and violence. Yet he has never been held accountable for any of his misdeeds. Why not? Untouchable holds the answer. Honig shows how Trump and others use seemingly fair institutions and practices to build empires of corruption and get away with misdeeds for which ordinary people would be sentenced to years behind bars. It’s not just that money talks, Honig makes clear, but how it can corrupt otherwise reliable institutions and blind people to the real power dynamics behind the scenes. In this vital, incisive book, Honig explains how the system allows the powerful to become untouchable, takes us inside their heads, and offers solutions for making the system more honest and fairer, ensuring true justice for all—holding everyone, no matter their status, accountable for their criminal misdeeds.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1e051bf4705ecaf979fb85b683e191e8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Pirate Enlightenment, or the Real Libertalia by David Graeber</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/pirate-enlightenment-or-the-real-libertalia-by-david-graeber--65206316</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602222" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602222</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pirate Enlightenment, or the Real Libertalia Author: David Graeber Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  The Enlightenment did not begin in Europe. Its true origins lie thousands of miles away on the island of Madagascar, in the late seventeenth century, when it was home to several thousand pirates. This was the Golden Age of Piracy, a period of violent buccaneering and rollicking legends - but it was also, argues anthropologist David Graeber, a brief window of radical democracy, as the pirate settlers attempted to apply the egalitarian principles of their ships to a new society on land. For Graeber, Madagascar's lost pirate utopia represents some of the first stirrings of Enlightenment political thought. In this jewel of a book, he offers a way to 'decolonise the Enlightenment', demonstrating how this mixed community experimented with an alternative vision of human freedom, far from that being formulated in the salons and coffee houses of Europe. Its actors were Malagasy women, merchants and traders, philosopher kings and escaped slaves, exploring ideas that were ultimately to be put into practice in by Western revolutionary regimes a century later. Pirate Enlightenment is a retelling of Enlightenment myths. In their place comes a story about the magic, sea battles, purloined princesses, manhunts, make-believe kingdoms, fraudulent ambassadors, spies, jewel thieves, poisoners and devil worship that lie at the origins of modern freedom. © David Graeber 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602222</guid><pubDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206316/9780241624173.mp3" length="2437259" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602222 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pirate Enlightenment, or the Real Libertalia Author: David Graeber Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602222" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602222</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pirate Enlightenment, or the Real Libertalia Author: David Graeber Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  The Enlightenment did not begin in Europe. Its true origins lie thousands of miles away on the island of Madagascar, in the late seventeenth century, when it was home to several thousand pirates. This was the Golden Age of Piracy, a period of violent buccaneering and rollicking legends - but it was also, argues anthropologist David Graeber, a brief window of radical democracy, as the pirate settlers attempted to apply the egalitarian principles of their ships to a new society on land. For Graeber, Madagascar's lost pirate utopia represents some of the first stirrings of Enlightenment political thought. In this jewel of a book, he offers a way to 'decolonise the Enlightenment', demonstrating how this mixed community experimented with an alternative vision of human freedom, far from that being formulated in the salons and coffee houses of Europe. Its actors were Malagasy women, merchants and traders, philosopher kings and escaped slaves, exploring ideas that were ultimately to be put into practice in by Western revolutionary regimes a century later. Pirate Enlightenment is a retelling of Enlightenment myths. In their place comes a story about the magic, sea battles, purloined princesses, manhunts, make-believe kingdoms, fraudulent ambassadors, spies, jewel thieves, poisoners and devil worship that lie at the origins of modern freedom. © David Graeber 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/197c7d34662d0623c29ba4f827011ab8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Children of the State: Stories of Survival and Hope in the Juvenile Justice System by Jeff Hobbs</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/children-of-the-state-stories-of-survival-and-hope-in-the-juvenile-justice-system-by-jeff-hobbs--65206349</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601027" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601027</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Children of the State: Stories of Survival and Hope in the Juvenile Justice System Author: Jeff Hobbs Narrator: Andre Bellido, Aven Shore, Landon Woodson, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the bestselling and critically acclaimed author of The Short and Tragic Life of Robert Peace comes “an eye-opening, fully humanizing, deeply affecting look at the often-misunderstood juvenile justice system and its inhabitants—young people of earnestness, disappointment, hope, and resilience” (Booklist, starred review). For many kids, a mistake made at age thirteen or fourteen—often resulting from external factors coupled with a biologically immature brain—can resonate through the rest of their lives, making high school difficult, college nearly impossible, and a middle-class life a mere fantasy. In Children of the State, Jeff Hobbs challenges any preconceived perceptions about how the juvenile justice system works—and demonstrates in brilliant, piercing prose: No one so young should ever be considered irredeemable.   Writing with great heart and sensitivity, Hobbs “offers finely wrought portraits of the teenagers in juvenile hall, as well as the educators and counselors trying to help them find safe passage back to—and through—the real world” (Los Angeles Times). While serving a year-long detention in Wilmington, Delaware, a bright young man considers both the benefits and the immense costs of striving for college acceptance while imprisoned. A career juvenile hall English Language Arts teacher struggles to align the small moments of wonder in her work alongside its statistical futility. A territorial fistfight in Paterson, New Jersey, is called a hate crime by the media and the boy held accountable seeks redemption and friendship in a demanding Life &amp; Professional Skills class in lower Manhattan. Through these stories, Hobbs creates intimate portraits of these individuals as they struggle to make good decisions amidst the challenges of overcoming their pasts, and also asks: What should society do with young people who have made terrible mistakes?   “At turns touching and intimate, enraging and honest” (Matthew Desmond), Children of the State masterfully blends personal stories with larger questions about race, class, prison reform, justice, and even about the concept of “fate.”]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601027</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206349/9781797149196.mp3" length="1477823" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601027 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Children of the State: Stories of Survival and Hope in the Juvenile Justice System Author: Jeff Hobbs Narrator: Andre Bellido, Aven Shore, Landon...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601027" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601027</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Children of the State: Stories of Survival and Hope in the Juvenile Justice System Author: Jeff Hobbs Narrator: Andre Bellido, Aven Shore, Landon Woodson, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the bestselling and critically acclaimed author of The Short and Tragic Life of Robert Peace comes “an eye-opening, fully humanizing, deeply affecting look at the often-misunderstood juvenile justice system and its inhabitants—young people of earnestness, disappointment, hope, and resilience” (Booklist, starred review). For many kids, a mistake made at age thirteen or fourteen—often resulting from external factors coupled with a biologically immature brain—can resonate through the rest of their lives, making high school difficult, college nearly impossible, and a middle-class life a mere fantasy. In Children of the State, Jeff Hobbs challenges any preconceived perceptions about how the juvenile justice system works—and demonstrates in brilliant, piercing prose: No one so young should ever be considered irredeemable.   Writing with great heart and sensitivity, Hobbs “offers finely wrought portraits of the teenagers in juvenile hall, as well as the educators and counselors trying to help them find safe passage back to—and through—the real world” (Los Angeles Times). While serving a year-long detention in Wilmington, Delaware, a bright young man considers both the benefits and the immense costs of striving for college acceptance while imprisoned. A career juvenile hall English Language Arts teacher struggles to align the small moments of wonder in her work alongside its statistical futility. A territorial fistfight in Paterson, New Jersey, is called a hate crime by the media and the boy held accountable seeks redemption and friendship in a demanding Life &amp; Professional Skills class in lower Manhattan. Through these stories, Hobbs creates intimate portraits of these individuals as they struggle to make good decisions amidst the challenges of overcoming their pasts, and also asks: What should society do with young people who have made terrible mistakes?   “At turns touching and intimate, enraging and honest” (Matthew Desmond), Children of the State masterfully blends personal stories with larger questions about race, class, prison reform, justice, and even about the concept of “fate.”]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0452793154fdd5f071be6cd914a5ba55.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Great Escape: A True Story of Forced Labor and Immigrant Dreams in America by Saket Soni</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-great-escape-a-true-story-of-forced-labor-and-immigrant-dreams-in-america-by-saket-soni--65206294</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603114" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603114</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Escape: A True Story of Forced Labor and Immigrant Dreams in America Author: Saket Soni Narrator: Saket Soni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The astonishing story of immigrants lured to the United States from India and trapped in forced labor—an "eye-opening" "must-read" told by the visionary labor leader who engineered their escape and set them on a path to citizenship (The New York Times Book Review). ​  In late 2006, Saket Soni, a 28-year-old, Indian-born community organizer received an anonymous phone call from an Indian migrant worker inside a Mississippi labor camp. He and 500 other men were living in squalor in Gulf Coast “man camps,” surrounded by barbed wire, watched by armed guards, crammed into cold trailers with putrid portable toilets, forced to eat moldy bread and frozen rice. Worse, lured by the promise of good work and green cards, the men had desperately scraped together up to $20,000 each to apply for this “opportunity” to rebuild oil rigs after Hurricane Katrina, putting their families into impossible debt. During a series of clandestine meetings, Soni and the workers devise a bold plan. In The Great Escape, Soni traces the workers’ extraordinary escape, their march on foot to Washington DC, and their 23-day-hunger strike to bring attention to their cause. Along the way, ICE agents try to deport the men, company officials work to discredit them, and politicians avert their eyes. But none of this shakes the workers’ determination to win their dignity and keep their promises to their families.     Weaving a deeply personal journey with a riveting tale of 21st-century forced labor, Soni takes us into the hidden lives of the foreign workers the US increasingly relies on for cheap skilled labor to rebuild after climate disasters. The Great Escape is the astonishing story of one of the largest human trafficking cases in modern American history—and the workers’ heroic journey for justice.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603114</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206294/9781649041234.mp3" length="1477793" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603114 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Escape: A True Story of Forced Labor and Immigrant Dreams in America Author: Saket Soni Narrator: Saket Soni Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603114" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603114</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Escape: A True Story of Forced Labor and Immigrant Dreams in America Author: Saket Soni Narrator: Saket Soni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The astonishing story of immigrants lured to the United States from India and trapped in forced labor—an "eye-opening" "must-read" told by the visionary labor leader who engineered their escape and set them on a path to citizenship (The New York Times Book Review). ​  In late 2006, Saket Soni, a 28-year-old, Indian-born community organizer received an anonymous phone call from an Indian migrant worker inside a Mississippi labor camp. He and 500 other men were living in squalor in Gulf Coast “man camps,” surrounded by barbed wire, watched by armed guards, crammed into cold trailers with putrid portable toilets, forced to eat moldy bread and frozen rice. Worse, lured by the promise of good work and green cards, the men had desperately scraped together up to $20,000 each to apply for this “opportunity” to rebuild oil rigs after Hurricane Katrina, putting their families into impossible debt. During a series of clandestine meetings, Soni and the workers devise a bold plan. In The Great Escape, Soni traces the workers’ extraordinary escape, their march on foot to Washington DC, and their 23-day-hunger strike to bring attention to their cause. Along the way, ICE agents try to deport the men, company officials work to discredit them, and politicians avert their eyes. But none of this shakes the workers’ determination to win their dignity and keep their promises to their families.     Weaving a deeply personal journey with a riveting tale of 21st-century forced labor, Soni takes us into the hidden lives of the foreign workers the US increasingly relies on for cheap skilled labor to rebuild after climate disasters. The Great Escape is the astonishing story of one of the largest human trafficking cases in modern American history—and the workers’ heroic journey for justice.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c59f1ba79831000e16f8b9263bffa36d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Little Girl Who Could Not Cry by Paolo Luigi Rodari, Lidia Maksymowicz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-little-girl-who-could-not-cry-by-paolo-luigi-rodari-lidia-maksymowicz--65206399</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590258" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590258</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Girl Who Could Not Cry Author: Paolo Luigi Rodari, Lidia Maksymowicz Narrator: Anna Cordell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Number 1 International Bestseller. The heartbreaking, inspiring true story of a girl sent to Auschwitz who survived Mengele’s evil experiments. With a foreword written by His Holiness Pope Francis. Lidia was just three years old when she arrived in Auschwitz-Birkenau with her mother, grandparents and foster brother. They were from Belarus, their ‘crime’ that they supported the partisan resistance to Nazi occupation. Lidia was picked by Dr Josef Mengele for his experiments and sent to the children’s block where she survived eighteen months of hell. Injected with infectious diseases, desperately malnourished, she came close to death. Her mother - who risked her life to secretly visit Lidia - was her only tie to humanity. By the time Birkenau was liberated her family had disappeared. Even her mother was presumed dead. Lidia was adopted by a woman from the nearby town of Oswiecim. Too traumatised to feel emotion, she was not an easy child to care for but she came to love her adoptive mother and her new home. Then, in 1962, she discovered that her birth parents were still alive in the USSR and wanted her back. Lidia was faced with an agonising choice . . . The Little Girl Who Could Not Cry is powerful, moving and ultimately hopeful, as Lidia comes to terms with the past and finds the strength to share her story - even making headlines when she meets Pope Francis, who kisses her tattoo. Above all she refuses to hate those who hurt her so badly, saying, ‘Hate only brings more hate. Love, on the other hand, has the power to redeem.’]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590258</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206399/9781529094398.mp3" length="2437259" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590258 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Girl Who Could Not Cry Author: Paolo Luigi Rodari, Lidia Maksymowicz Narrator: Anna Cordell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590258" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590258</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Girl Who Could Not Cry Author: Paolo Luigi Rodari, Lidia Maksymowicz Narrator: Anna Cordell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Number 1 International Bestseller. The heartbreaking, inspiring true story of a girl sent to Auschwitz who survived Mengele’s evil experiments. With a foreword written by His Holiness Pope Francis. Lidia was just three years old when she arrived in Auschwitz-Birkenau with her mother, grandparents and foster brother. They were from Belarus, their ‘crime’ that they supported the partisan resistance to Nazi occupation. Lidia was picked by Dr Josef Mengele for his experiments and sent to the children’s block where she survived eighteen months of hell. Injected with infectious diseases, desperately malnourished, she came close to death. Her mother - who risked her life to secretly visit Lidia - was her only tie to humanity. By the time Birkenau was liberated her family had disappeared. Even her mother was presumed dead. Lidia was adopted by a woman from the nearby town of Oswiecim. Too traumatised to feel emotion, she was not an easy child to care for but she came to love her adoptive mother and her new home. Then, in 1962, she discovered that her birth parents were still alive in the USSR and wanted her back. Lidia was faced with an agonising choice . . . The Little Girl Who Could Not Cry is powerful, moving and ultimately hopeful, as Lidia comes to terms with the past and finds the strength to share her story - even making headlines when she meets Pope Francis, who kisses her tattoo. Above all she refuses to hate those who hurt her so badly, saying, ‘Hate only brings more hate. Love, on the other hand, has the power to redeem.’]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/50c327cf214ca6dda9e4b04580f14d40.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Qualified: Finding Your Voice, Leading with Character, and Empowering Others by Mia Love</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/qualified-finding-your-voice-leading-with-character-and-empowering-others-by-mia-love--65206314</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597857" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597857</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Qualified: Finding Your Voice, Leading with Character, and Empowering Others Author: Mia Love Narrator: Mia Love, Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This memoir from the first Black Republican congresswoman in America shows readers how to own their stories, find their voices, and lead with character as they empower others to do the same.   For so long, women—and Black women in particular—have been taught that they must have a stellar background, the highest degree of education, and the strongest resumé imaginable to earn their place in a society historically dominated by white men. As a result, women have found themselves plagued with anxiety and self-doubt and have felt constricted by this limiting belief of qualification by achievement and the necessity of sporting a flawless track record. These false assumptions have discouraged women from pursuing positions of power and influence for the betterment of their communities, leading to underrepresentation in our institutions and the tragedy of wasted potential. But it doesn’t have to be this way.      Mia Love has devoted her entire life to defeating illusive boundaries and redefining the meaning of “qualified.” The daughter of immigrant parents who sacrificed everything to embrace the American Dream, Love learned that she had something unique and valuable that she could give back to her country—her voice. And now she wants to empower others to do the same.      For years, Love faced intense scrutiny and fielded questions regarding her political party affiliation, her desire to run for office, and her commitment to championing conservative values. In Qualified, Love explains her answers to these questions by taking readers through her journey from election to her local city council, leading as mayor of Saratoga Springs, and making history in the U.S. House of Representatives serving Utah’s 4th Congressional District from 2015–2019. Her story showcases how we can stay true to our integrity, fearlessly voice our values despite fervent opposition, and begin again after every failure and setback.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597857</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206314/9781668621875.mp3" length="1477715" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597857 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Qualified: Finding Your Voice, Leading with Character, and Empowering Others Author: Mia Love Narrator: Mia Love, Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597857" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597857</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Qualified: Finding Your Voice, Leading with Character, and Empowering Others Author: Mia Love Narrator: Mia Love, Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This memoir from the first Black Republican congresswoman in America shows readers how to own their stories, find their voices, and lead with character as they empower others to do the same.   For so long, women—and Black women in particular—have been taught that they must have a stellar background, the highest degree of education, and the strongest resumé imaginable to earn their place in a society historically dominated by white men. As a result, women have found themselves plagued with anxiety and self-doubt and have felt constricted by this limiting belief of qualification by achievement and the necessity of sporting a flawless track record. These false assumptions have discouraged women from pursuing positions of power and influence for the betterment of their communities, leading to underrepresentation in our institutions and the tragedy of wasted potential. But it doesn’t have to be this way.      Mia Love has devoted her entire life to defeating illusive boundaries and redefining the meaning of “qualified.” The daughter of immigrant parents who sacrificed everything to embrace the American Dream, Love learned that she had something unique and valuable that she could give back to her country—her voice. And now she wants to empower others to do the same.      For years, Love faced intense scrutiny and fielded questions regarding her political party affiliation, her desire to run for office, and her commitment to championing conservative values. In Qualified, Love explains her answers to these questions by taking readers through her journey from election to her local city council, leading as mayor of Saratoga Springs, and making history in the U.S. House of Representatives serving Utah’s 4th Congressional District from 2015–2019. Her story showcases how we can stay true to our integrity, fearlessly voice our values despite fervent opposition, and begin again after every failure and setback.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a8dcf960a5fb2e14bb20e89d6d798acc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Spyfail: Foreign Spies, Moles, Saboteurs, and the Collapse of America's Counterintelligence by James Bamford</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spyfail-foreign-spies-moles-saboteurs-and-the-collapse-of-america-s-counterintelligence-by-james-bamford--65206256</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605381" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605381</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spyfail: Foreign Spies, Moles, Saboteurs, and the Collapse of America's Counterintelligence Author: James Bamford Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  James Bamford, the bestselling author of The Puzzle Palace and Body of Secrets, unveils a hidden cabal of foreign powers that have spied against America to reveal the incredible spygames, secrets, and cyberweapons they’ve hatched, unlocked, and stolen--and how U.S. intelligence has utterly failed to stop them.     SPYFAIL is about the highly dangerous and growing capability of foreign countries to conduct large-scale espionage within the United States and how the FBI and other agencies have failed to prevent it. These covert operations involve a variety of foreign countries—North Korea, Russia, Israel, China, and others—and include cyberattacks, espionage, psychological warfare, the infiltration of presidential campaigns, the smuggling of nuclear weapons components, and other incredibly nefarious actions.      With his trademark deep investigative style, James Bamford digs as deep as one can go into these clandestine invasions and attacks, uncovering who’s involved, how these spygames were carried out, and why none of this was stopped. Full of revelations, SPYFAIL includes access to previously secret and withheld documents, such as never-before-seen parts of the Mueller Report, and interviews with confidential sources.      Throughout this stunning, eye-opening account, SPYFAIL demonstrates again and again how large a role politics, special interests, and corruption play in allowing these shocking foreign intrusions to continue—leaving America and its secrets vulnerable and undefended.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605381</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206256/9781668625828.mp3" length="1477657" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spyfail: Foreign Spies, Moles, Saboteurs, and the Collapse of America's Counterintelligence Author: James Bamford Narrator: David Colacci Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605381" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605381</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spyfail: Foreign Spies, Moles, Saboteurs, and the Collapse of America's Counterintelligence Author: James Bamford Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  James Bamford, the bestselling author of The Puzzle Palace and Body of Secrets, unveils a hidden cabal of foreign powers that have spied against America to reveal the incredible spygames, secrets, and cyberweapons they’ve hatched, unlocked, and stolen--and how U.S. intelligence has utterly failed to stop them.     SPYFAIL is about the highly dangerous and growing capability of foreign countries to conduct large-scale espionage within the United States and how the FBI and other agencies have failed to prevent it. These covert operations involve a variety of foreign countries—North Korea, Russia, Israel, China, and others—and include cyberattacks, espionage, psychological warfare, the infiltration of presidential campaigns, the smuggling of nuclear weapons components, and other incredibly nefarious actions.      With his trademark deep investigative style, James Bamford digs as deep as one can go into these clandestine invasions and attacks, uncovering who’s involved, how these spygames were carried out, and why none of this was stopped. Full of revelations, SPYFAIL includes access to previously secret and withheld documents, such as never-before-seen parts of the Mueller Report, and interviews with confidential sources.      Throughout this stunning, eye-opening account, SPYFAIL demonstrates again and again how large a role politics, special interests, and corruption play in allowing these shocking foreign intrusions to continue—leaving America and its secrets vulnerable and undefended.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/34b86f0a8f71a879ec96de2d8cad773c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>THE JANUARY 6 REPORT: Findings from the Select Committee to Investigate the Attack on the U.S. Capitol with Reporting, Analysis and Visuals</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-january-6-report-findings-from-the-select-committee-to-investigate-the-attack-on-the-u-s-capitol-with-reporting-analysis-and-visuals--65206282</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610986" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610986</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: THE JANUARY 6 REPORT: Findings from the Select Committee to Investigate the Attack on the U.S. Capitol with Reporting, Analysis and Visuals by The New York Times Author: The New York Times Narrator: Luke Broadwater, Cindy Kay, Saskia Maarleveld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 49 minutes Release date: January  6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.44 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  FROM THE PULIZTER-PRIZE WINNING STAFF OF THE NEW YORK TIMES, this edition of THE JANUARY 6 REPORT offers the definitive record of the attack on the U.S. Capitol, with exclusive reporting, eyewitness accounts and analysis.  Listen to the report from the select committee’s investigation into the Jan. 6 attack on the Capitol, with accompanying insights from New York Times reporters who’ve covered the story from the beginning.     This edition from The New York Times and Twelve Books contains:     • THE JANUARY 6 REPORT from the Select Committee  • Reporting and analysis from The New York Times that puts the committee’s findings in context  • A timeline of key events   • Photos and illustrations, including detailed maps that show the paths insurrectionists took to breach the Capitol  • Interviews, transcripts and documents that complement the Committee’s investigation  • A list of key participants from the Jan. 6 hearings  A critical examination of the facts and circumstances surrounding that dark day, THE JANUARY 6 REPORT promises to be the definitive account of what happened, with recommendations from the committee about how to safeguard the future of American democracy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610986</guid><pubDate>Fri, 06 Jan 2023 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206282/9781668625880.mp3" length="1477877" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610986 to listen full audiobooks. Title: THE JANUARY 6 REPORT: Findings from the Select Committee to Investigate the Attack on the U.S. Capitol with Reporting, Analysis and Visuals by The New...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610986" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610986</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: THE JANUARY 6 REPORT: Findings from the Select Committee to Investigate the Attack on the U.S. Capitol with Reporting, Analysis and Visuals by The New York Times Author: The New York Times Narrator: Luke Broadwater, Cindy Kay, Saskia Maarleveld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 49 minutes Release date: January  6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.44 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  FROM THE PULIZTER-PRIZE WINNING STAFF OF THE NEW YORK TIMES, this edition of THE JANUARY 6 REPORT offers the definitive record of the attack on the U.S. Capitol, with exclusive reporting, eyewitness accounts and analysis.  Listen to the report from the select committee’s investigation into the Jan. 6 attack on the Capitol, with accompanying insights from New York Times reporters who’ve covered the story from the beginning.     This edition from The New York Times and Twelve Books contains:     • THE JANUARY 6 REPORT from the Select Committee  • Reporting and analysis from The New York Times that puts the committee’s findings in context  • A timeline of key events   • Photos and illustrations, including detailed maps that show the paths insurrectionists took to breach the Capitol  • Interviews, transcripts and documents that complement the Committee’s investigation  • A list of key participants from the Jan. 6 hearings  A critical examination of the facts and circumstances surrounding that dark day, THE JANUARY 6 REPORT promises to be the definitive account of what happened, with recommendations from the committee about how to safeguard the future of American democracy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2f65520cb6185174bae00c650f6de2e6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Arbitrary Lines: How Zoning Broke the American City and How to Fix It by M. Nolan Gray</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arbitrary-lines-how-zoning-broke-the-american-city-and-how-to-fix-it-by-m-nolan-gray--65206329</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610840" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610840</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arbitrary Lines: How Zoning Broke the American City and How to Fix It Author: M. Nolan Gray Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: December  6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The arbitrary lines of zoning maps across the country have come to dictate where Americans may live and work, forcing cities into a pattern of growth that is segregated and sprawling.   The good news is that reform is in the air, with states across the country critically reevaluating zoning. In cities as diverse as Minneapolis, Fayetteville, and Hartford, the key pillars of zoning are under fire, with apartment bans being scrapped, minimum lot sizes dropping, and off-street parking requirements disappearing altogether. Some American cities already make land-use planning work without zoning.   In Arbitrary Lines, Gray lays the groundwork for this ambitious cause by clearing up common confusions and myths about how American cities regulate growth and examining the major contemporary critiques of zoning. Gray sets out some of the efforts currently underway to reform zoning and charts how land-use regulation might work in the post-zoning American city.   Gray shows how zoning has failed to address even our most basic concerns about urban growth over the past century, and how we can think about a new way of planning a more affordable, prosperous, equitable, and sustainable American city.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610840</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206329/9798765067086.mp3" length="14437269" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610840 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arbitrary Lines: How Zoning Broke the American City and How to Fix It Author: M. Nolan Gray Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610840" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610840</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arbitrary Lines: How Zoning Broke the American City and How to Fix It Author: M. Nolan Gray Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: December  6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The arbitrary lines of zoning maps across the country have come to dictate where Americans may live and work, forcing cities into a pattern of growth that is segregated and sprawling.   The good news is that reform is in the air, with states across the country critically reevaluating zoning. In cities as diverse as Minneapolis, Fayetteville, and Hartford, the key pillars of zoning are under fire, with apartment bans being scrapped, minimum lot sizes dropping, and off-street parking requirements disappearing altogether. Some American cities already make land-use planning work without zoning.   In Arbitrary Lines, Gray lays the groundwork for this ambitious cause by clearing up common confusions and myths about how American cities regulate growth and examining the major contemporary critiques of zoning. Gray sets out some of the efforts currently underway to reform zoning and charts how land-use regulation might work in the post-zoning American city.   Gray shows how zoning has failed to address even our most basic concerns about urban growth over the past century, and how we can think about a new way of planning a more affordable, prosperous, equitable, and sustainable American city.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5431a072e94c17ae55e62fd52785b7c1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Identity and Violence: The Illusion of Destiny by Amartya Sen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/identity-and-violence-the-illusion-of-destiny-by-amartya-sen--65206429</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601264" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601264</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Identity and Violence: The Illusion of Destiny Author: Amartya Sen Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'One of the few world intellectuals on whom we may rely to make sense out of our existential confusion.' —Nadine Gordimer In this sweeping philosophical work, Amartya Sen proposes that the murderous violence that has riven our society is driven as much by confusion as by inescapable hatred. Challenging the reductionist division of people by race, religion, and class, Sen presents an inspiring vision of a world that can be made to move toward peace as firmly as it has spiraled in recent years toward brutality and war.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601264</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Nov 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206429/9798765018385.mp3" length="14437262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601264 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Identity and Violence: The Illusion of Destiny Author: Amartya Sen Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601264" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601264</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Identity and Violence: The Illusion of Destiny Author: Amartya Sen Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'One of the few world intellectuals on whom we may rely to make sense out of our existential confusion.' —Nadine Gordimer In this sweeping philosophical work, Amartya Sen proposes that the murderous violence that has riven our society is driven as much by confusion as by inescapable hatred. Challenging the reductionist division of people by race, religion, and class, Sen presents an inspiring vision of a world that can be made to move toward peace as firmly as it has spiraled in recent years toward brutality and war.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/114b834976b3886e5047209a3ab9ba01.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Infections and Inequalities: The Modern Plagues by Paul Farmer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/infections-and-inequalities-the-modern-plagues-by-paul-farmer--65206346</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603478" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603478</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infections and Inequalities: The Modern Plagues Author: Paul Farmer Narrator: Derek Shoales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Paul Farmer has battled AIDS in rural Haiti and deadly strains of drug-resistant tuberculosis in the slums of Peru. A physician-anthropologist with more than fifteen years in the field, Farmer writes from the front lines of the war against these modern plagues and shows why, even more than those of history, they target the poor. This 'peculiarly modern inequality' that permeates AIDS, TB, malaria, and typhoid in the modern world, and that feeds emerging (or re-emerging) infectious diseases such as Ebola and cholera, is laid bare in Farmer's harrowing memoir rife with stories about diseases and human suffering. Farmer points out that most current explanatory strategies, from 'cost-effective treatment' to patient 'noncompliance,' inevitably lead to blaming the victims. In reality, larger forces, global as well as local, determine why some people are sick and others are shielded from risk. Farmer writes of what can be done in the face of seemingly overwhelming odds, by physicians and medical students determined to treat those in need: whether in their home countries or through medical outreach programs like Doctors without Borders. Infections and Inequalities weds meticulous scholarship in medical anthropology with a passion for solutions—remedies for the plagues of the poor and the social illnesses that have sustained them.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603478</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Nov 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206346/9798765038369.mp3" length="14437287" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603478 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infections and Inequalities: The Modern Plagues Author: Paul Farmer Narrator: Derek Shoales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603478" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603478</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infections and Inequalities: The Modern Plagues Author: Paul Farmer Narrator: Derek Shoales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Paul Farmer has battled AIDS in rural Haiti and deadly strains of drug-resistant tuberculosis in the slums of Peru. A physician-anthropologist with more than fifteen years in the field, Farmer writes from the front lines of the war against these modern plagues and shows why, even more than those of history, they target the poor. This 'peculiarly modern inequality' that permeates AIDS, TB, malaria, and typhoid in the modern world, and that feeds emerging (or re-emerging) infectious diseases such as Ebola and cholera, is laid bare in Farmer's harrowing memoir rife with stories about diseases and human suffering. Farmer points out that most current explanatory strategies, from 'cost-effective treatment' to patient 'noncompliance,' inevitably lead to blaming the victims. In reality, larger forces, global as well as local, determine why some people are sick and others are shielded from risk. Farmer writes of what can be done in the face of seemingly overwhelming odds, by physicians and medical students determined to treat those in need: whether in their home countries or through medical outreach programs like Doctors without Borders. Infections and Inequalities weds meticulous scholarship in medical anthropology with a passion for solutions—remedies for the plagues of the poor and the social illnesses that have sustained them.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/25bc829c52401a3db6b98bf2cb94f313.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Suppressing the Truth in Dallas: Conspiracy, Cover-Up, and International Complications in the JFK Assassination Case by Charles Brandt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/suppressing-the-truth-in-dallas-conspiracy-cover-up-and-international-complications-in-the-jfk-assassination-case-by-charles-brandt--65206386</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593695" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593695</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Suppressing the Truth in Dallas: Conspiracy, Cover-Up, and International Complications in the JFK Assassination Case Author: Charles Brandt Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the author of the #1 NYT bestseller I Heard You Paint Houses / The IrishmanFeaturing the eyewitness testimony of Earlene Roberts and Victor RobertsonWith this book, “Dallas” is now completely solved, by a professional and rational analysis.Charles Brandt, who handled over fifty-six homicides as the chief deputy attorney general of Delaware, in charge of all homicides and a private homicide defense attorney in the 1970s, has now used his hands-on professional experience in murder investigation and his analytic skills to conclusively solve every secret of the homicides of JFK, Officer Tippit, and Lee Harvey Oswald in Dallas in 1963. As well, Brandt proves that “but for” the 1961 Bay of Pigs Invasion, the Mafia would not have authorized any of these 1963 murders that form the basis of Suppressing the Truth in Dallas. Brandt solves the mysteries of Dallas for all time and exposes all the motives of those, such as Chief Justice Earl Warren, who intentionally attempted to suppress the truth.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593695</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206386/9781705074145.mp3" length="2437272" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593695 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Suppressing the Truth in Dallas: Conspiracy, Cover-Up, and International Complications in the JFK Assassination Case Author: Charles Brandt Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593695" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593695</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Suppressing the Truth in Dallas: Conspiracy, Cover-Up, and International Complications in the JFK Assassination Case Author: Charles Brandt Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the author of the #1 NYT bestseller I Heard You Paint Houses / The IrishmanFeaturing the eyewitness testimony of Earlene Roberts and Victor RobertsonWith this book, “Dallas” is now completely solved, by a professional and rational analysis.Charles Brandt, who handled over fifty-six homicides as the chief deputy attorney general of Delaware, in charge of all homicides and a private homicide defense attorney in the 1970s, has now used his hands-on professional experience in murder investigation and his analytic skills to conclusively solve every secret of the homicides of JFK, Officer Tippit, and Lee Harvey Oswald in Dallas in 1963. As well, Brandt proves that “but for” the 1961 Bay of Pigs Invasion, the Mafia would not have authorized any of these 1963 murders that form the basis of Suppressing the Truth in Dallas. Brandt solves the mysteries of Dallas for all time and exposes all the motives of those, such as Chief Justice Earl Warren, who intentionally attempted to suppress the truth.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3f597e0bd1e6c39db59fea307c92db7b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Striking Back: The End of Peace in Cyberspace—and How to Restore It by Lucas Kello</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/striking-back-the-end-of-peace-in-cyberspace-and-how-to-restore-it-by-lucas-kello--65206291</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602061" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602061</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Striking Back: The End of Peace in Cyberspace—and How to Restore It Author: Lucas Kello Narrator: Matthew Brenher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Faced with relentless technological aggression in the twenty-first century, how can Western nations fight back to protect national security and preserve international stability? Before the cyber age, foreign interference in Western democratic politics played out in a comparatively narrow arena—limited to the realm of print and broadcast. The explosive expansion of cyberspace has radically altered this situation. The hacking activities of Russian military agents in the 2016 US presidential election and other major incidents demonstrate the magnitude of the contemporary problem and the sophistication of foreign adversaries’ offensive strategy. This is a struggle that the West is losing. Lucas Kello delves into recent history to reveal the failures of present policy in preventing and punishing cyberattacks and other forms of technological aggression. Drawing upon case studies and interviews with decisionmakers, Kello develops a bold new solution: a concentrated and coordinated retaliation strategy to deter further antagonism. This book provides an approachable yet nuanced exploration of national security challenges in an era of intense technological rivalry.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602061</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206291/9798212233415.mp3" length="1478262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602061 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Striking Back: The End of Peace in Cyberspace—and How to Restore It Author: Lucas Kello Narrator: Matthew Brenher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602061" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602061</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Striking Back: The End of Peace in Cyberspace—and How to Restore It Author: Lucas Kello Narrator: Matthew Brenher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Faced with relentless technological aggression in the twenty-first century, how can Western nations fight back to protect national security and preserve international stability? Before the cyber age, foreign interference in Western democratic politics played out in a comparatively narrow arena—limited to the realm of print and broadcast. The explosive expansion of cyberspace has radically altered this situation. The hacking activities of Russian military agents in the 2016 US presidential election and other major incidents demonstrate the magnitude of the contemporary problem and the sophistication of foreign adversaries’ offensive strategy. This is a struggle that the West is losing. Lucas Kello delves into recent history to reveal the failures of present policy in preventing and punishing cyberattacks and other forms of technological aggression. Drawing upon case studies and interviews with decisionmakers, Kello develops a bold new solution: a concentrated and coordinated retaliation strategy to deter further antagonism. This book provides an approachable yet nuanced exploration of national security challenges in an era of intense technological rivalry.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7b479e369ac14805fb339d4cf3640621.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>So Help Me God by Mike Pence</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/so-help-me-god-by-mike-pence--65206278</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612334" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612334</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: So Help Me God Author: Mike Pence Narrator: Mike Pence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 28   Ratings of Narrator: 3.42 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times bestselling autobiography of former Vice President Mike Pence. Loyalty is a Vice President’s first duty; but there is a greater one—to God and the Constitution.   Mike Pence spent more hours in the Oval Office than any of his predecessors. On the surface, the affable evangelical Christian from a gas-station-owning family in Indiana wouldn’t seem to have much in common with a brash real estate mogul from New York. But the unlikely duo formed a tight bond. Pence was at Donald Trump’s side when he enacted historic tax relief, when he decided to take more assertive stances toward China and North Korea, and when he appointed three Supreme Court justices. But the relationship broke down after the 2020 election. On January 6, 2021, as the president pressured him to overturn the election, a mob erected a gallows on Capitol Hill and its members chanted “Hang Mike Pence!” as they rampaged through the halls of Congress. The vice president refused to leave the Capitol, and once the riot was quelled, he reconvened Congress to complete the work of a peaceful transfer of power.   So Help Me God is the chronicle of the events and people who forged Mike Pence’s character and led him to that historic moment. His father, a Korean War combat veteran, was a formidable influence, but so was the Indiana history professor who inspired his devotion to the Constitution. And it was in college and law school that he embraced his Christian faith and met the love of his life, Karen—the two pillars that support him every day. You will read how his early political career was full of missteps that humbled him and how, as a talk radio host, Pence found his voice and the path that led him to Congress, the governor’s office in Indiana, and back to Washington as vice president.   This is the inside story of the Trump administration by its second highest official—what he said to the president and how he was tested. The relationship begins in Indiana, when Pence sees how Trump connects with working-class voters. After the election, the vice president comes to appreciate how Trump maintains that connection through unvarnished tweets and how his unorthodox style led to historic breakthroughs, from tax cuts to trade deals, from establishing the United States Space Force to the first new peace agreement in the Middle East in more than twenty-five years. This is the most robust defense of the Trump record of anyone who served in the administration.   But it is also about the private moments when Pence pushed back forcefully, how he navigated through the Mueller investigation, his damage control after Charlottesville, and his work on healing racial rifts after the murder of George Floyd. Pence was at the forefront when “history showed up” in the form of a devastating pandemic, and he provides a detailed account of leading the task force that circumvented bureaucracies to slow the disease in its tracks. Yes, it sometimes involved brokering peace between a president with an itchy Twitter finger and an agitated New York governor, but above all, it meant giving states and America’s eager entrepreneurs the power to come up with the solutions we needed. The result was the fastest development of life-saving vaccines in history.   In So Help Me God, Pence shows how the faith that he embraced as a young man guided his every decision. It is a faith that guided him on that historic day and that keeps him happily at peace, ready to accept the next challenge.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612334</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206278/9781797153698.mp3" length="1477567" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612334 to listen full audiobooks. Title: So Help Me God Author: Mike Pence Narrator: Mike Pence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Ratings:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612334" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612334</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: So Help Me God Author: Mike Pence Narrator: Mike Pence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 28   Ratings of Narrator: 3.42 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times bestselling autobiography of former Vice President Mike Pence. Loyalty is a Vice President’s first duty; but there is a greater one—to God and the Constitution.   Mike Pence spent more hours in the Oval Office than any of his predecessors. On the surface, the affable evangelical Christian from a gas-station-owning family in Indiana wouldn’t seem to have much in common with a brash real estate mogul from New York. But the unlikely duo formed a tight bond. Pence was at Donald Trump’s side when he enacted historic tax relief, when he decided to take more assertive stances toward China and North Korea, and when he appointed three Supreme Court justices. But the relationship broke down after the 2020 election. On January 6, 2021, as the president pressured him to overturn the election, a mob erected a gallows on Capitol Hill and its members chanted “Hang Mike Pence!” as they rampaged through the halls of Congress. The vice president refused to leave the Capitol, and once the riot was quelled, he reconvened Congress to complete the work of a peaceful transfer of power.   So Help Me God is the chronicle of the events and people who forged Mike Pence’s character and led him to that historic moment. His father, a Korean War combat veteran, was a formidable influence, but so was the Indiana history professor who inspired his devotion to the Constitution. And it was in college and law school that he embraced his Christian faith and met the love of his life, Karen—the two pillars that support him every day. You will read how his early political career was full of missteps that humbled him and how, as a talk radio host, Pence found his voice and the path that led him to Congress, the governor’s office in Indiana, and back to Washington as vice president.   This is the inside story of the Trump administration by its second highest official—what he said to the president and how he was tested. The relationship begins in Indiana, when Pence sees how Trump connects with working-class voters. After the election, the vice president comes to appreciate how Trump maintains that connection through unvarnished tweets and how his unorthodox style led to historic breakthroughs, from tax cuts to trade deals, from establishing the United States Space Force to the first new peace agreement in the Middle East in more than twenty-five years. This is the most robust defense of the Trump record of anyone who served in the administration.   But it is also about the private moments when Pence pushed back forcefully, how he navigated through the Mueller investigation, his damage control after Charlottesville, and his work on healing racial rifts after the murder of George Floyd. Pence was at the forefront when “history showed up” in the form of a devastating pandemic, and he provides a detailed account of leading the task force that circumvented bureaucracies to slow the disease in its tracks. Yes, it sometimes involved brokering peace between a president with an itchy Twitter finger and an agitated New York governor, but above all, it meant giving states and America’s eager entrepreneurs the power to come up with the solutions we needed. The result was the fastest development of life-saving vaccines in history.   In So Help Me God, Pence shows how the faith that he embraced as a young man guided his every decision. It is a faith that guided him on that historic day and that keeps him happily at peace, ready to accept the next challenge.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f394d5a210dd9b4f3615afaab5ec83aa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Justice Rising: Robert Kennedy's America in Black and White by Patricia Sullivan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/justice-rising-robert-kennedy-s-america-in-black-and-white-by-patricia-sullivan--65206411</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592595" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592595</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice Rising: Robert Kennedy's America in Black and White Author: Patricia Sullivan Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 35 minutes Release date: November  8, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A leading civil rights historian places Robert Kennedy for the first time at the center of the movement for racial justice of the 1960s―and shows how many of today’s issues can be traced back to that pivotal time. History, race, and politics converged in the 1960s in ways that indelibly changed America. In Justice Rising, a landmark reconsideration of Robert Kennedy’s life and legacy, Patricia Sullivan draws on government files, personal papers, and oral interviews to reveal how he grasped the moment to emerge as a transformational leader. When protests broke out across the South, the young attorney general confronted escalating demands for racial justice. What began as a political problem soon became a moral one. In the face of vehement pushback from Southern Democrats bent on massive resistance, he put the weight of the federal government behind school desegregation and voter registration. Bobby Kennedy’s youthful energy, moral vision, and capacity to lead created a momentum for change. He helped shape the 1964 Civil Rights Act but knew no law would end racism. When the Watts uprising brought calls for more aggressive policing, he pushed back, pointing to the root causes of urban unrest: entrenched poverty, substandard schools, and few job opportunities. RFK strongly opposed the military buildup in Vietnam, but nothing was more important to him than “the revolution within our gates, the struggle of the American Negro for full equality and full freedom.” On the night of Martin Luther King’s assassination, Kennedy’s anguished appeal captured the hopes of a turbulent decade: “In this difficult time for the United States it is perhaps well to ask what kind of nation we are and what direction we want to move in.” It is a question that remains urgent and unanswered.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592595</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Nov 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206411/9798212154147.mp3" length="1477625" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592595 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice Rising: Robert Kennedy's America in Black and White Author: Patricia Sullivan Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592595" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592595</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice Rising: Robert Kennedy's America in Black and White Author: Patricia Sullivan Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 35 minutes Release date: November  8, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A leading civil rights historian places Robert Kennedy for the first time at the center of the movement for racial justice of the 1960s―and shows how many of today’s issues can be traced back to that pivotal time. History, race, and politics converged in the 1960s in ways that indelibly changed America. In Justice Rising, a landmark reconsideration of Robert Kennedy’s life and legacy, Patricia Sullivan draws on government files, personal papers, and oral interviews to reveal how he grasped the moment to emerge as a transformational leader. When protests broke out across the South, the young attorney general confronted escalating demands for racial justice. What began as a political problem soon became a moral one. In the face of vehement pushback from Southern Democrats bent on massive resistance, he put the weight of the federal government behind school desegregation and voter registration. Bobby Kennedy’s youthful energy, moral vision, and capacity to lead created a momentum for change. He helped shape the 1964 Civil Rights Act but knew no law would end racism. When the Watts uprising brought calls for more aggressive policing, he pushed back, pointing to the root causes of urban unrest: entrenched poverty, substandard schools, and few job opportunities. RFK strongly opposed the military buildup in Vietnam, but nothing was more important to him than “the revolution within our gates, the struggle of the American Negro for full equality and full freedom.” On the night of Martin Luther King’s assassination, Kennedy’s anguished appeal captured the hopes of a turbulent decade: “In this difficult time for the United States it is perhaps well to ask what kind of nation we are and what direction we want to move in.” It is a question that remains urgent and unanswered.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2b8c4cfa7b834f85e9d25a7aa25e2a37.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Diplomatic: A Washington memoir by Joe Hockey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/diplomatic-a-washington-memoir-by-joe-hockey--65206262</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603097" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603097</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diplomatic: A Washington memoir Author: Joe Hockey Narrator: Joe Hockey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: November  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In September 2015, Joe Hockey's promising political career was brought to a dramatic end when Malcolm Turnbull successfully challenged Prime Minister Tony Abbott for the Liberal leadership. After felling the Abbott/Hockey government, Turnbull informed Hockey that he would no longer be treasurer of Australia – a deal had been struck with Scott Morrison. Instead, Turnbull offered Hockey a new role: Australia's Ambassador to the United States. Traversing the worlds of politics, business and diplomacy, Joe Hockey's Diplomatic is an insightful, honest and at times hilarious insider's memoir recounting the former treasurer's unique diplomatic style. It chronicles the evolution, depth and complexity of the US–Australian relationship, from the final year of the Obama administration, the triumph and chaos of the Trump presidency and then on to the two nations' shared future under President Joe Biden and beyond.  Based in Washington, DC, Ambassador Hockey immediately found himself in the middle of the historic 2016 presidential campaign between Hillary Clinton and Donald Trump. Despite strong objections from his own government, Hockey reached out to the Trump campaign early on. Betting on the electoral appeal of the brash, anti-establishment candidate, Hockey secured priceless early diplomatic contacts within the Trump campaign and then his administration. Anchored by Hockey's direct interaction with Trump's dysfunctional White House, Diplomatic reveals for the first time the aftermath of the leaked phone call between the US president and Prime Minister Turnbull. Hockey recalls his personal dealings with Trump on the golf course and the cavalcade of characters who came in and out of Trump's Oval Office, including Steve Bannon, Stephen Miller and Mick Mulvaney. Donald Trump's unconventional presidency turned politics and diplomatic relations in Washington, DC on its head. When Joe Hockey found himself an unlikely diplomat in this new world order, his unorthodox dealmaking instincts placed him in the hot seat at precisely the right moment in history.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603097</guid><pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206262/9781460743935.mp3" length="2437129" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603097 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diplomatic: A Washington memoir Author: Joe Hockey Narrator: Joe Hockey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: November...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603097" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603097</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diplomatic: A Washington memoir Author: Joe Hockey Narrator: Joe Hockey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: November  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In September 2015, Joe Hockey's promising political career was brought to a dramatic end when Malcolm Turnbull successfully challenged Prime Minister Tony Abbott for the Liberal leadership. After felling the Abbott/Hockey government, Turnbull informed Hockey that he would no longer be treasurer of Australia – a deal had been struck with Scott Morrison. Instead, Turnbull offered Hockey a new role: Australia's Ambassador to the United States. Traversing the worlds of politics, business and diplomacy, Joe Hockey's Diplomatic is an insightful, honest and at times hilarious insider's memoir recounting the former treasurer's unique diplomatic style. It chronicles the evolution, depth and complexity of the US–Australian relationship, from the final year of the Obama administration, the triumph and chaos of the Trump presidency and then on to the two nations' shared future under President Joe Biden and beyond.  Based in Washington, DC, Ambassador Hockey immediately found himself in the middle of the historic 2016 presidential campaign between Hillary Clinton and Donald Trump. Despite strong objections from his own government, Hockey reached out to the Trump campaign early on. Betting on the electoral appeal of the brash, anti-establishment candidate, Hockey secured priceless early diplomatic contacts within the Trump campaign and then his administration. Anchored by Hockey's direct interaction with Trump's dysfunctional White House, Diplomatic reveals for the first time the aftermath of the leaked phone call between the US president and Prime Minister Turnbull. Hockey recalls his personal dealings with Trump on the golf course and the cavalcade of characters who came in and out of Trump's Oval Office, including Steve Bannon, Stephen Miller and Mick Mulvaney. Donald Trump's unconventional presidency turned politics and diplomatic relations in Washington, DC on its head. When Joe Hockey found himself an unlikely diplomat in this new world order, his unorthodox dealmaking instincts placed him in the hot seat at precisely the right moment in history.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ed710e2ae513a02ea7141c5e05a98459.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Only the Strong: Reversing the Left's Plot to Sabotage American Power by Tom Cotton</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/only-the-strong-reversing-the-left-s-plot-to-sabotage-american-power-by-tom-cotton--65206413</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591256" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591256</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Only the Strong: Reversing the Left's Plot to Sabotage American Power Author: Tom Cotton Narrator: Tony Messano, Tom Cotton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: November  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  New York Times bestselling author and conservative U.S. Senator Tom Cotton exposes the progressive left’s decades-long plot to sabotage American power, culminating in a behind-the-scenes look at the dangerous failures of Presidents Barack Obama and Joe Biden—and explains what we must do to recover America’s strength.  If it seems to you that Barack Obama and Joe Biden have weakened America and emboldened our enemies, you’re not alone. But Senator Cotton explains that their failures aren’t just incompetence or bad luck—it’s decline by design.     Only the Strong reveals the untold inside story of how progressive ideologues and Democratic politicians abandoned the American tradition of strength, pride, and honor. From the beginning, early progressives like Woodrow Wilson repudiated our Founding in favor of globalist fantasies abroad and big government at home. By Vietnam, leftists had begun to blame America first for the world’s problems—just as Barack Obama did for eight years as he apologized and sought to atone for America’s supposed sins. Along the way, Democrats have sold out America’s sovereignty and hollowed out our military to restrain American power. Even when Democrats have acted tough, it usually ends in disaster, from John Kennedy’s debacle at the Bay of Pigs to Bill Clinton’s fiasco in Mogadishu to Joe Biden’s humiliating retreat from Afghanistan.     While offering a timely warning of the dangers ahead and new stories from Senator Cotton’s service in the Senate and the Army, Only the Strong also provides a formidable and urgent roadmap to restore American strength before it’s too late. Because only the strong can survive in a dangerous world and only the strong can preserve their freedom.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591256</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206413/9781668618561.mp3" length="1477671" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591256 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Only the Strong: Reversing the Left's Plot to Sabotage American Power Author: Tom Cotton Narrator: Tony Messano, Tom Cotton Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591256" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591256</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Only the Strong: Reversing the Left's Plot to Sabotage American Power Author: Tom Cotton Narrator: Tony Messano, Tom Cotton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: November  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  New York Times bestselling author and conservative U.S. Senator Tom Cotton exposes the progressive left’s decades-long plot to sabotage American power, culminating in a behind-the-scenes look at the dangerous failures of Presidents Barack Obama and Joe Biden—and explains what we must do to recover America’s strength.  If it seems to you that Barack Obama and Joe Biden have weakened America and emboldened our enemies, you’re not alone. But Senator Cotton explains that their failures aren’t just incompetence or bad luck—it’s decline by design.     Only the Strong reveals the untold inside story of how progressive ideologues and Democratic politicians abandoned the American tradition of strength, pride, and honor. From the beginning, early progressives like Woodrow Wilson repudiated our Founding in favor of globalist fantasies abroad and big government at home. By Vietnam, leftists had begun to blame America first for the world’s problems—just as Barack Obama did for eight years as he apologized and sought to atone for America’s supposed sins. Along the way, Democrats have sold out America’s sovereignty and hollowed out our military to restrain American power. Even when Democrats have acted tough, it usually ends in disaster, from John Kennedy’s debacle at the Bay of Pigs to Bill Clinton’s fiasco in Mogadishu to Joe Biden’s humiliating retreat from Afghanistan.     While offering a timely warning of the dangers ahead and new stories from Senator Cotton’s service in the Senate and the Army, Only the Strong also provides a formidable and urgent roadmap to restore American strength before it’s too late. Because only the strong can survive in a dangerous world and only the strong can preserve their freedom.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a8dd2d3b3295b8c900eb949e60cc45c4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>In Search of Common Ground: Inspiring True Stories of Overcoming Hate in a Divided World by Bastian Berbner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-search-of-common-ground-inspiring-true-stories-of-overcoming-hate-in-a-divided-world-by-bastian-berbner--65206359</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599714" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599714</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Search of Common Ground: Inspiring True Stories of Overcoming Hate in a Divided World Author: Bastian Berbner Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 18, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  As heard on NPR’s “This American Life,” unlikely friendships challenge every kind of bias, to offer hope that our societies can heal Much has been written about our polarized media, social bubbles, and intractable biases. Award-winning journalist Bastian Berbner circled the world to find a different narrative. In Search of Common Ground is his profound collection of true stories that prove it is possible to mend even our fiercest divides. In Arizona, a former neo-Nazi befriends his Black parole officer. In Germany, an older couple dread the arrival of their new Roma neighbors—but are moved upon meeting them to offer help and become strong supporters. In Ireland, we see one friendship change the world when a gay-rights activist overturns a conservative mailman’s homophobia—and together, they help sway public opinion to legalize gay marriage. Other gap-bridging stories include: Young Democrats and Republicans (United States), A Danish policeman and a Muslim boy in danger of radicalization (Denmark), and A neo-Nazi and a Palestinian prisoner (Germany). With added historic and sociological research, Berbner gets to the root of what pushes people apart, and shows that we can dissolve divisions by simply meeting face to face. This is essential, uplifting reading for everyone who aspires to live without hate.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599714</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206359/9798212225625.mp3" length="1477693" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599714 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Search of Common Ground: Inspiring True Stories of Overcoming Hate in a Divided World Author: Bastian Berbner Narrator: Robert Fass Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599714" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599714</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Search of Common Ground: Inspiring True Stories of Overcoming Hate in a Divided World Author: Bastian Berbner Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 18, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  As heard on NPR’s “This American Life,” unlikely friendships challenge every kind of bias, to offer hope that our societies can heal Much has been written about our polarized media, social bubbles, and intractable biases. Award-winning journalist Bastian Berbner circled the world to find a different narrative. In Search of Common Ground is his profound collection of true stories that prove it is possible to mend even our fiercest divides. In Arizona, a former neo-Nazi befriends his Black parole officer. In Germany, an older couple dread the arrival of their new Roma neighbors—but are moved upon meeting them to offer help and become strong supporters. In Ireland, we see one friendship change the world when a gay-rights activist overturns a conservative mailman’s homophobia—and together, they help sway public opinion to legalize gay marriage. Other gap-bridging stories include: Young Democrats and Republicans (United States), A Danish policeman and a Muslim boy in danger of radicalization (Denmark), and A neo-Nazi and a Palestinian prisoner (Germany). With added historic and sociological research, Berbner gets to the root of what pushes people apart, and shows that we can dissolve divisions by simply meeting face to face. This is essential, uplifting reading for everyone who aspires to live without hate.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6c82b99574de8fc8264a4290df672ba9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Wrath: America Enraged by Peter W. Wood</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/wrath-america-enraged-by-peter-w-wood--65206336</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599696" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599696</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wrath: America Enraged Author: Peter W. Wood Narrator: Richmond Goss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Anger now dominates American politics. It wasn’t always so. “Happy Days Are Here Again” was FDR’s campaign song in 1932. By contrast, candidate Kamala Harris’s 2020 campaign song was Mary J. Blige’s “Work That” (“Let ‘em get mad / They gonna hate anyway”). Both the left and right now summon anger as the main way to motivate their supporters. Post-election, both sides became even more indignant. The left accuses the right of “insurrection.” The right accuses the left of fraud. This is an audiobook about how we got here―about how America changed from a nation that could be roused to anger but preferred self-control, to a nation permanently dialed to eleven. Peter W. Wood, an anthropologist, has rewritten his 2007 book, A Bee in the Mouth: Anger in America, which predicted the new era of political wrath. In his new book, he explains how American culture beginning in the 1950s made a performance art out of anger; how and why we brought anger into our music, movies, and personal lives; and how, having step by step relinquished our old inhibitions on feeling and expressing anger, we turned anger into a way of wielding political power. But the “angri-culture,” as he calls it, doesn’t promise happy days again. It promises revenge. And a crisis that could destroy our republic.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599696</guid><pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206336/9798200993901.mp3" length="1477565" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599696 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wrath: America Enraged Author: Peter W. Wood Narrator: Richmond Goss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 12,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599696" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599696</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wrath: America Enraged Author: Peter W. Wood Narrator: Richmond Goss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Anger now dominates American politics. It wasn’t always so. “Happy Days Are Here Again” was FDR’s campaign song in 1932. By contrast, candidate Kamala Harris’s 2020 campaign song was Mary J. Blige’s “Work That” (“Let ‘em get mad / They gonna hate anyway”). Both the left and right now summon anger as the main way to motivate their supporters. Post-election, both sides became even more indignant. The left accuses the right of “insurrection.” The right accuses the left of fraud. This is an audiobook about how we got here―about how America changed from a nation that could be roused to anger but preferred self-control, to a nation permanently dialed to eleven. Peter W. Wood, an anthropologist, has rewritten his 2007 book, A Bee in the Mouth: Anger in America, which predicted the new era of political wrath. In his new book, he explains how American culture beginning in the 1950s made a performance art out of anger; how and why we brought anger into our music, movies, and personal lives; and how, having step by step relinquished our old inhibitions on feeling and expressing anger, we turned anger into a way of wielding political power. But the “angri-culture,” as he calls it, doesn’t promise happy days again. It promises revenge. And a crisis that could destroy our republic.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4bf986f2ad312889e133e9c8f6152c5c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Inventing Human Rights: A History by Lynn Hunt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/inventing-human-rights-a-history-by-lynn-hunt--65206377</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603399" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603399</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inventing Human Rights: A History Author: Lynn Hunt Narrator: Siiri Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How were human rights invented, and how does their tumultuous history influence their perception and our ability to protect them today? From Professor Lynn Hunt comes this extraordinary cultural and intellectual history, which traces the roots of human rights to the rejection of torture as a means for finding the truth. She demonstrates how ideas of human relationships portrayed in novels and art helped spread these new ideals and how human rights continue to be contested today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603399</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206377/9798765028780.mp3" length="14437230" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603399 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inventing Human Rights: A History Author: Lynn Hunt Narrator: Siiri Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: October...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603399" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603399</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inventing Human Rights: A History Author: Lynn Hunt Narrator: Siiri Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How were human rights invented, and how does their tumultuous history influence their perception and our ability to protect them today? From Professor Lynn Hunt comes this extraordinary cultural and intellectual history, which traces the roots of human rights to the rejection of torture as a means for finding the truth. She demonstrates how ideas of human relationships portrayed in novels and art helped spread these new ideals and how human rights continue to be contested today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/65d912a6012caad456eb42a1c8c0120e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Conquest of Bread by Peter Kropotkin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-conquest-of-bread-by-peter-kropotkin--65206310</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604202" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604202</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conquest of Bread Author: Peter Kropotkin Narrator: Sam Swann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. 'Well-being for all is not a dream.' In this brilliantly enjoyable, challenging rallying-cry of a book, Kropotkin lays out the heart of his anarchist beliefs - beliefs which surged around the world in the late 19th and early 20th centuries and which have a renewed relevance and poignancy today.  Humane, thoughtful - but also a devastating critique of how modern society is organized (with the brutal, narrow few clinging onto their wealth and privileges at the expense of the many), The Conquest of Bread is a book to be argued over, again and again. © David Priestland, Introduction &amp; Notes 2015 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604202</guid><pubDate>Thu, 29 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206310/9780241625651.mp3" length="2437189" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604202 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conquest of Bread Author: Peter Kropotkin Narrator: Sam Swann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 29,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604202" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604202</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conquest of Bread Author: Peter Kropotkin Narrator: Sam Swann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. 'Well-being for all is not a dream.' In this brilliantly enjoyable, challenging rallying-cry of a book, Kropotkin lays out the heart of his anarchist beliefs - beliefs which surged around the world in the late 19th and early 20th centuries and which have a renewed relevance and poignancy today.  Humane, thoughtful - but also a devastating critique of how modern society is organized (with the brutal, narrow few clinging onto their wealth and privileges at the expense of the many), The Conquest of Bread is a book to be argued over, again and again. © David Priestland, Introduction &amp; Notes 2015 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/98bf483278dc49d774e306adacfa2b80.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Future Is Now: Solving the Climate Crisis with Today's Technologies by Bob Mcdonald</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-future-is-now-solving-the-climate-crisis-with-today-s-technologies-by-bob-mcdonald--65206407</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591116" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591116</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future Is Now: Solving the Climate Crisis with Today's Technologies Author: Bob Mcdonald Narrator: Bob Mcdonald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  *NATIONAL BESTSELLER* Is a global pandemic what it took   to show us that saving our planet is possible? In the absence of motorized boats and gondolas, Venice’s waters have returned to a sparkling blue color. Deer have been spotted roaming cities in Italy, and mountain goats recently took over a small seaside town in Wales. Taking advantage of the decreased boat traffic, whales have returned to roaming Vancouver’s harbours. The absence of “regular” human activities has dramatically affected our environment. In this book, Bob McDonald turns his focus to global energy sources, and shows how the global shutdowns may have been exactly what we needed to show us that a greener future is achievable. This is not another “wake-up call,” and not another plea to heed the climate science. This is an exploration of the incredible technologies that our species can use to get out of the mess we’ve made for ourselves. It is a work of immense optimism, to counteract the sense of doom that hangs over most discussions of the environment. Many alternative energy sources such as wind, solar, and geothermal have been available for decades—but they alone will not be enough. Additional power will come from small nuclear reactors the size of an office desk, and space-based solar power satellites with enormous mirrors that can capture sunlight, convert it to microwaves, and beam it to the ground to light up entire cities. Energy will be captured from waves, tides, and hydrogen. Vehicles will no longer have tailpipes that emit smog particles. Food will be sourced locally. Green technology is one of the fastest growing sectors of the economy, and will only continue to skyrocket as current products improve their performance and new products emerge. A new green age is upon us--let this book be your guide to the future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591116</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206407/9780735246935.mp3" length="4837185" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591116 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future Is Now: Solving the Climate Crisis with Today's Technologies Author: Bob Mcdonald Narrator: Bob Mcdonald Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591116" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591116</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future Is Now: Solving the Climate Crisis with Today's Technologies Author: Bob Mcdonald Narrator: Bob Mcdonald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  *NATIONAL BESTSELLER* Is a global pandemic what it took   to show us that saving our planet is possible? In the absence of motorized boats and gondolas, Venice’s waters have returned to a sparkling blue color. Deer have been spotted roaming cities in Italy, and mountain goats recently took over a small seaside town in Wales. Taking advantage of the decreased boat traffic, whales have returned to roaming Vancouver’s harbours. The absence of “regular” human activities has dramatically affected our environment. In this book, Bob McDonald turns his focus to global energy sources, and shows how the global shutdowns may have been exactly what we needed to show us that a greener future is achievable. This is not another “wake-up call,” and not another plea to heed the climate science. This is an exploration of the incredible technologies that our species can use to get out of the mess we’ve made for ourselves. It is a work of immense optimism, to counteract the sense of doom that hangs over most discussions of the environment. Many alternative energy sources such as wind, solar, and geothermal have been available for decades—but they alone will not be enough. Additional power will come from small nuclear reactors the size of an office desk, and space-based solar power satellites with enormous mirrors that can capture sunlight, convert it to microwaves, and beam it to the ground to light up entire cities. Energy will be captured from waves, tides, and hydrogen. Vehicles will no longer have tailpipes that emit smog particles. Food will be sourced locally. Green technology is one of the fastest growing sectors of the economy, and will only continue to skyrocket as current products improve their performance and new products emerge. A new green age is upon us--let this book be your guide to the future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2c105857e737e8f31a3ab6391b990fdd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Worse Than Nothing: The Dangerous Fallacy of Originalism by Erwin Chemerinsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/worse-than-nothing-the-dangerous-fallacy-of-originalism-by-erwin-chemerinsky--65206375</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601292" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601292</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Worse Than Nothing: The Dangerous Fallacy of Originalism Author: Erwin Chemerinsky Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why originalism is a flawed, incoherent, and dangerously ideological method of constitutional interpretation Originalism, the view that the meaning of a constitutional provision is fixed when it is adopted, was once the fringe theory of a few extremely conservative legal scholars but is now a well-accepted mode of constitutional interpretation. Three of the Supreme Court's nine justices explicitly embrace the originalist approach, as do increasing numbers of judges in the lower courts.   Noted legal scholar Erwin Chemerinsky gives a comprehensive analysis of the problems that make originalism unworkable as a method of constitutional interpretation. He argues that the framers themselves never intended constitutional interpretation to be inflexible and shows how it is often impossible to know what the 'original intent' of any particular provision was. Perhaps worst of all, though its supporters tout it as a politically neutral and objective method, originalist interpretation tends to disappear when its results fail to conform to modern conservative ideology.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601292</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206375/9798765054482.mp3" length="14437275" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Worse Than Nothing: The Dangerous Fallacy of Originalism Author: Erwin Chemerinsky Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601292" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601292</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Worse Than Nothing: The Dangerous Fallacy of Originalism Author: Erwin Chemerinsky Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why originalism is a flawed, incoherent, and dangerously ideological method of constitutional interpretation Originalism, the view that the meaning of a constitutional provision is fixed when it is adopted, was once the fringe theory of a few extremely conservative legal scholars but is now a well-accepted mode of constitutional interpretation. Three of the Supreme Court's nine justices explicitly embrace the originalist approach, as do increasing numbers of judges in the lower courts.   Noted legal scholar Erwin Chemerinsky gives a comprehensive analysis of the problems that make originalism unworkable as a method of constitutional interpretation. He argues that the framers themselves never intended constitutional interpretation to be inflexible and shows how it is often impossible to know what the 'original intent' of any particular provision was. Perhaps worst of all, though its supporters tout it as a politically neutral and objective method, originalist interpretation tends to disappear when its results fail to conform to modern conservative ideology.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4f0015d44c5bfdcd60184391a9f9b17c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Russia: What Everyone Needs to Know by Timothy J. Colton</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/russia-what-everyone-needs-to-know-by-timothy-j-colton--65206338</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610820" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610820</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russia: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Timothy J. Colton Narrator: Timothy Howard Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Today's Russia, also known as the Russian Federation, is often viewed as less powerful than the Soviet Union of the past. When stacked against other major nations in the present, however, the new Russia is a formidable if flawed player. Russia: What Everyone Needs to Know provides fundamental information about the origins, evolution, and current affairs of the Russian state and society. The story begins with Russia's geographic endowment, proceeds through its experiences as a kingdom and empire, and continues through the USSR's three-quarters of a century, and finally the shocking breakup of that regime a generation ago. Chapters on the failed attempt to reform Communism under Mikhail Gorbachev, the halting steps toward democratization under Boris Yeltsin, and the entrenchment of central controls under Vladimir Putin bring the listener into the contemporary scene and to headline-grabbing events such as Russia's annexation of the Crimean Peninsula from Ukraine and its military intervention in Syria. Drawing on trends within Russia and on ratings and rankings compiled by international organizations, Colton discusses the challenges facing the country—ranging from economic recession to demographic stress, political stagnation, and overextension in foreign policy—and to the realistic options for coping with them.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610820</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206338/9798765054505.mp3" length="14437248" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610820 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russia: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Timothy J. Colton Narrator: Timothy Howard Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610820" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610820</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russia: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Timothy J. Colton Narrator: Timothy Howard Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Today's Russia, also known as the Russian Federation, is often viewed as less powerful than the Soviet Union of the past. When stacked against other major nations in the present, however, the new Russia is a formidable if flawed player. Russia: What Everyone Needs to Know provides fundamental information about the origins, evolution, and current affairs of the Russian state and society. The story begins with Russia's geographic endowment, proceeds through its experiences as a kingdom and empire, and continues through the USSR's three-quarters of a century, and finally the shocking breakup of that regime a generation ago. Chapters on the failed attempt to reform Communism under Mikhail Gorbachev, the halting steps toward democratization under Boris Yeltsin, and the entrenchment of central controls under Vladimir Putin bring the listener into the contemporary scene and to headline-grabbing events such as Russia's annexation of the Crimean Peninsula from Ukraine and its military intervention in Syria. Drawing on trends within Russia and on ratings and rankings compiled by international organizations, Colton discusses the challenges facing the country—ranging from economic recession to demographic stress, political stagnation, and overextension in foreign policy—and to the realistic options for coping with them.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/899311d739c7a100cfafd8faa5c40f42.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>America's Forgotten Terrorists: The Rise and Fall of the Galleanists by Jeffrey D. Simon</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/america-s-forgotten-terrorists-the-rise-and-fall-of-the-galleanists-by-jeffrey-d-simon--65206335</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610814" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610814</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Forgotten Terrorists: The Rise and Fall of the Galleanists Author: Jeffrey D. Simon Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Though largely forgotten today, one of the most destructive terrorist groups in the United States was the Galleanists, a fiery band of Italian anarchists active during the early 1900s. In America's Forgotten Terrorists, Jeffrey D. Simon shows how alienation and frustration among segments of a community were transformed into a militant extremist movement. Luigi Galleani, a gifted writer and speaker, tapped into widespread disappointment among Italian immigrants concerning their lives in America. Unemployment, low wages, long working hours, discrimination, and a poor quality of life made many Italian immigrants receptive to his words. The Galleanists introduced terrorist tactics and strategies that are still used today: they were the first group to send package bombs across the country and to exploit the media for their own advantage. The story of the Galleanists is a chilling journey through a volatile period in American history, including labor-management conflicts, World War I, and the Red Scare. An expert in terrorism, Simon offers striking insights into the Galleanist era and some of its eerie connections to modern America, calling us to recognize the risks of repeating our history. How the Galleanists operated and how the U.S. government responded hold lessons for today as we continue to deal with the threat of terrorism.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610814</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206335/9798765059043.mp3" length="14437198" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610814 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Forgotten Terrorists: The Rise and Fall of the Galleanists Author: Jeffrey D. Simon Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610814" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610814</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Forgotten Terrorists: The Rise and Fall of the Galleanists Author: Jeffrey D. Simon Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Though largely forgotten today, one of the most destructive terrorist groups in the United States was the Galleanists, a fiery band of Italian anarchists active during the early 1900s. In America's Forgotten Terrorists, Jeffrey D. Simon shows how alienation and frustration among segments of a community were transformed into a militant extremist movement. Luigi Galleani, a gifted writer and speaker, tapped into widespread disappointment among Italian immigrants concerning their lives in America. Unemployment, low wages, long working hours, discrimination, and a poor quality of life made many Italian immigrants receptive to his words. The Galleanists introduced terrorist tactics and strategies that are still used today: they were the first group to send package bombs across the country and to exploit the media for their own advantage. The story of the Galleanists is a chilling journey through a volatile period in American history, including labor-management conflicts, World War I, and the Red Scare. An expert in terrorism, Simon offers striking insights into the Galleanist era and some of its eerie connections to modern America, calling us to recognize the risks of repeating our history. How the Galleanists operated and how the U.S. government responded hold lessons for today as we continue to deal with the threat of terrorism.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1de351c7488fef88832ad401163adfac.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Notes on Resistance by David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/notes-on-resistance-by-david-barsamian-noam-chomsky--65206301</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603264" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603264</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on Resistance Author: David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Noam Chomsky dissects the multiple crises facing humankind and the planet and provides a road map for resistance. In this completely original set of interviews between the legendary duo of Noam Chomsky and David Barsamian, the two confront topics such as the pandemic, the wealth gap made worse because of the pandemic, climate destruction, the increasing power of the corporate owned media, systematic racism, Big Tech, and more. Noam Chomsky is one of the most cited scholars in human history. He ranks right up there with Aristotle and Marx, and this book reaffirms his esteemed reputation. Notes on Resistance will inspire all those struggling for human liberation.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603264</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206301/9798212192361.mp3" length="1478278" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603264 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on Resistance Author: David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603264" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603264</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on Resistance Author: David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Noam Chomsky dissects the multiple crises facing humankind and the planet and provides a road map for resistance. In this completely original set of interviews between the legendary duo of Noam Chomsky and David Barsamian, the two confront topics such as the pandemic, the wealth gap made worse because of the pandemic, climate destruction, the increasing power of the corporate owned media, systematic racism, Big Tech, and more. Noam Chomsky is one of the most cited scholars in human history. He ranks right up there with Aristotle and Marx, and this book reaffirms his esteemed reputation. Notes on Resistance will inspire all those struggling for human liberation.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/94cf1a42552a8b647f08c4060c75c04b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Peace Pipe Dreams: The Truth about Lies about Indians by Darrell Dennis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/peace-pipe-dreams-the-truth-about-lies-about-indians-by-darrell-dennis--65206272</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611695" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611695</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Peace Pipe Dreams: The Truth about Lies about Indians Author: Darrell Dennis Narrator: Darrell Dennis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Darrell Dennis is a stereotype-busting, politically incorrect Native American/Aboriginal/Shuswap (Only he's allowed to call himself an 'Indian.' Maybe. Under some circumstances). With a large dose of humour and irreverence, he untangles some of the truths and myths about First Nations: Why do people think Natives get free trucks, and why didn't he ever get one? Why does the length of your hair determine whether you’re good or bad? By what ratio does the amount of rain in a year depend on the amount of cactus liquor you consume? In addition to answering these burning questions, Dennis tackles some tougher subjects. He looks at European-Native interactions in North America from the moment of first contact, discussing the fur trade, treaty-signing and the implementation of residential schools. Addressing misconceptions still widely believed today, Dennis explains why Native people aren't genetically any more predisposed to become alcoholics than Caucasians; that Native religion doesn't consist of worshipping rocks, disappearing into thin air, or conversing with animals; and that tax exemptions are so limited and confusing that many people don't even bother. Employing pop culture examples, personal anecdote and a cutting wit, Darrell Dennis deftly weaves history with current events to entertain, inform and provide a convincing, readable overview of First Nations issues and why they matter today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611695</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206272/9780385688758.mp3" length="4837186" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611695 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Peace Pipe Dreams: The Truth about Lies about Indians Author: Darrell Dennis Narrator: Darrell Dennis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611695" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611695</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Peace Pipe Dreams: The Truth about Lies about Indians Author: Darrell Dennis Narrator: Darrell Dennis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Darrell Dennis is a stereotype-busting, politically incorrect Native American/Aboriginal/Shuswap (Only he's allowed to call himself an 'Indian.' Maybe. Under some circumstances). With a large dose of humour and irreverence, he untangles some of the truths and myths about First Nations: Why do people think Natives get free trucks, and why didn't he ever get one? Why does the length of your hair determine whether you’re good or bad? By what ratio does the amount of rain in a year depend on the amount of cactus liquor you consume? In addition to answering these burning questions, Dennis tackles some tougher subjects. He looks at European-Native interactions in North America from the moment of first contact, discussing the fur trade, treaty-signing and the implementation of residential schools. Addressing misconceptions still widely believed today, Dennis explains why Native people aren't genetically any more predisposed to become alcoholics than Caucasians; that Native religion doesn't consist of worshipping rocks, disappearing into thin air, or conversing with animals; and that tax exemptions are so limited and confusing that many people don't even bother. Employing pop culture examples, personal anecdote and a cutting wit, Darrell Dennis deftly weaves history with current events to entertain, inform and provide a convincing, readable overview of First Nations issues and why they matter today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/68795c2f78d2cf39a460c3c1dd88188a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Bitter End: The 2020 Presidential Campaign and the Challenge to American Democracy by Chris Tausanovitch, Lynn Vavreck, John Sides</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-bitter-end-the-2020-presidential-campaign-and-the-challenge-to-american-democracy-by-chris-tausanovitch-lynn-vavreck-john-sides--65206437</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594940" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594940</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bitter End: The 2020 Presidential Campaign and the Challenge to American Democracy Author: Chris Tausanovitch, Lynn Vavreck, John Sides Narrator: Alex Knox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The year 2020 was a tumultuous time in American politics. It brought a global pandemic, protests for racial justice, and a razor-thin presidential election outcome. It culminated in an attack on the US Capitol that attempted to deny Joe Biden's victory. The Bitter End explores the long-term trends and short-term shocks that shaped this dramatic year and what these changes could mean for the future. John Sides, Chris Tausanovitch, and Lynn Vavreck demonstrate that Trump's presidency intensified the partisan politics of the previous decades. Presidential elections have become calcified, with less chance of big swings in either party's favor. Republicans remained loyal to Trump and kept the election close, despite Trump's many scandals, a recession, and the pandemic. But in a narrowly divided electorate even small changes can have big consequences. The pandemic was a case in point: when Trump pushed to reopen the country even as infections mounted, support for Biden increased. The authors explain that, paradoxically, even as Biden's win came at a time of heightened party loyalty, there remained room for shifts that shaped the election's outcome. Ultimately, the events of 2020 showed that instead of the country coming together to face national challenges—the pandemic, George Floyd's murder, and the Capitol riot—these challenges only reinforced divisions.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594940</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206437/9781696608039.mp3" length="14437203" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594940 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bitter End: The 2020 Presidential Campaign and the Challenge to American Democracy Author: Chris Tausanovitch, Lynn Vavreck, John Sides Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594940" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594940</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bitter End: The 2020 Presidential Campaign and the Challenge to American Democracy Author: Chris Tausanovitch, Lynn Vavreck, John Sides Narrator: Alex Knox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The year 2020 was a tumultuous time in American politics. It brought a global pandemic, protests for racial justice, and a razor-thin presidential election outcome. It culminated in an attack on the US Capitol that attempted to deny Joe Biden's victory. The Bitter End explores the long-term trends and short-term shocks that shaped this dramatic year and what these changes could mean for the future. John Sides, Chris Tausanovitch, and Lynn Vavreck demonstrate that Trump's presidency intensified the partisan politics of the previous decades. Presidential elections have become calcified, with less chance of big swings in either party's favor. Republicans remained loyal to Trump and kept the election close, despite Trump's many scandals, a recession, and the pandemic. But in a narrowly divided electorate even small changes can have big consequences. The pandemic was a case in point: when Trump pushed to reopen the country even as infections mounted, support for Biden increased. The authors explain that, paradoxically, even as Biden's win came at a time of heightened party loyalty, there remained room for shifts that shaped the election's outcome. Ultimately, the events of 2020 showed that instead of the country coming together to face national challenges—the pandemic, George Floyd's murder, and the Capitol riot—these challenges only reinforced divisions.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/70485c76bf77cea9570aabde498eef1a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Plagues and Their Aftermath: How Societies Recover from Pandemics by Brian Michael Jenkins</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/plagues-and-their-aftermath-how-societies-recover-from-pandemics-by-brian-michael-jenkins--65206415</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603386" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603386</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plagues and Their Aftermath: How Societies Recover from Pandemics Author: Brian Michael Jenkins Narrator: Will Tulin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From a plague in Athens during the Peloponnesian War in 430 BCE, to another in 540 that wiped out half the population of the Roman empire, down through the Black Death in the Middle Ages and on through the 1918 flu epidemic (which killed between 50 and 100 million people) and this century's deadly SARS outbreak, plagues have been a much more relentless fact of life than many realize.   The legacy of epidemics, Brian Michael Jenkins observes, is not only one of lives lost but of devastated economies and social disorder, all of which have severe political repercussions.   Thus, each chapter of Plagues and Their Aftermath draws on those historical precursors to focus on one particular aspect of their aftermath: What happens to political systems? What happens in the area of crime and terrorism? Do wars happen? What are the effects on cultures? What was the impact of widespread fear and public hysteria, of increased suspicion and scapegoating, of the spread of rumors and conspiracy theories?   Jenkins's sobering analysis is riveting and thought-provoking listening for general listeners and specialists alike, and throws welcome light into what many fear is a dark future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603386</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206415/9781696609166.mp3" length="14437297" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603386 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plagues and Their Aftermath: How Societies Recover from Pandemics Author: Brian Michael Jenkins Narrator: Will Tulin Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603386" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603386</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plagues and Their Aftermath: How Societies Recover from Pandemics Author: Brian Michael Jenkins Narrator: Will Tulin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From a plague in Athens during the Peloponnesian War in 430 BCE, to another in 540 that wiped out half the population of the Roman empire, down through the Black Death in the Middle Ages and on through the 1918 flu epidemic (which killed between 50 and 100 million people) and this century's deadly SARS outbreak, plagues have been a much more relentless fact of life than many realize.   The legacy of epidemics, Brian Michael Jenkins observes, is not only one of lives lost but of devastated economies and social disorder, all of which have severe political repercussions.   Thus, each chapter of Plagues and Their Aftermath draws on those historical precursors to focus on one particular aspect of their aftermath: What happens to political systems? What happens in the area of crime and terrorism? Do wars happen? What are the effects on cultures? What was the impact of widespread fear and public hysteria, of increased suspicion and scapegoating, of the spread of rumors and conspiracy theories?   Jenkins's sobering analysis is riveting and thought-provoking listening for general listeners and specialists alike, and throws welcome light into what many fear is a dark future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/54faa83eb2e8a10171eec440ec12bd3a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>When AI Rules the World: China, the U.S., and the Race to Control a Smart Planet by Handel Jones</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/when-ai-rules-the-world-china-the-u-s-and-the-race-to-control-a-smart-planet-by-handel-jones--65206397</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603340" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603340</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When AI Rules the World: China, the U.S., and the Race to Control a Smart Planet Author: Handel Jones Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  As China rises to true superpower status, the United States must take immediate action to catch up in AI capabilities—or facefall disastrously behind technologically, economically, and militarily. Over the past decade, China has quietly and methodically moved into a near-leadership position in artificial intelligence technologies on a global scale. Meanwhile, the United States has responded ineffectively, weighed down by politics, bureaucracy, and an absence of clear strategy. In the near future, wars will be fought not over land, but over data. Machines will quickly discover individualized treatments for diseases, and with the help of virtual reality, AI will inspect buildings that have not yet been built. With the rising interest in these technologies by both China and the US, who will emerge as the victor of this technological race? When AI Rules the World is an investigation and call to action into AI technologies for a nation that does not yet comprehend the full gravity of the AI revolution. The United States is losing the race for AI dominance, and the stakes couldn't be higher.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603340</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206397/9781696608756.mp3" length="14437299" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603340 to listen full audiobooks. Title: When AI Rules the World: China, the U.S., and the Race to Control a Smart Planet Author: Handel Jones Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603340" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603340</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When AI Rules the World: China, the U.S., and the Race to Control a Smart Planet Author: Handel Jones Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  As China rises to true superpower status, the United States must take immediate action to catch up in AI capabilities—or facefall disastrously behind technologically, economically, and militarily. Over the past decade, China has quietly and methodically moved into a near-leadership position in artificial intelligence technologies on a global scale. Meanwhile, the United States has responded ineffectively, weighed down by politics, bureaucracy, and an absence of clear strategy. In the near future, wars will be fought not over land, but over data. Machines will quickly discover individualized treatments for diseases, and with the help of virtual reality, AI will inspect buildings that have not yet been built. With the rising interest in these technologies by both China and the US, who will emerge as the victor of this technological race? When AI Rules the World is an investigation and call to action into AI technologies for a nation that does not yet comprehend the full gravity of the AI revolution. The United States is losing the race for AI dominance, and the stakes couldn't be higher.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/aca4279847ca080b573753cae5b99e67.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Rise and Decline of Nations: Economic Growth, Stagflation, and Social Rigidities by Mancur Olson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-rise-and-decline-of-nations-economic-growth-stagflation-and-social-rigidities-by-mancur-olson--65206380</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600232" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600232</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise and Decline of Nations: Economic Growth, Stagflation, and Social Rigidities Author: Mancur Olson Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The updated edition of Mancur Olson's award-winning book The Rise and Decline of Nations.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600232</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206380/9798765051801.mp3" length="14437298" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600232 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise and Decline of Nations: Economic Growth, Stagflation, and Social Rigidities Author: Mancur Olson Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600232" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600232</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise and Decline of Nations: Economic Growth, Stagflation, and Social Rigidities Author: Mancur Olson Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The updated edition of Mancur Olson's award-winning book The Rise and Decline of Nations.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ec273b695379eef75a24980fe8d3ece8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Big Truth: Upholding Democracy in the Age of “The Big Lie” by David Becker, Major Garrett</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-big-truth-upholding-democracy-in-the-age-of-the-big-lie-by-david-becker-major-garrett--65206354</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608225" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608225</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Truth: Upholding Democracy in the Age of “The Big Lie” Author: David Becker, Major Garrett Narrator: Kent Klineman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When a seven-million-vote margin of victory and 306 electoral votes pointed to Joe Biden as the victor in the 2020 Presidential Election, Trump-fueled conspiracy theories exploded.   In The Big Truth, CBS's Chief Washington Correspondent Major Garrett and the nation's foremost elections expert David Becker completely upend The Big Lie that has infected the Far Right with firsthand stories of election officials like Georgia Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger and Bucks County, Pennsylvania, election director Thomas Freitag. And they reveal the concrete evidence proving that 2020 may have been the most secure US election ever. But Garrett and Becker go beyond the key players from all six swing states, the pre-election litigation that clarified the rules for both parties, and the fully auditable and verifiable ballots used. They lay bare the methods being undertaken right now to undercut faith, belief, and effectiveness of elections, identifying the places where the most dire actions have been taken since 2020—where election laws have been changed; or election officials been hounded out of office, retired out of frustration/fatigue, or been replaced by pro-Trump political figures.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608225</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206354/9781696608954.mp3" length="14437193" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608225 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Truth: Upholding Democracy in the Age of “The Big Lie” Author: David Becker, Major Garrett Narrator: Kent Klineman Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608225" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608225</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Truth: Upholding Democracy in the Age of “The Big Lie” Author: David Becker, Major Garrett Narrator: Kent Klineman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When a seven-million-vote margin of victory and 306 electoral votes pointed to Joe Biden as the victor in the 2020 Presidential Election, Trump-fueled conspiracy theories exploded.   In The Big Truth, CBS's Chief Washington Correspondent Major Garrett and the nation's foremost elections expert David Becker completely upend The Big Lie that has infected the Far Right with firsthand stories of election officials like Georgia Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger and Bucks County, Pennsylvania, election director Thomas Freitag. And they reveal the concrete evidence proving that 2020 may have been the most secure US election ever. But Garrett and Becker go beyond the key players from all six swing states, the pre-election litigation that clarified the rules for both parties, and the fully auditable and verifiable ballots used. They lay bare the methods being undertaken right now to undercut faith, belief, and effectiveness of elections, identifying the places where the most dire actions have been taken since 2020—where election laws have been changed; or election officials been hounded out of office, retired out of frustration/fatigue, or been replaced by pro-Trump political figures.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/df1f8062d39942f1851192ca47e7afe9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Democratic Justice: Felix Frankfurter, the Supreme Court, and the Making of the Liberal Establishment by Brad Snyder</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/democratic-justice-felix-frankfurter-the-supreme-court-and-the-making-of-the-liberal-establishment-by-brad-snyder--65206414</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590288" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590288</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democratic Justice: Felix Frankfurter, the Supreme Court, and the Making of the Liberal Establishment Author: Brad Snyder Narrator: James Fouhey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The definitive biography of Felix Frankfurter, Supreme Court justice and champion of twentieth-century American liberal democracy The conventional wisdom about Felix Frankfurter―Harvard law professor and Supreme Court justice―is that he struggled to fill the seat once held by Oliver Wendell Holmes. Scholars have portrayed Frankfurter as a judicial failure, a liberal lawyer turned conservative justice, and the Warren Court’s principal villain. And yet none of these characterizations rings true. A pro-government, pro-civil rights liberal who rejected shifting political labels, Frankfurter advocated for judicial restraint―he believed that people should seek change not from the courts but through the democratic political process. Indeed, he knew American presidents from Theodore Roosevelt to Lyndon Johnson, advised Franklin Roosevelt, and inspired his students and law clerks to enter government service. Organized around presidential administrations and major political and world events, this definitive biography chronicles Frankfurter’s impact on American life. As a young government lawyer, he befriended Theodore Roosevelt, Louis Brandeis, and Holmes. As a Harvard law professor, he earned fame as a civil libertarian, Zionist, and New Deal power broker. As a justice, he hired the first African American law clerk and helped the Court achieve unanimity in outlawing racially segregated schools in Brown v. Board of Education. In this sweeping narrative, Brad Snyder offers a full and fascinating portrait of the remarkable life and legacy of a long misunderstood American figure. This is the biography of an Austrian Jewish immigrant who arrived in the United States at age eleven speaking not a word of English, who by age twenty-six befriended former president Theodore Roosevelt, and who by age fifty was one of Franklin Roosevelt’s most trusted advisers. It is the story of a man devoted to democratic ideals, a natural orator and often overbearing justice, whose passion allowed him to amass highly influential friends and helped create the liberal establishment.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590288</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206414/9798212000062.mp3" length="1477725" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590288 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democratic Justice: Felix Frankfurter, the Supreme Court, and the Making of the Liberal Establishment Author: Brad Snyder Narrator: James Fouhey...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590288" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590288</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democratic Justice: Felix Frankfurter, the Supreme Court, and the Making of the Liberal Establishment Author: Brad Snyder Narrator: James Fouhey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The definitive biography of Felix Frankfurter, Supreme Court justice and champion of twentieth-century American liberal democracy The conventional wisdom about Felix Frankfurter―Harvard law professor and Supreme Court justice―is that he struggled to fill the seat once held by Oliver Wendell Holmes. Scholars have portrayed Frankfurter as a judicial failure, a liberal lawyer turned conservative justice, and the Warren Court’s principal villain. And yet none of these characterizations rings true. A pro-government, pro-civil rights liberal who rejected shifting political labels, Frankfurter advocated for judicial restraint―he believed that people should seek change not from the courts but through the democratic political process. Indeed, he knew American presidents from Theodore Roosevelt to Lyndon Johnson, advised Franklin Roosevelt, and inspired his students and law clerks to enter government service. Organized around presidential administrations and major political and world events, this definitive biography chronicles Frankfurter’s impact on American life. As a young government lawyer, he befriended Theodore Roosevelt, Louis Brandeis, and Holmes. As a Harvard law professor, he earned fame as a civil libertarian, Zionist, and New Deal power broker. As a justice, he hired the first African American law clerk and helped the Court achieve unanimity in outlawing racially segregated schools in Brown v. Board of Education. In this sweeping narrative, Brad Snyder offers a full and fascinating portrait of the remarkable life and legacy of a long misunderstood American figure. This is the biography of an Austrian Jewish immigrant who arrived in the United States at age eleven speaking not a word of English, who by age twenty-six befriended former president Theodore Roosevelt, and who by age fifty was one of Franklin Roosevelt’s most trusted advisers. It is the story of a man devoted to democratic ideals, a natural orator and often overbearing justice, whose passion allowed him to amass highly influential friends and helped create the liberal establishment.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e7b250cdf300ab4302e978739ec0bb13.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Shortest History of Democracy: 4,000 Years of Self-Government-A Retelling for Our Times by John Keane</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-shortest-history-of-democracy-4-000-years-of-self-government-a-retelling-for-our-times-by-john-keane--65206412</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597426" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597426</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shortest History of Democracy: 4,000 Years of Self-Government-A Retelling for Our Times Author: John Keane Narrator: Grant Cartwright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From The Shortest History series comes the complete history of democracy, its champions, and its detractors—from the assemblies of ancient Mesopotamia to present perils This tumultuous global story begins with democracy's radical core idea: We can collaborate, as equals, to determine our own lives and futures. John Keane traces how this concept emerged and evolved, from the earliest 'assembly democracies' to European-style electoral democracy to our present system of 'monitory democracy.' Today, governments answer not only to voters on Election Day, but to intense public scrutiny (monitoring) every day. Keane calls this media- and communication-driven system 'the most complex and vibrant form of democracy yet'—but it is not invulnerable. We live in an age of political and environmental crisis, when despots in China, Russia, Saudi Arabia, and elsewhere reject the promises of power-sharing. At this urgent moment, Keane's book mounts a new defense of a precious global ideal.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597426</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206412/9798765012468.mp3" length="14437195" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shortest History of Democracy: 4,000 Years of Self-Government-A Retelling for Our Times Author: John Keane Narrator: Grant Cartwright Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597426" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597426</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shortest History of Democracy: 4,000 Years of Self-Government-A Retelling for Our Times Author: John Keane Narrator: Grant Cartwright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From The Shortest History series comes the complete history of democracy, its champions, and its detractors—from the assemblies of ancient Mesopotamia to present perils This tumultuous global story begins with democracy's radical core idea: We can collaborate, as equals, to determine our own lives and futures. John Keane traces how this concept emerged and evolved, from the earliest 'assembly democracies' to European-style electoral democracy to our present system of 'monitory democracy.' Today, governments answer not only to voters on Election Day, but to intense public scrutiny (monitoring) every day. Keane calls this media- and communication-driven system 'the most complex and vibrant form of democracy yet'—but it is not invulnerable. We live in an age of political and environmental crisis, when despots in China, Russia, Saudi Arabia, and elsewhere reject the promises of power-sharing. At this urgent moment, Keane's book mounts a new defense of a precious global ideal.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9ff3fc1400676cc10b48a028a0677e94.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Diplomacy and the Future of World Order by Pamela R. Aall, Chester A. Crocker, Fen Osler Hampson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/diplomacy-and-the-future-of-world-order-by-pamela-r-aall-chester-a-crocker-fen-osler-hampson--65206374</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602779" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602779</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diplomacy and the Future of World Order Author: Pamela R. Aall, Chester A. Crocker, Fen Osler Hampson Narrator: Ulf Bjorklund Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Diplomacy in pursuit of peace and security faces severe challenges not seen in decades. The reemergence of strong states, discord in the UN Security Council, destabilizing transnational nonstate actors, closing space for civil society within states, and the weakening of the international liberal order all present new obstacles to diplomacy. In Diplomacy and the Future of World Order, an international group of experts confronts these challenges to peace and conflict diplomacy—defined as the effort to manage others' conflicts, cope with great power competition, and deal with threats to the state system itself. In doing so, they consider three potential scenarios for world order where key states decide to go it alone, return to a liberal order, or collaborate on a case-by-case basis to address common threats and problems. These three scenarios are then evaluated through the prism of regional perspectives from around the world and for their potential ramifications for major security threats including peacekeeping, nuclear nonproliferation, cyber competition, and terrorism. Editors Chester A. Crocker, Fen Osler Hampson, and Pamela Aall conclude the volume by identifying emerging types of diplomacy that may form the foundation for global peacemaking and conflict management in an uncertain future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602779</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206374/9781666106626.mp3" length="14437262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602779 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diplomacy and the Future of World Order Author: Pamela R. Aall, Chester A. Crocker, Fen Osler Hampson Narrator: Ulf Bjorklund Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602779" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602779</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diplomacy and the Future of World Order Author: Pamela R. Aall, Chester A. Crocker, Fen Osler Hampson Narrator: Ulf Bjorklund Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Diplomacy in pursuit of peace and security faces severe challenges not seen in decades. The reemergence of strong states, discord in the UN Security Council, destabilizing transnational nonstate actors, closing space for civil society within states, and the weakening of the international liberal order all present new obstacles to diplomacy. In Diplomacy and the Future of World Order, an international group of experts confronts these challenges to peace and conflict diplomacy—defined as the effort to manage others' conflicts, cope with great power competition, and deal with threats to the state system itself. In doing so, they consider three potential scenarios for world order where key states decide to go it alone, return to a liberal order, or collaborate on a case-by-case basis to address common threats and problems. These three scenarios are then evaluated through the prism of regional perspectives from around the world and for their potential ramifications for major security threats including peacekeeping, nuclear nonproliferation, cyber competition, and terrorism. Editors Chester A. Crocker, Fen Osler Hampson, and Pamela Aall conclude the volume by identifying emerging types of diplomacy that may form the foundation for global peacemaking and conflict management in an uncertain future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3f8786c55c2b1bb1799f096739b341b6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Constitution Café: Jefferson's Brew for a True Revolution by Christopher Phillips</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/constitution-cafe-jefferson-s-brew-for-a-true-revolution-by-christopher-phillips--65206362</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597552" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597552</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Constitution Café: Jefferson's Brew for a True Revolution Author: Christopher Phillips Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “A provocative extension of Jefferson’s original plan.”—Kirkus Reviews Thomas Jefferson believed that every generation of Americans should rewrite our Constitution from scratch—to mirror the progress of the human mind and, most of all, to maintain the revolutionary spirit. He would be dismayed that it’s considered untouchable these days. Taking up Jefferson’s cause, Christopher Phillips leads a motley group of Americans across the fruited plain in an offbeat Constitutional Convention. His Constitution Café project is sparking a much-needed conversation about our founding document and forging common ground at a time when our country needs it most.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597552</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206362/9780593676639.mp3" length="4837181" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597552 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Constitution Café: Jefferson's Brew for a True Revolution Author: Christopher Phillips Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597552" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597552</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Constitution Café: Jefferson's Brew for a True Revolution Author: Christopher Phillips Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “A provocative extension of Jefferson’s original plan.”—Kirkus Reviews Thomas Jefferson believed that every generation of Americans should rewrite our Constitution from scratch—to mirror the progress of the human mind and, most of all, to maintain the revolutionary spirit. He would be dismayed that it’s considered untouchable these days. Taking up Jefferson’s cause, Christopher Phillips leads a motley group of Americans across the fruited plain in an offbeat Constitutional Convention. His Constitution Café project is sparking a much-needed conversation about our founding document and forging common ground at a time when our country needs it most.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cceb69e6cf9e8e3f1f4175d818dc380e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Saints and Soldiers: Inside Internet-Age Terrorism, From Syria to the Capitol Siege by Rita Katz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/saints-and-soldiers-inside-internet-age-terrorism-from-syria-to-the-capitol-siege-by-rita-katz--65206436</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595009" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595009</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saints and Soldiers: Inside Internet-Age Terrorism, From Syria to the Capitol Siege Author: Rita Katz Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: September  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  More than a decade ago, counterterrorism expert Rita Katz began browsing white supremacist and neo-Nazi forums. The hateful rhetoric and constant threats of violence immediately reminded her of jihadist militants, but law enforcement and policy makers barely paid attention to the Far Right. Now, years of attacks committed by extremists radicalized online—including mass murders at a synagogue in Pittsburgh and mosques in Christchurch, New Zealand, as well as the Capitol siege—have brought home the danger. How has the internet shaped today's threats, and what do the online origins of these movements reveal about how to stop them? In Saints and Soldiers, Katz reveals a new generation of terrorist movements that don't just use the internet, but exist almost entirely on it. She provides a vivid view from the trenches, spanning edgy video game chat groups to mainstream social media platforms to what ISIS and Far-Right mass-shooters in El Paso, Orlando, and elsewhere unwittingly reveal between the lines of their manifestos. Katz shows how the online cultures of these movements create today's terrorists and shape how they commit 'real world' violence. From ISIS to QAnon, Saints and Soldiers pinpoints the approaches needed for a new era in which arrests and military campaigns alone cannot stop these never-before-seen threats.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595009</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206436/9798765020449.mp3" length="14437313" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595009 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saints and Soldiers: Inside Internet-Age Terrorism, From Syria to the Capitol Siege Author: Rita Katz Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595009" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595009</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saints and Soldiers: Inside Internet-Age Terrorism, From Syria to the Capitol Siege Author: Rita Katz Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: September  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  More than a decade ago, counterterrorism expert Rita Katz began browsing white supremacist and neo-Nazi forums. The hateful rhetoric and constant threats of violence immediately reminded her of jihadist militants, but law enforcement and policy makers barely paid attention to the Far Right. Now, years of attacks committed by extremists radicalized online—including mass murders at a synagogue in Pittsburgh and mosques in Christchurch, New Zealand, as well as the Capitol siege—have brought home the danger. How has the internet shaped today's threats, and what do the online origins of these movements reveal about how to stop them? In Saints and Soldiers, Katz reveals a new generation of terrorist movements that don't just use the internet, but exist almost entirely on it. She provides a vivid view from the trenches, spanning edgy video game chat groups to mainstream social media platforms to what ISIS and Far-Right mass-shooters in El Paso, Orlando, and elsewhere unwittingly reveal between the lines of their manifestos. Katz shows how the online cultures of these movements create today's terrorists and shape how they commit 'real world' violence. From ISIS to QAnon, Saints and Soldiers pinpoints the approaches needed for a new era in which arrests and military campaigns alone cannot stop these never-before-seen threats.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/76677c26be3fa822f1bbebc4acd3215b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Kingdom and Country: Following Jesus in the Land that You Love by Angie Ward</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/kingdom-and-country-following-jesus-in-the-land-that-you-love-by-angie-ward--65206394</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593546" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593546</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kingdom and Country: Following Jesus in the Land that You Love Author: Angie Ward Narrator: Lyle Blaker, Charity Spencer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: September  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  We love God. We love our country. What does it look like to love each properly and well? National tensions are at a record high. People on all points in the political spectrum care deeply about their country, although they differ wildly in their opinions about what it looks like to serve that country well. As Christians, we love God and seek to follow him. At the same time, nothing shapes us and tugs at our loyalties quite like the place we live. And of course we are regularly encouraged to pledge our allegiance to our country―or particular understandings of it. Who wins when the priorities of God and our country clash? In Kingdom and Country, a collection of leading Christian thinkers and practitioners take a holistic approach to considering the questions of patriotism, nationalism, and where our ultimate loyalties must like. Contributors include Alejandro Mandes, Juliet Liu, Ryan Tafilowski, Derek Vreeland, Rod Wilson, Michelle Reyes, Amanda Smith, Karen Wilk, Sean Palmer, and Tina Boesch Kingdom and Country is the second in a series of Kingdom Conversations, books that bring together trusted Christian voices to address some of the most urgent and perplexing challenges of our time in timeless and redemptive ways.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593546</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206394/9781641586436.mp3" length="2437274" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593546 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kingdom and Country: Following Jesus in the Land that You Love Author: Angie Ward Narrator: Lyle Blaker, Charity Spencer Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593546" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593546</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kingdom and Country: Following Jesus in the Land that You Love Author: Angie Ward Narrator: Lyle Blaker, Charity Spencer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: September  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  We love God. We love our country. What does it look like to love each properly and well? National tensions are at a record high. People on all points in the political spectrum care deeply about their country, although they differ wildly in their opinions about what it looks like to serve that country well. As Christians, we love God and seek to follow him. At the same time, nothing shapes us and tugs at our loyalties quite like the place we live. And of course we are regularly encouraged to pledge our allegiance to our country―or particular understandings of it. Who wins when the priorities of God and our country clash? In Kingdom and Country, a collection of leading Christian thinkers and practitioners take a holistic approach to considering the questions of patriotism, nationalism, and where our ultimate loyalties must like. Contributors include Alejandro Mandes, Juliet Liu, Ryan Tafilowski, Derek Vreeland, Rod Wilson, Michelle Reyes, Amanda Smith, Karen Wilk, Sean Palmer, and Tina Boesch Kingdom and Country is the second in a series of Kingdom Conversations, books that bring together trusted Christian voices to address some of the most urgent and perplexing challenges of our time in timeless and redemptive ways.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/71e3bcad8773edebf229471e2f1775ea.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Getting China Wrong by Aaron L. Friedberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-china-wrong-by-aaron-l-friedberg--65206376</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602647" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602647</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting China Wrong Author: Aaron L. Friedberg Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: September  6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The West's strategy of engagement with China has failed. More than three decades of trade and investment with the advanced democracies have left that country far richer and stronger than it would otherwise have been. But growth and development have not caused China's rulers to relax their grip on political power, abandon their mercantilist economic policies, or accept the rules and norms of the existing international system. To the contrary: China today is more repressive at home, more aggressive abroad, and more obviously intent on establishing itself as the world's preponderant power than at any time since the death of Chairman Mao. What went wrong? Put simply, the democracies underestimated the resilience, resourcefulness, and ruthlessness of the Chinese Communist Party. For far too long, the United States and its allies failed to take seriously the Party's unwavering determination to crush opposition, build national power, and fulfill its ideological and geopolitical ambitions. In this powerfully argued study, Friedberg identifies the assumptions underpinning engagement, describes the counterstrategy that China's Communist Party rulers devised in order to exploit the West's openness while defeating its plans, and explains what the democracies must do now if they wish to preserve their prosperity, protect their security, and defend their common values.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602647</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206376/9798765059807.mp3" length="14437175" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting China Wrong Author: Aaron L. Friedberg Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602647" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602647</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting China Wrong Author: Aaron L. Friedberg Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: September  6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The West's strategy of engagement with China has failed. More than three decades of trade and investment with the advanced democracies have left that country far richer and stronger than it would otherwise have been. But growth and development have not caused China's rulers to relax their grip on political power, abandon their mercantilist economic policies, or accept the rules and norms of the existing international system. To the contrary: China today is more repressive at home, more aggressive abroad, and more obviously intent on establishing itself as the world's preponderant power than at any time since the death of Chairman Mao. What went wrong? Put simply, the democracies underestimated the resilience, resourcefulness, and ruthlessness of the Chinese Communist Party. For far too long, the United States and its allies failed to take seriously the Party's unwavering determination to crush opposition, build national power, and fulfill its ideological and geopolitical ambitions. In this powerfully argued study, Friedberg identifies the assumptions underpinning engagement, describes the counterstrategy that China's Communist Party rulers devised in order to exploit the West's openness while defeating its plans, and explains what the democracies must do now if they wish to preserve their prosperity, protect their security, and defend their common values.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/82edda5cca5cad1a8fbefc6a35a34ef4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - El grito armenio by Mariano Saravia</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-el-grito-armenio-by-mariano-saravia--65206340</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602567" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602567</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El grito armenio Author: Mariano Saravia Narrator: Maia Trogolo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: September  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Este libro recopila los resultados de una sólida investigación sobre el genocidio de más de un millón y medio de armenias y armenios a manos del ejército turco entre 1915 y 1923.  Mariano Saravia explica con claridad los antecedentes y desencadenantes de ese primer genocidio del siglo XX. Recupera documentos gubernamentales, crónicas de la época y testimonios de sobrevivientes que despejan toda duda sobre la magnitud de lo sucedido, sobre las responsabilidades alrededor del crimen y de su encubrimiento posterior. También se preocupa por reconstruir la historia de aquel pueblo, sus costumbres y sueños que siguieron en pie pese al intento de exterminio –y cuenta cómo aún hoy los descendientes de las víctimas luchan para que se lo reconozca como tal–. Editado en 2007, El grito armenio tuvo un prólogo altamente elogioso de Osvaldo Bayer y fue traducido a varios idiomas. - Mariano Saravia es un periodista, historiador y docente universitario nacido en Córdoba, Argentina. Conduce el programa radial Mirada sur, enfocado en política internacional, y trabaja como columnista en otros envíos. Ha recorrido su provincia y otros puntos de América Latina dictando conferencias sobre diversos temas. Lleva publicados diez libros hasta la fecha, entre los cuales se cuentan La sombra azul (2005), El grito armenio (2007), El golpe paraguayo (2012) y Cuadernos de un viajador 1 y 2 (2016).]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602567</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206340/9788726975635.mp3" length="2437184" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602567 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El grito armenio Author: Mariano Saravia Narrator: Maia Trogolo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602567" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602567</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El grito armenio Author: Mariano Saravia Narrator: Maia Trogolo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: September  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Este libro recopila los resultados de una sólida investigación sobre el genocidio de más de un millón y medio de armenias y armenios a manos del ejército turco entre 1915 y 1923.  Mariano Saravia explica con claridad los antecedentes y desencadenantes de ese primer genocidio del siglo XX. Recupera documentos gubernamentales, crónicas de la época y testimonios de sobrevivientes que despejan toda duda sobre la magnitud de lo sucedido, sobre las responsabilidades alrededor del crimen y de su encubrimiento posterior. También se preocupa por reconstruir la historia de aquel pueblo, sus costumbres y sueños que siguieron en pie pese al intento de exterminio –y cuenta cómo aún hoy los descendientes de las víctimas luchan para que se lo reconozca como tal–. Editado en 2007, El grito armenio tuvo un prólogo altamente elogioso de Osvaldo Bayer y fue traducido a varios idiomas. - Mariano Saravia es un periodista, historiador y docente universitario nacido en Córdoba, Argentina. Conduce el programa radial Mirada sur, enfocado en política internacional, y trabaja como columnista en otros envíos. Ha recorrido su provincia y otros puntos de América Latina dictando conferencias sobre diversos temas. Lleva publicados diez libros hasta la fecha, entre los cuales se cuentan La sombra azul (2005), El grito armenio (2007), El golpe paraguayo (2012) y Cuadernos de un viajador 1 y 2 (2016).]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e01af8e1605236a9f0e7258a2c96f055.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Withdrawal: Iraq, Libya, Afghanistan, and the Fragility of US Power by Vijay Prashad, Noam Chomsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-withdrawal-iraq-libya-afghanistan-and-the-fragility-of-us-power-by-vijay-prashad-noam-chomsky--65206418</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590289" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590289</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Withdrawal: Iraq, Libya, Afghanistan, and the Fragility of US Power Author: Vijay Prashad, Noam Chomsky Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Two of our most celebrated intellectuals grapple with the uncertain aftermath of the American collapse in Afghanistan. Not since the last American troops left Vietnam have we faced such a sudden vacuum in our foreign policy—not only of authority, but also of explanations of what happened, and what the future holds. Few analysts are better poised to address this moment than Noam Chomsky and Vijay Prashad, intellectuals and critics whose work spans generations and continents. Called “the most widely read voice on foreign policy on the planet” by the New York Times Book Review, Noam Chomsky is the guiding light of dissidents around the world. In The Withdrawal, Chomsky joins with noted scholar Vijay Prashad—who “helps to uncover the shining worlds hidden under official history and dominant media” (Eduardo Galeano)—to get at the roots of this unprecedented time of peril and change. Chomsky and Prashad interrogate key inflection points in America’s downward spiral: from the disastrous Iraq War to the failed Libyan intervention to the descent into chaos in Afghanistan. As the final moments of American power in Afghanistan fade from view, this crucial book argues that we must not take our eyes off the wreckage—and that we need, above all, an unsentimental view of the new world we must build together.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590289</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206418/9798212010535.mp3" length="1477679" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590289 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Withdrawal: Iraq, Libya, Afghanistan, and the Fragility of US Power Author: Vijay Prashad, Noam Chomsky Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590289" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590289</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Withdrawal: Iraq, Libya, Afghanistan, and the Fragility of US Power Author: Vijay Prashad, Noam Chomsky Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Two of our most celebrated intellectuals grapple with the uncertain aftermath of the American collapse in Afghanistan. Not since the last American troops left Vietnam have we faced such a sudden vacuum in our foreign policy—not only of authority, but also of explanations of what happened, and what the future holds. Few analysts are better poised to address this moment than Noam Chomsky and Vijay Prashad, intellectuals and critics whose work spans generations and continents. Called “the most widely read voice on foreign policy on the planet” by the New York Times Book Review, Noam Chomsky is the guiding light of dissidents around the world. In The Withdrawal, Chomsky joins with noted scholar Vijay Prashad—who “helps to uncover the shining worlds hidden under official history and dominant media” (Eduardo Galeano)—to get at the roots of this unprecedented time of peril and change. Chomsky and Prashad interrogate key inflection points in America’s downward spiral: from the disastrous Iraq War to the failed Libyan intervention to the descent into chaos in Afghanistan. As the final moments of American power in Afghanistan fade from view, this crucial book argues that we must not take our eyes off the wreckage—and that we need, above all, an unsentimental view of the new world we must build together.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7073b02755549d77fa55783b108abfcd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Birth Certificate: An American History by Susan J. Pearson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-birth-certificate-an-american-history-by-susan-j-pearson--65206370</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601310" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601310</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Birth Certificate: An American History Author: Susan J. Pearson Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For many Americans, the birth certificate is a mundane piece of paper, unearthed from deep storage when applying for a driver's license, verifying information for new employers, or claiming state and federal benefits. Yet as Donald Trump and his fellow 'birthers' reminded us when they claimed that Barack Obama wasn't an American citizen, it plays a central role in determining identity and citizenship. In The Birth Certificate: An American History, award-winning historian Susan J. Pearson traces the document's two-hundred-year history to explain when, how, and why birth certificates came to matter so much in the United States. Deftly weaving together social, political, and legal history, The Birth Certificate is a fascinating biography of a piece of paper that grounds our understanding of how those who live in the United States are considered Americans.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601310</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206370/9781666155044.mp3" length="14437248" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601310 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Birth Certificate: An American History Author: Susan J. Pearson Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 18...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601310" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601310</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Birth Certificate: An American History Author: Susan J. Pearson Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For many Americans, the birth certificate is a mundane piece of paper, unearthed from deep storage when applying for a driver's license, verifying information for new employers, or claiming state and federal benefits. Yet as Donald Trump and his fellow 'birthers' reminded us when they claimed that Barack Obama wasn't an American citizen, it plays a central role in determining identity and citizenship. In The Birth Certificate: An American History, award-winning historian Susan J. Pearson traces the document's two-hundred-year history to explain when, how, and why birth certificates came to matter so much in the United States. Deftly weaving together social, political, and legal history, The Birth Certificate is a fascinating biography of a piece of paper that grounds our understanding of how those who live in the United States are considered Americans.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1868a498b0f5a670d1d48e235612086a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Social Media, Freedom of Speech, and the Future of our Democracy by Geoffrey R. Stone, Lee C. Bollinger</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/social-media-freedom-of-speech-and-the-future-of-our-democracy-by-geoffrey-r-stone-lee-c-bollinger--65206360</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601237" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601237</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Media, Freedom of Speech, and the Future of our Democracy Author: Geoffrey R. Stone, Lee C. Bollinger Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A broad explanation of the various dimensions of the problem of 'bad' speech on the internet within the American context. One of the most fiercely debated issues of this era is what to do about 'bad' speech—hate speech, disinformation and propaganda campaigns, and incitement of violence—on the internet, and in particular speech on social media platforms such as Facebook and Twitter. In Social Media, Freedom of Speech, and the Future of our Democracy, Lee C. Bollinger and Geoffrey R. Stone have gathered an eminent cast of contributors—including Hillary Clinton, Amy Klobuchar, Sheldon Whitehouse, Mark Warner, Newt Minow, Tim Wu, Cass Sunstein, Jack Balkin, Emily Bazelon, and others—to explore the various dimensions of this problem in the American context. They stress how difficult it is to develop remedies given that some of these forms of 'bad' speech are ordinarily protected by the First Amendment. Bollinger and Stone argue that it is important to remember that the last time we encountered major new communications technology—television and radio—we established a federal agency to provide oversight and to issue regulations to protect and promote 'the public interest.' Featuring a variety of perspectives from some of America's leading experts on this hotly contested issue, this volume offers new insights for the future of free speech in the social media era.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601237</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206360/9781696608633.mp3" length="14437271" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601237 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Media, Freedom of Speech, and the Future of our Democracy Author: Geoffrey R. Stone, Lee C. Bollinger Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601237" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601237</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Media, Freedom of Speech, and the Future of our Democracy Author: Geoffrey R. Stone, Lee C. Bollinger Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A broad explanation of the various dimensions of the problem of 'bad' speech on the internet within the American context. One of the most fiercely debated issues of this era is what to do about 'bad' speech—hate speech, disinformation and propaganda campaigns, and incitement of violence—on the internet, and in particular speech on social media platforms such as Facebook and Twitter. In Social Media, Freedom of Speech, and the Future of our Democracy, Lee C. Bollinger and Geoffrey R. Stone have gathered an eminent cast of contributors—including Hillary Clinton, Amy Klobuchar, Sheldon Whitehouse, Mark Warner, Newt Minow, Tim Wu, Cass Sunstein, Jack Balkin, Emily Bazelon, and others—to explore the various dimensions of this problem in the American context. They stress how difficult it is to develop remedies given that some of these forms of 'bad' speech are ordinarily protected by the First Amendment. Bollinger and Stone argue that it is important to remember that the last time we encountered major new communications technology—television and radio—we established a federal agency to provide oversight and to issue regulations to protect and promote 'the public interest.' Featuring a variety of perspectives from some of America's leading experts on this hotly contested issue, this volume offers new insights for the future of free speech in the social media era.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2e0f2eb77eb6198d48a198683a754442.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Classified: The Untold Story of Racial Classification in America by David E. Bernstein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/classified-the-untold-story-of-racial-classification-in-america-by-david-e-bernstein--65206339</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602795" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602795</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Classified: The Untold Story of Racial Classification in America Author: David E. Bernstein Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A call for the separation of race and state, backed by a deep dive into the surreal world of racial classification in America. Americans are understandably squeamish about official racial and ethnic classifications. Nevertheless, they are ubiquitous in American life. Applying for a job, mortgage, university admission, citizenship, government contracts, and much more involves checking a box stating whether one is Black, White, Asian, Hispanic, or Native American. While reviewing the surprising history of American racial classifications, Classified raises questions about the classifications’ coherence, logic, and fairness; for example: Should Pakistani, Chinese, and Filipino Americans be in the same category despite their obvious differences in culture, appearance, religion, and more? Why does the government not allow Americans to classify themselves as bi- or multi-racial? How did the government decide that a dark-complexioned, burka-wearing Muslim Yemini should be classified as generically white, but a blond-haired, blue-eyed immigrant from Spain should be classified as Hispanic and treated as a member of a minority group? Why does the government require biomedical researchers to classify study participants by the official racial categories, when the classifications have no scientific basis? In an increasingly diverse society with high rates of intergroup marriage, the American system of racial classification is getting even more arbitrary and absurd. With rising ethno-nationalism threatening democracy around the world, it’s also dangerous. Classified argues that the time has come to consider abolishing official racial classification and replace it with the separation of race and state.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602795</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206339/9798212273213.mp3" length="1477649" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602795 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Classified: The Untold Story of Racial Classification in America Author: David E. Bernstein Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602795" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602795</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Classified: The Untold Story of Racial Classification in America Author: David E. Bernstein Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A call for the separation of race and state, backed by a deep dive into the surreal world of racial classification in America. Americans are understandably squeamish about official racial and ethnic classifications. Nevertheless, they are ubiquitous in American life. Applying for a job, mortgage, university admission, citizenship, government contracts, and much more involves checking a box stating whether one is Black, White, Asian, Hispanic, or Native American. While reviewing the surprising history of American racial classifications, Classified raises questions about the classifications’ coherence, logic, and fairness; for example: Should Pakistani, Chinese, and Filipino Americans be in the same category despite their obvious differences in culture, appearance, religion, and more? Why does the government not allow Americans to classify themselves as bi- or multi-racial? How did the government decide that a dark-complexioned, burka-wearing Muslim Yemini should be classified as generically white, but a blond-haired, blue-eyed immigrant from Spain should be classified as Hispanic and treated as a member of a minority group? Why does the government require biomedical researchers to classify study participants by the official racial categories, when the classifications have no scientific basis? In an increasingly diverse society with high rates of intergroup marriage, the American system of racial classification is getting even more arbitrary and absurd. With rising ethno-nationalism threatening democracy around the world, it’s also dangerous. Classified argues that the time has come to consider abolishing official racial classification and replace it with the separation of race and state.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f1cf1ba98681751b314e408fef765c6c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Technologies of Human Rights Representation by Alexandra S. Moore</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/technologies-of-human-rights-representation-by-alexandra-s-moore--65206323</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602778" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602778</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Technologies of Human Rights Representation Author: Alexandra S. Moore Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The speed of technological development, from cell phones to artificial intelligence, opens up exciting new opportunities for promoting human flourishing. It also raises grave risks, threatening not only personal privacy and dignity but also our collective survival. Technologies of Human Rights Representation brings together three fields of research critical to securing our future: changing technologies, human rights, and representation. For each of these fields, this book asks key questions: How can we open the black box of technological advances so that we can more fully understand their effects upon our lives? What can we do to make sure that these effects align with the values of human rights? And how does the way we talk about technology and rights—from military reports and corporate marketing to human rights reports and poetry—amplify or diminish our capacity both to understand and to control what happens next? Contributors from anthropology, communications, criminology, global studies, law, literary and cultural studies, and women and gender studies bring diverse methodological approaches to these crucial questions.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602778</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206323/9798765042168.mp3" length="14437282" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602778 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Technologies of Human Rights Representation Author: Alexandra S. Moore Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602778" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602778</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Technologies of Human Rights Representation Author: Alexandra S. Moore Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The speed of technological development, from cell phones to artificial intelligence, opens up exciting new opportunities for promoting human flourishing. It also raises grave risks, threatening not only personal privacy and dignity but also our collective survival. Technologies of Human Rights Representation brings together three fields of research critical to securing our future: changing technologies, human rights, and representation. For each of these fields, this book asks key questions: How can we open the black box of technological advances so that we can more fully understand their effects upon our lives? What can we do to make sure that these effects align with the values of human rights? And how does the way we talk about technology and rights—from military reports and corporate marketing to human rights reports and poetry—amplify or diminish our capacity both to understand and to control what happens next? Contributors from anthropology, communications, criminology, global studies, law, literary and cultural studies, and women and gender studies bring diverse methodological approaches to these crucial questions.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9c75717aba91674e55ceacbe942c0fff.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Religion of American Greatness: What's Wrong with Christian Nationalism by Paul D. Miller</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-religion-of-american-greatness-what-s-wrong-with-christian-nationalism-by-paul-d-miller--65206315</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602741" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602741</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Religion of American Greatness: What's Wrong with Christian Nationalism Author: Paul D. Miller Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Long before it featured dramatically in the 2016 presidential election, Christian nationalism had sunk deep roots in the United States. From America's beginning, Christians have often merged their religious faith with national identity. But what is Christian nationalism? How is it different from patriotism? Is it an honest quirk, or something more threatening? Paul D. Miller, a Christian scholar, political theorist, veteran, and former White House staffer, provides a detailed portrait of—and case against—Christian nationalism. Building on his practical expertise not only in the archives and classroom but also in public service, Miller unravels this ideology's historical importance, its key tenets, and its political, cultural, and spiritual implications. Miller shows what's at stake if we misunderstand the relationship between Christianity and the American nation. Christian nationalism—the religion of American greatness—is an illiberal political theory, at odds with the genius of the American experiment, and could prove devastating to both church and state. Christians must relearn how to love our country without idolizing it and seek a healthier Christian political witness that respects our constitutional ideals and a biblical vision of justice.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602741</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206315/9781545921647.mp3" length="2437302" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602741 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Religion of American Greatness: What's Wrong with Christian Nationalism Author: Paul D. Miller Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602741" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602741</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Religion of American Greatness: What's Wrong with Christian Nationalism Author: Paul D. Miller Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Long before it featured dramatically in the 2016 presidential election, Christian nationalism had sunk deep roots in the United States. From America's beginning, Christians have often merged their religious faith with national identity. But what is Christian nationalism? How is it different from patriotism? Is it an honest quirk, or something more threatening? Paul D. Miller, a Christian scholar, political theorist, veteran, and former White House staffer, provides a detailed portrait of—and case against—Christian nationalism. Building on his practical expertise not only in the archives and classroom but also in public service, Miller unravels this ideology's historical importance, its key tenets, and its political, cultural, and spiritual implications. Miller shows what's at stake if we misunderstand the relationship between Christianity and the American nation. Christian nationalism—the religion of American greatness—is an illiberal political theory, at odds with the genius of the American experiment, and could prove devastating to both church and state. Christians must relearn how to love our country without idolizing it and seek a healthier Christian political witness that respects our constitutional ideals and a biblical vision of justice.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dc4c50b064cfe52e2308bc25220fb6f2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Degenerations of Democracy by Dilip Parameshwar Gaonkar, Craig Calhoun, Charles Taylor</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/degenerations-of-democracy-by-dilip-parameshwar-gaonkar-craig-calhoun-charles-taylor--65206300</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603441" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603441</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Degenerations of Democracy Author: Dilip Parameshwar Gaonkar, Craig Calhoun, Charles Taylor Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Democracy is in trouble. Populism is a common scapegoat but not the root cause. More basic are social and economic transformations eroding the foundations of democracy, ruling elites trying to lock in their own privilege, and cultural perversions like making individualistic freedom the enemy of democracy's other crucial ideals of equality and solidarity. In Degenerations of Democracy three of our most prominent intellectuals investigate democracy gone awry, locate our points of fracture, and suggest paths to democratic renewal. In Charles Taylor's phrase, democracy is a process, not an end state. Taylor documents creeping disempowerment of citizens, failures of inclusion, and widespread efforts to suppress democratic participation, and he calls for renewing community. Craig Calhoun explores the impact of disruption, inequality, and transformation in democracy's social foundations. He reminds us that democracies depend on republican constitutions as well as popular will, and that solidarity and voice must be achieved at large scales as well as locally. Dilip Parameshwar Gaonkar points out that even well-designed institutions will not integrate everyone, and inequality and precarity make matters worse. He calls for democracies to be prepared for violence and disorder at their margins—and to treat them with justice, not oppression.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603441</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206300/9798765041949.mp3" length="4837169" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603441 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Degenerations of Democracy Author: Dilip Parameshwar Gaonkar, Craig Calhoun, Charles Taylor Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603441" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603441</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Degenerations of Democracy Author: Dilip Parameshwar Gaonkar, Craig Calhoun, Charles Taylor Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Democracy is in trouble. Populism is a common scapegoat but not the root cause. More basic are social and economic transformations eroding the foundations of democracy, ruling elites trying to lock in their own privilege, and cultural perversions like making individualistic freedom the enemy of democracy's other crucial ideals of equality and solidarity. In Degenerations of Democracy three of our most prominent intellectuals investigate democracy gone awry, locate our points of fracture, and suggest paths to democratic renewal. In Charles Taylor's phrase, democracy is a process, not an end state. Taylor documents creeping disempowerment of citizens, failures of inclusion, and widespread efforts to suppress democratic participation, and he calls for renewing community. Craig Calhoun explores the impact of disruption, inequality, and transformation in democracy's social foundations. He reminds us that democracies depend on republican constitutions as well as popular will, and that solidarity and voice must be achieved at large scales as well as locally. Dilip Parameshwar Gaonkar points out that even well-designed institutions will not integrate everyone, and inequality and precarity make matters worse. He calls for democracies to be prepared for violence and disorder at their margins—and to treat them with justice, not oppression.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e5056b67caf9cf035e6ce034731119cc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Why Women Have Better Sex Under Socialism: And Other Arguments for Economic Independence by Kristen Ghodsee</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-women-have-better-sex-under-socialism-and-other-arguments-for-economic-independence-by-kristen-ghodsee--65206371</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599040" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599040</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Women Have Better Sex Under Socialism: And Other Arguments for Economic Independence Author: Kristen Ghodsee Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 25, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. A witty, fiercely intelligent exploration of why capitalism is rigged against women and what we can do about it. Unregulated capitalism is bad for women. Socialism, if done properly, leads to economic independence, better labour conditions, better work/family balance and, yes, even better sex. If you like the idea of such outcomes, then come along for an exploration of how we can change women's lives for the better. 'Funny, angry, urgent. Ghodsee is going to start a revolution' Daisy Buchanan, author of The Sisterhood © Kristen Ghodsee 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599040</guid><pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206371/9781529903188.mp3" length="2437273" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599040 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Women Have Better Sex Under Socialism: And Other Arguments for Economic Independence Author: Kristen Ghodsee Narrator: Esther Wane Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599040" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599040</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Women Have Better Sex Under Socialism: And Other Arguments for Economic Independence Author: Kristen Ghodsee Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 25, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. A witty, fiercely intelligent exploration of why capitalism is rigged against women and what we can do about it. Unregulated capitalism is bad for women. Socialism, if done properly, leads to economic independence, better labour conditions, better work/family balance and, yes, even better sex. If you like the idea of such outcomes, then come along for an exploration of how we can change women's lives for the better. 'Funny, angry, urgent. Ghodsee is going to start a revolution' Daisy Buchanan, author of The Sisterhood © Kristen Ghodsee 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0ddada2e4542f367d0226f7a955ebf5f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - La sombra azul by Mariano Saravia</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-sombra-azul-by-mariano-saravia--65206311</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599764" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599764</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La sombra azul Author: Mariano Saravia Narrator: Gabriel Saint Genez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La sombra azul es una investigación sobre el llamado D2, el Departamento de Informaciones de la Policía de Córdoba, que durante la última dictadura militar argentina estuviera a cargo de uno de los peores centros clandestinos de detención.  Saravia recapitula el accionar de ese grupo de represores a partir de la historia de Luis Urquiza, un joven policía que fue secuestrado y torturado por sus colegas. Luego pudo exiliarse en Dinamarca. Al intentar volver descubre que esos agentes del terrorismo de Estado se habían reciclado en democracia, ocupando altos cargos en la misma policía con el aval de los principales dirigentes políticos de la provincia. Sobre la base de este libro Sergio Schmucler filmó en 2012 una película del mismo nombre. - Mariano Saravia es un periodista, historiador y docente universitario nacido en Córdoba, Argentina. Conduce el programa radial Mirada sur, enfocado en política internacional, y trabaja como columnista en otros envíos. Ha recorrido su provincia y otros puntos de América Latina dictando conferencias sobre diversos temas. Lleva publicados diez libros hasta la fecha, entre los cuales se cuentan La sombra azul (2005), El grito armenio (2007), El golpe paraguayo (2012) y Cuadernos de un viajador 1 y 2 (2016).]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599764</guid><pubDate>Wed, 24 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206311/9788726975642.mp3" length="2437189" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599764 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La sombra azul Author: Mariano Saravia Narrator: Gabriel Saint Genez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599764" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599764</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La sombra azul Author: Mariano Saravia Narrator: Gabriel Saint Genez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La sombra azul es una investigación sobre el llamado D2, el Departamento de Informaciones de la Policía de Córdoba, que durante la última dictadura militar argentina estuviera a cargo de uno de los peores centros clandestinos de detención.  Saravia recapitula el accionar de ese grupo de represores a partir de la historia de Luis Urquiza, un joven policía que fue secuestrado y torturado por sus colegas. Luego pudo exiliarse en Dinamarca. Al intentar volver descubre que esos agentes del terrorismo de Estado se habían reciclado en democracia, ocupando altos cargos en la misma policía con el aval de los principales dirigentes políticos de la provincia. Sobre la base de este libro Sergio Schmucler filmó en 2012 una película del mismo nombre. - Mariano Saravia es un periodista, historiador y docente universitario nacido en Córdoba, Argentina. Conduce el programa radial Mirada sur, enfocado en política internacional, y trabaja como columnista en otros envíos. Ha recorrido su provincia y otros puntos de América Latina dictando conferencias sobre diversos temas. Lleva publicados diez libros hasta la fecha, entre los cuales se cuentan La sombra azul (2005), El grito armenio (2007), El golpe paraguayo (2012) y Cuadernos de un viajador 1 y 2 (2016).]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a2e8177432b76e8406071ebbb8794550.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>China: Fragile Superpower by Susan L. Shirk</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/china-fragile-superpower-by-susan-l-shirk--65206384</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601294" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601294</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: China: Fragile Superpower Author: Susan L. Shirk Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Susan L. Shirk, a former Deputy Assistant Secretary of State responsible for China, knows many of today's Chinese rulers personally and has studied them for three decades. She offers invaluable insight into how they think—and what they fear. In this revealing book, you will see the world through the eyes of men like President Hu Jintao and former President Jiang Zemin. We discover a fragile communist regime desperate to survive in a society turned upside down by miraculous economic growth and a stunning new openness to the greater world. Theirs is a regime afraid of its own citizens, and this fear motivates many of their decisions when dealing with the US and other foreign nations. In particular, the fervent nationalism of the Chinese people, combined with their passionate resentment of Japan, and attachment to Taiwan, have made relations with these two regions a minefield. It is here, Shirk concludes, in the tangled interactions between Japan, Taiwan, China, and the United States, that the greatest danger lies. Shirk argues that rising powers such as China tend to provoke wars in large part because other countries mishandle them. Unless we understand China's brittle internal politics and the fears that motivate its leaders, we face the very real possibility of avoidable conflict with China.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601294</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206384/9798765043547.mp3" length="14437159" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601294 to listen full audiobooks. Title: China: Fragile Superpower Author: Susan L. Shirk Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 23,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601294" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601294</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: China: Fragile Superpower Author: Susan L. Shirk Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Susan L. Shirk, a former Deputy Assistant Secretary of State responsible for China, knows many of today's Chinese rulers personally and has studied them for three decades. She offers invaluable insight into how they think—and what they fear. In this revealing book, you will see the world through the eyes of men like President Hu Jintao and former President Jiang Zemin. We discover a fragile communist regime desperate to survive in a society turned upside down by miraculous economic growth and a stunning new openness to the greater world. Theirs is a regime afraid of its own citizens, and this fear motivates many of their decisions when dealing with the US and other foreign nations. In particular, the fervent nationalism of the Chinese people, combined with their passionate resentment of Japan, and attachment to Taiwan, have made relations with these two regions a minefield. It is here, Shirk concludes, in the tangled interactions between Japan, Taiwan, China, and the United States, that the greatest danger lies. Shirk argues that rising powers such as China tend to provoke wars in large part because other countries mishandle them. Unless we understand China's brittle internal politics and the fears that motivate its leaders, we face the very real possibility of avoidable conflict with China.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a0b7fa9ac6dab84e34e82fc0588c710c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Food Allergy Advocacy: Parenting and the Politics of Care by Danya Glabau</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/food-allergy-advocacy-parenting-and-the-politics-of-care-by-danya-glabau--65206379</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610761" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610761</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Allergy Advocacy: Parenting and the Politics of Care Author: Danya Glabau Narrator: Melissa Redmond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A detailed exploration of parents' fight for a safe environment for their kids, interrogating how race, class, and gender shape health advocacy The success of food allergy activism in highlighting the dangers of foodborne allergens shows how illness communities can effectively advocate for the needs of their members. In Food Allergy Advocacy, Danya Glabau follows parents and activists as they fight for allergen-free environments, accurate labeling, the fair application of disability law, and access to life-saving medications for food-allergic children in the United States. At the same time, she shows how this activism also reproduces the culturally dominant politics of personhood and responsibility, based on an idealized version of the American family, centered around white, middle-class, and heteronormative motherhood. By holding up the threat of food allergens to the white nuclear family to galvanize political and scientific action, Glabau shows, the movement excludes many, including Black women and disabled adults, whose families and health have too often been marginalized from public health and social safety net programs. Further, its strategies are founded on the assumption that market-based solutions will address issues of social exclusion and equal access to healthcare.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610761</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206379/9798765043127.mp3" length="14437300" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610761 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Allergy Advocacy: Parenting and the Politics of Care Author: Danya Glabau Narrator: Melissa Redmond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610761" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610761</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Allergy Advocacy: Parenting and the Politics of Care Author: Danya Glabau Narrator: Melissa Redmond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A detailed exploration of parents' fight for a safe environment for their kids, interrogating how race, class, and gender shape health advocacy The success of food allergy activism in highlighting the dangers of foodborne allergens shows how illness communities can effectively advocate for the needs of their members. In Food Allergy Advocacy, Danya Glabau follows parents and activists as they fight for allergen-free environments, accurate labeling, the fair application of disability law, and access to life-saving medications for food-allergic children in the United States. At the same time, she shows how this activism also reproduces the culturally dominant politics of personhood and responsibility, based on an idealized version of the American family, centered around white, middle-class, and heteronormative motherhood. By holding up the threat of food allergens to the white nuclear family to galvanize political and scientific action, Glabau shows, the movement excludes many, including Black women and disabled adults, whose families and health have too often been marginalized from public health and social safety net programs. Further, its strategies are founded on the assumption that market-based solutions will address issues of social exclusion and equal access to healthcare.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/82b9c63586554b1dc1a4eba8b617aeac.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Future War and the Defence of Europe by Frederick Ben Hodges, Julian Lindley-French, John R. Allen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/future-war-and-the-defence-of-europe-by-frederick-ben-hodges-julian-lindley-french-john-r-allen--65206324</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603440" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603440</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future War and the Defence of Europe Author: Frederick Ben Hodges, Julian Lindley-French, John R. Allen Narrator: Liam Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Future War and the Defence of Europe offers a major new analysis of how peace and security can be maintained in Europe: a continent that has suffered two cataclysmic conflicts since 1914. Taking as its starting point the COVID-19 pandemic and way it will inevitably accelerate some key global dynamics already in play, the book goes on to weave history, strategy, policy, and technology into a compelling analytical narrative. It lays out in forensic detail the scale of the challenge Europeans and their allies face if Europe's peace is to be upheld in a transformative century. The book upends foundational assumptions about how Europe's defence is organised, the role of a fast-changing transatlantic relationship, NATO, the EU, and their constituent nation-states. At the heart of the book is a radical vision of a technology-enabling future European defence, built around a new kind of Atlantic Alliance, an innovative strategic public-private partnership, and the future hyper-electronic European force, E-Force, it must spawn. Europeans should be under no illusion: unless they do far more for their own defence, and very differently, all that they now take for granted could be lost in the maze of hybrid war, cyber war, and hyper war they must face.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603440</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206324/9798765054420.mp3" length="14437226" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future War and the Defence of Europe Author: Frederick Ben Hodges, Julian Lindley-French, John R. Allen Narrator: Liam Price Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603440" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603440</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future War and the Defence of Europe Author: Frederick Ben Hodges, Julian Lindley-French, John R. Allen Narrator: Liam Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Future War and the Defence of Europe offers a major new analysis of how peace and security can be maintained in Europe: a continent that has suffered two cataclysmic conflicts since 1914. Taking as its starting point the COVID-19 pandemic and way it will inevitably accelerate some key global dynamics already in play, the book goes on to weave history, strategy, policy, and technology into a compelling analytical narrative. It lays out in forensic detail the scale of the challenge Europeans and their allies face if Europe's peace is to be upheld in a transformative century. The book upends foundational assumptions about how Europe's defence is organised, the role of a fast-changing transatlantic relationship, NATO, the EU, and their constituent nation-states. At the heart of the book is a radical vision of a technology-enabling future European defence, built around a new kind of Atlantic Alliance, an innovative strategic public-private partnership, and the future hyper-electronic European force, E-Force, it must spawn. Europeans should be under no illusion: unless they do far more for their own defence, and very differently, all that they now take for granted could be lost in the maze of hybrid war, cyber war, and hyper war they must face.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b2d8242fb4b1119f44e437f582fda912.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Sense of Balance by John Howard</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-sense-of-balance-by-john-howard--65206317</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603077" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603077</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Sense of Balance Author: John Howard Narrator: John Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On how our sense of balance has defined us as a nation and will safeguard our future.  In the years that John Howard served in the national parliament he came to understand the special character of Australia; to appreciate its strengths and weaknesses; and most importantly to respect the sense of balance in the formulation of public policy that has long defined us as a nation and made Australia an attractive destination for people from across the world. In this book he explores this balance, its foundations and its future. Written against the backdrop of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as some of the more contested political events of recent years - the election of Donald Trump, the Brexit vote, the rise of China, and, within our own country, a carousel of six prime ministers in eleven years - these reflections touch on how Australia has responded to pressure over the last decade or so. Commentary on these subjects from politicians, opinion writers and social media can sometimes seem shrill and divisive. Australia's 25th and second longest serving prime minister has faith that no matter what challenges and extremes threaten to upset our sense of balance, the country's institutions and people will remain robust into the foreseeable future. PRAISE 'John Howard's ongoing and important contribution to this country continues with his latest laser sharp book, A Sense of Balance. No former leader understands the Australian character better than our 25th Prime Minister' Janet Albrechtsen, columnist]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603077</guid><pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206317/9781460744703.mp3" length="2437224" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603077 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Sense of Balance Author: John Howard Narrator: John Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 17, 2022...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603077" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603077</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Sense of Balance Author: John Howard Narrator: John Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On how our sense of balance has defined us as a nation and will safeguard our future.  In the years that John Howard served in the national parliament he came to understand the special character of Australia; to appreciate its strengths and weaknesses; and most importantly to respect the sense of balance in the formulation of public policy that has long defined us as a nation and made Australia an attractive destination for people from across the world. In this book he explores this balance, its foundations and its future. Written against the backdrop of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as some of the more contested political events of recent years - the election of Donald Trump, the Brexit vote, the rise of China, and, within our own country, a carousel of six prime ministers in eleven years - these reflections touch on how Australia has responded to pressure over the last decade or so. Commentary on these subjects from politicians, opinion writers and social media can sometimes seem shrill and divisive. Australia's 25th and second longest serving prime minister has faith that no matter what challenges and extremes threaten to upset our sense of balance, the country's institutions and people will remain robust into the foreseeable future. PRAISE 'John Howard's ongoing and important contribution to this country continues with his latest laser sharp book, A Sense of Balance. No former leader understands the Australian character better than our 25th Prime Minister' Janet Albrechtsen, columnist]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/71a2634ec4648232278537f225e4c905.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Washington's Heir: The Life of Justice Bushrod Washington by Gerard N. Magliocca</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/washington-s-heir-the-life-of-justice-bushrod-washington-by-gerard-n-magliocca--65206425</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594978" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594978</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Washington's Heir: The Life of Justice Bushrod Washington Author: Gerard N. Magliocca Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The first biography of George Washington's extraordinary nephew, who inherited Mount Vernon and was Chief Justice John Marshall's right-hand man on the Supreme Court for nearly thirty years. In Washington's Heir, Gerard N. Magliocca gives us the first published biography of Bushrod Washington, one of the most underrated Founding Fathers. Born in 1762, Justice Washington fought in the Revolutionary War, served in Virginia's ratifying convention for the Constitution, and was Chief Justice John Marshall's partner in establishing the authority of the Supreme Court. Though he could only see from one eye, Justice Washington wrote many landmark decisions defining the fundamental rights of citizens and the structure of the Constitution, including Corfield v. Coryell—an influential source for the Congress that proposed the Fourteenth Amendment. As George Washington's personal heir, Bushrod inherited both Mount Vernon and the family legacy of owning other people, one of whom was almost certainly his half-brother or nephew. Yet Justice Washington alone among the Founders was criticized by journalists for selling enslaved people and, in turn, issued a public defense of his actions that laid bare the hypocrisy and cruelty of slavery.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594978</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206425/9798765036761.mp3" length="14437295" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594978 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Washington's Heir: The Life of Justice Bushrod Washington Author: Gerard N. Magliocca Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594978" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594978</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Washington's Heir: The Life of Justice Bushrod Washington Author: Gerard N. Magliocca Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The first biography of George Washington's extraordinary nephew, who inherited Mount Vernon and was Chief Justice John Marshall's right-hand man on the Supreme Court for nearly thirty years. In Washington's Heir, Gerard N. Magliocca gives us the first published biography of Bushrod Washington, one of the most underrated Founding Fathers. Born in 1762, Justice Washington fought in the Revolutionary War, served in Virginia's ratifying convention for the Constitution, and was Chief Justice John Marshall's partner in establishing the authority of the Supreme Court. Though he could only see from one eye, Justice Washington wrote many landmark decisions defining the fundamental rights of citizens and the structure of the Constitution, including Corfield v. Coryell—an influential source for the Congress that proposed the Fourteenth Amendment. As George Washington's personal heir, Bushrod inherited both Mount Vernon and the family legacy of owning other people, one of whom was almost certainly his half-brother or nephew. Yet Justice Washington alone among the Founders was criticized by journalists for selling enslaved people and, in turn, issued a public defense of his actions that laid bare the hypocrisy and cruelty of slavery.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0bf0877d8c6623a046ddf9b2d510bad2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Politically Incorrect Guide to Economics by Thomas J. Dilorenzo</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-politically-incorrect-guide-to-economics-by-thomas-j-dilorenzo--65206409</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590279" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590279</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Economics Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: Thomas J. Dilorenzo Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Another entry in the best-selling, irreverent, hard-hitting Politically Incorrect Guide series! Economics from a rational, conservative viewpoint—that is, a refreshing look at how money actually works from an author who knows the score, and how the law of economics are frequently broken and derailed by pernicious leftists and virtue signaling progressives. Markets Rule. Socialism Sucks. Time to wise up. Think economics is the Dismal Science? No more! Here is the lowdown on the biases, superstitions, and outright falsehoods that permeate and corrupt economics and economic policy. Here’s the skinny on the poisonous effects of socialism and crony capitalism. Even better, here is an irreverent but clear-eyed explanation of how markets and economies work and how government intervention so often doesn’t, routinely makes things worse, and how it’s usually the cause of economic crises in the first place. Here’s how the power of the free market bursts forth and conquers, despite the worms, leeches, slings and arrows of socialism and anarchy trying to do in human creativity and ingenuity at every turn. How the myth of so-called “market failure” is total bunk. Why every attempt by government to stabilize the economy seems to put it in a tailspin instead. How corporations cozy up to big government and use regulation to create monopoly profits. Why “stimulus spending” makes us poor and hands the power-seeking goons of the governing class even more control over our lives. Plus, here’s a chance to supercharge your economic IQ with concentrated wisdom from masters of market scholarship Ludwig von Mises, F.A. Hayek, Milton Friedman, and more! A no-nonsense, irreverent guide to economics from a legendary teacher, thinker, and Mises Institute scholar that may be the best book on economics since Adam Smith visited a pin factory, figured out how the division of labor works, and wrote it all down in one handy volume!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590279</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206409/9798200883875.mp3" length="1477579" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590279 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Economics Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: Thomas J. Dilorenzo Narrator: John Mclain Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590279" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590279</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Economics Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: Thomas J. Dilorenzo Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Another entry in the best-selling, irreverent, hard-hitting Politically Incorrect Guide series! Economics from a rational, conservative viewpoint—that is, a refreshing look at how money actually works from an author who knows the score, and how the law of economics are frequently broken and derailed by pernicious leftists and virtue signaling progressives. Markets Rule. Socialism Sucks. Time to wise up. Think economics is the Dismal Science? No more! Here is the lowdown on the biases, superstitions, and outright falsehoods that permeate and corrupt economics and economic policy. Here’s the skinny on the poisonous effects of socialism and crony capitalism. Even better, here is an irreverent but clear-eyed explanation of how markets and economies work and how government intervention so often doesn’t, routinely makes things worse, and how it’s usually the cause of economic crises in the first place. Here’s how the power of the free market bursts forth and conquers, despite the worms, leeches, slings and arrows of socialism and anarchy trying to do in human creativity and ingenuity at every turn. How the myth of so-called “market failure” is total bunk. Why every attempt by government to stabilize the economy seems to put it in a tailspin instead. How corporations cozy up to big government and use regulation to create monopoly profits. Why “stimulus spending” makes us poor and hands the power-seeking goons of the governing class even more control over our lives. Plus, here’s a chance to supercharge your economic IQ with concentrated wisdom from masters of market scholarship Ludwig von Mises, F.A. Hayek, Milton Friedman, and more! A no-nonsense, irreverent guide to economics from a legendary teacher, thinker, and Mises Institute scholar that may be the best book on economics since Adam Smith visited a pin factory, figured out how the division of labor works, and wrote it all down in one handy volume!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/371ce366372c554e91034fccf7a87914.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dollars for Life: The Anti-Abortion Movement and the Fall of the Republican Establishment by Mary Ziegler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dollars-for-life-the-anti-abortion-movement-and-the-fall-of-the-republican-establishment-by-mary-ziegler--65206408</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595021" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595021</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dollars for Life: The Anti-Abortion Movement and the Fall of the Republican Establishment Author: Mary Ziegler Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A new understanding of the slow drift to extremes in American politics that shows how the antiabortion movement remade the Republican Party 'A sober, knowledgeable scholarly analysis of a timely issue.' —Kirkus Reviews The modern Republican Party is the party of conservative Christianity and big business—two things so closely identified with the contemporary GOP that we hardly notice the strangeness of the pairing. Legal historian Mary Ziegler traces how the anti-abortion movement helped to forge and later upend this alliance. Beginning with the Supreme Court's landmark decision in Buckley v. Valeo, right-to-lifers fought to gain power in the GOP by changing how campaign spending—and the First Amendment—work. The anti-abortion movement helped to revolutionize the rules of money in US politics and persuaded conservative voters to fixate on the federal courts. Ultimately, the campaign finance landscape that abortion foes created fueled the GOP's embrace of populism and the rise of Donald Trump. Ziegler offers a surprising new view of the slow drift to extremes in American politics—and explains how it had everything to do with the strange intersection of right-to-life politics and campaign spending.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595021</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206408/9798765054963.mp3" length="14437198" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595021 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dollars for Life: The Anti-Abortion Movement and the Fall of the Republican Establishment Author: Mary Ziegler Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595021" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595021</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dollars for Life: The Anti-Abortion Movement and the Fall of the Republican Establishment Author: Mary Ziegler Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A new understanding of the slow drift to extremes in American politics that shows how the antiabortion movement remade the Republican Party 'A sober, knowledgeable scholarly analysis of a timely issue.' —Kirkus Reviews The modern Republican Party is the party of conservative Christianity and big business—two things so closely identified with the contemporary GOP that we hardly notice the strangeness of the pairing. Legal historian Mary Ziegler traces how the anti-abortion movement helped to forge and later upend this alliance. Beginning with the Supreme Court's landmark decision in Buckley v. Valeo, right-to-lifers fought to gain power in the GOP by changing how campaign spending—and the First Amendment—work. The anti-abortion movement helped to revolutionize the rules of money in US politics and persuaded conservative voters to fixate on the federal courts. Ultimately, the campaign finance landscape that abortion foes created fueled the GOP's embrace of populism and the rise of Donald Trump. Ziegler offers a surprising new view of the slow drift to extremes in American politics—and explains how it had everything to do with the strange intersection of right-to-life politics and campaign spending.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/34dd1dee6ee914b167b353cc2c1b288c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Danger Zone: The Coming Conflict with China by Hal Brands, Michael Beckley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/danger-zone-the-coming-conflict-with-china-by-hal-brands-michael-beckley--65206406</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592819" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592819</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Danger Zone: The Coming Conflict with China Author: Hal Brands, Michael Beckley Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It has become conventional wisdom that America and China are running a 'superpower marathon.' Yet Hal Brands and Michael Beckley pose a counterintuitive question: What if the sharpest phase of that competition is more like a decade-long sprint? The Sino-American contest is driven by clashing geopolitical interests and a stark ideological dispute over whether authoritarianism or democracy will dominate the twenty-first century. But both history and China's current trajectory suggest that this rivalry will reach its moment of maximum danger in the 2020s. China is at a perilous moment: strong enough to violently challenge the existing order, yet losing confidence that time is on its side. Witness its aggression toward Taiwan, its record-breaking military buildup, and its efforts to dominate the critical technologies that will shape the world's future. The Chinese challenge will most likely prove more manageable than many pessimists currently believe—but during the 2020s, the pace of Sino-American conflict will accelerate, and the prospect of war will be frighteningly real. America, Brands and Beckley argue, will still need a sustainable approach to winning a protracted global competition.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592819</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206406/9798765046463.mp3" length="14437234" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592819 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Danger Zone: The Coming Conflict with China Author: Hal Brands, Michael Beckley Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592819" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592819</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Danger Zone: The Coming Conflict with China Author: Hal Brands, Michael Beckley Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It has become conventional wisdom that America and China are running a 'superpower marathon.' Yet Hal Brands and Michael Beckley pose a counterintuitive question: What if the sharpest phase of that competition is more like a decade-long sprint? The Sino-American contest is driven by clashing geopolitical interests and a stark ideological dispute over whether authoritarianism or democracy will dominate the twenty-first century. But both history and China's current trajectory suggest that this rivalry will reach its moment of maximum danger in the 2020s. China is at a perilous moment: strong enough to violently challenge the existing order, yet losing confidence that time is on its side. Witness its aggression toward Taiwan, its record-breaking military buildup, and its efforts to dominate the critical technologies that will shape the world's future. The Chinese challenge will most likely prove more manageable than many pessimists currently believe—but during the 2020s, the pace of Sino-American conflict will accelerate, and the prospect of war will be frighteningly real. America, Brands and Beckley argue, will still need a sustainable approach to winning a protracted global competition.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bf6a4107519426719dd70489f62aafae.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Near Abroad: Putin, the West, and the Contest over Ukraine and the Caucasus by Gerard Toal</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/near-abroad-putin-the-west-and-the-contest-over-ukraine-and-the-caucasus-by-gerard-toal--65206303</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Near Abroad: Putin, the West, and the Contest over Ukraine and the Caucasus Author: Gerard Toal Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Before Russia invaded Ukraine, it invaded Georgia. Both states are part of Russia's 'near abroad'—newly independent states that were once part of the Soviet Union. While the Russia-Georgia war of 2008 faded from the headlines in the wake of the global recession, the geopolitical contest that created it did not. Six years later, the specter of a revanchist Russia returned when Putin's forces invaded and annexed the Crimean peninsula. Crimea's annexation and follow on conflict in eastern Ukraine have generated the greatest geopolitical crisis on the European continent since the end of the Cold War. In Near Abroad, the eminent political geographer Gerard Toal moves beyond the polemical rhetoric that surrounds Russia's interventions in Georgia and Ukraine to study the underlying territorial conflicts and geopolitical struggles. Central to understanding are legacies of the Soviet Union collapse: unresolved territorial issues, weak states and a conflicted geopolitical culture in Russia over the new territorial order. The West's desire to expand NATO contributed to a growing geopolitical contest in Russia's near abroad. This found expression in a 2008 NATO proclamation that Georgia and Ukraine will become members of NATO, a 'red line' issue for Russia. The road to invasion and war in Georgia and Ukraine, thereafter, is explained in Near Abroad.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601318</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206303/9798765054444.mp3" length="14437262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601318 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Near Abroad: Putin, the West, and the Contest over Ukraine and the Caucasus Author: Gerard Toal Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Near Abroad: Putin, the West, and the Contest over Ukraine and the Caucasus Author: Gerard Toal Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Before Russia invaded Ukraine, it invaded Georgia. Both states are part of Russia's 'near abroad'—newly independent states that were once part of the Soviet Union. While the Russia-Georgia war of 2008 faded from the headlines in the wake of the global recession, the geopolitical contest that created it did not. Six years later, the specter of a revanchist Russia returned when Putin's forces invaded and annexed the Crimean peninsula. Crimea's annexation and follow on conflict in eastern Ukraine have generated the greatest geopolitical crisis on the European continent since the end of the Cold War. In Near Abroad, the eminent political geographer Gerard Toal moves beyond the polemical rhetoric that surrounds Russia's interventions in Georgia and Ukraine to study the underlying territorial conflicts and geopolitical struggles. Central to understanding are legacies of the Soviet Union collapse: unresolved territorial issues, weak states and a conflicted geopolitical culture in Russia over the new territorial order. The West's desire to expand NATO contributed to a growing geopolitical contest in Russia's near abroad. This found expression in a 2008 NATO proclamation that Georgia and Ukraine will become members of NATO, a 'red line' issue for Russia. The road to invasion and war in Georgia and Ukraine, thereafter, is explained in Near Abroad.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c31e7361eaea84294899941d44e2e991.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Belarus: The Last European Dictatorship by Andrew Wilson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/belarus-the-last-european-dictatorship-by-andrew-wilson--65206441</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590176" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590176</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Belarus: The Last European Dictatorship Author: Andrew Wilson Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 41 minutes Release date: August  9, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A comprehensive and revelatory history of modern Belarus—from independence to Lukashenka's contested 2020 re-election. 'Andrew Wilson has done all students of European politics a great service by making the history of Belarus comprehensible, and by showing how the future of Belarus might be different than its present.'—Timothy Snyder, author of Bloodlands Protests continue in Belarus in the aftermath of 2020's fraught presidential election. In this updated edition of his exploration of Belarus's complicated road to nationhood since it gained independence in 1991, Andrew Wilson has added two new chapters that reveal the extent of Aliaksandr Lukashenka's grip on power, the growth of the opposition movement and the violent crackdown that followed the vote. Wilson also examines the prospects for Europe as a whole of either Lukashenka's downfall or his survival with Russian support.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590176</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206441/9798765045060.mp3" length="14437247" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590176 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Belarus: The Last European Dictatorship Author: Andrew Wilson Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 41 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590176" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590176</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Belarus: The Last European Dictatorship Author: Andrew Wilson Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 41 minutes Release date: August  9, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A comprehensive and revelatory history of modern Belarus—from independence to Lukashenka's contested 2020 re-election. 'Andrew Wilson has done all students of European politics a great service by making the history of Belarus comprehensible, and by showing how the future of Belarus might be different than its present.'—Timothy Snyder, author of Bloodlands Protests continue in Belarus in the aftermath of 2020's fraught presidential election. In this updated edition of his exploration of Belarus's complicated road to nationhood since it gained independence in 1991, Andrew Wilson has added two new chapters that reveal the extent of Aliaksandr Lukashenka's grip on power, the growth of the opposition movement and the violent crackdown that followed the vote. Wilson also examines the prospects for Europe as a whole of either Lukashenka's downfall or his survival with Russian support.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/02e50f1daf758215b68b84471cf9ce3f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Cairo 1921: Ten Days that Made the Middle East by C. Brad Faught</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/cairo-1921-ten-days-that-made-the-middle-east-by-c-brad-faught--65206383</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600234" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600234</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cairo 1921: Ten Days that Made the Middle East Author: C. Brad Faught Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: August  9, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The first comprehensive history of the 1921 Cairo Conference which reveals its enduring impact on the modern Middle East Called by Winston Churchill in 1921, the Cairo Conference set out to redraw the map of the Middle East in the wake of the First World War and the collapse of the Ottoman Empire. The summit established the states of Iraq and Jordan as part of the Sherifian Solution and confirmed the establishment of a Jewish homeland in Palestine—the future state of Israel. No other conference had such an enduring impact on the region.   C. Brad Faught demonstrates how the conference, although dominated by the British with limited local participation, was an ambitious, if ultimately unsuccessful, attempt to move the Middle East into the world of modern nationalism. Faught reveals that many officials, including T. E. Lawrence and Gertrude Bell, were driven by the determination for state building in the area to succeed. Their prejudices, combined with their abilities, would profoundly alter the Middle East for decades to come.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600234</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206383/9798765054864.mp3" length="14437237" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600234 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cairo 1921: Ten Days that Made the Middle East Author: C. Brad Faught Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600234" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600234</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cairo 1921: Ten Days that Made the Middle East Author: C. Brad Faught Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: August  9, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The first comprehensive history of the 1921 Cairo Conference which reveals its enduring impact on the modern Middle East Called by Winston Churchill in 1921, the Cairo Conference set out to redraw the map of the Middle East in the wake of the First World War and the collapse of the Ottoman Empire. The summit established the states of Iraq and Jordan as part of the Sherifian Solution and confirmed the establishment of a Jewish homeland in Palestine—the future state of Israel. No other conference had such an enduring impact on the region.   C. Brad Faught demonstrates how the conference, although dominated by the British with limited local participation, was an ambitious, if ultimately unsuccessful, attempt to move the Middle East into the world of modern nationalism. Faught reveals that many officials, including T. E. Lawrence and Gertrude Bell, were driven by the determination for state building in the area to succeed. Their prejudices, combined with their abilities, would profoundly alter the Middle East for decades to come.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/39f4f5cfb060d529b9be732c2d610e33.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Por una democracia progresista: Debatir el presente para un mejor futuro by Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-por-una-democracia-progresista-debatir-el-presente-para-un-mejor-futuro-by-cuauhtemoc-cardenas--65206261</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/613398" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/613398</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por una democracia progresista: Debatir el presente para un mejor futuro Author: Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas Narrator: Antonio Raluy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: August  4, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La Revolución Mexicana es indetenible, ya que su propósito siempre ha sido erigir un pueblo esencialmente democrático.  Figura central de la transición a la democracia en nuestro país y dirigente de la izquierda mexicana,Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas, en este nuevo libro, hace una revisión histórica y crítica del proceso revolucionario iniciado en 1910.  Con un desglose de los principales documentos, analiza las diversas etapas, desde los antecedentes, la fase armada (1910-1920), el periodo de estabilización (1920-1934), el momento más alto de las realizaciones revolucionarias (1934- 1940), el declive (1941-1982)  y el ciclo del desmantelamiento institucionalizado (1982-2018). Por una democracia progresista demuestra que la Revolución Mexicana es una revolución viva, cuyo propósito sigue siendo la edificación de una amplia, sólida y perdurable democracia. Así, a partir de argumentos rotundos y una consistente visión del futuro, concluye que la nación atraviesa por una crisis institucional donde debe volverse a los principios y a la ideología de la Revolución,  pues todavía propone soluciones inmediatas y le resta mucho camino por andar.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/613398</guid><pubDate>Thu, 04 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206261/9786073820400.mp3" length="2437269" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/613398 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por una democracia progresista: Debatir el presente para un mejor futuro Author: Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas Narrator: Antonio Raluy Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/613398" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/613398</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por una democracia progresista: Debatir el presente para un mejor futuro Author: Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas Narrator: Antonio Raluy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: August  4, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La Revolución Mexicana es indetenible, ya que su propósito siempre ha sido erigir un pueblo esencialmente democrático.  Figura central de la transición a la democracia en nuestro país y dirigente de la izquierda mexicana,Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas, en este nuevo libro, hace una revisión histórica y crítica del proceso revolucionario iniciado en 1910.  Con un desglose de los principales documentos, analiza las diversas etapas, desde los antecedentes, la fase armada (1910-1920), el periodo de estabilización (1920-1934), el momento más alto de las realizaciones revolucionarias (1934- 1940), el declive (1941-1982)  y el ciclo del desmantelamiento institucionalizado (1982-2018). Por una democracia progresista demuestra que la Revolución Mexicana es una revolución viva, cuyo propósito sigue siendo la edificación de una amplia, sólida y perdurable democracia. Así, a partir de argumentos rotundos y una consistente visión del futuro, concluye que la nación atraviesa por una crisis institucional donde debe volverse a los principios y a la ideología de la Revolución,  pues todavía propone soluciones inmediatas y le resta mucho camino por andar.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/063988995db60fcff1631d057867c053.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Don't Go to College: A Case for Revolution by Michael Robillard, M.A., M.A., Phd, Phl Timothy Gordon Ma, Jd.</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-go-to-college-a-case-for-revolution-by-michael-robillard-m-a-m-a-phd-phl-timothy-gordon-ma-jd--65206433</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590309" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590309</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Go to College: A Case for Revolution Author: Michael Robillard, M.A., M.A., Phd, Phl Timothy Gordon Ma, Jd. Narrator: Axel Bosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: August  2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An examination of how America’s colleges have become an intellectual hell on Earth for anyone who wishes to think rationally and seek truth and wisdom, as well as a plan for how young citizens can claim and safeguard the learning and heritage to which they are entitled. From safe-spaces and trigger warnings, to grievance studies and neo-Marxist indoctrination, to sexual degeneracy and hook-up culture, to student loan indentured servitude, to useless degrees with no translatable real-world application, the modern-day American university now functions as the complete inversion of its original purpose.  Rather than creating civically minded, competent citizens and adults able to provide for themselves, their families, and their society, America’s universities now function as institutional assembly lines for the production of the new twenty-first century global citizen-serf: atomized, infantilized, dependent, and pacified. This book provides the definitive diagnosis of what exactly happened to America’s universities while giving the reader a blueprint for how young citizens, parents, and local communities alike can safeguard, escape, and begin resisting such pernicious indoctrination and illogical woke nonsense.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590309</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206433/9798212190497.mp3" length="1477643" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590309 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Go to College: A Case for Revolution Author: Michael Robillard, M.A., M.A., Phd, Phl Timothy Gordon Ma, Jd. Narrator: Axel Bosley Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590309" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590309</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Go to College: A Case for Revolution Author: Michael Robillard, M.A., M.A., Phd, Phl Timothy Gordon Ma, Jd. Narrator: Axel Bosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: August  2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An examination of how America’s colleges have become an intellectual hell on Earth for anyone who wishes to think rationally and seek truth and wisdom, as well as a plan for how young citizens can claim and safeguard the learning and heritage to which they are entitled. From safe-spaces and trigger warnings, to grievance studies and neo-Marxist indoctrination, to sexual degeneracy and hook-up culture, to student loan indentured servitude, to useless degrees with no translatable real-world application, the modern-day American university now functions as the complete inversion of its original purpose.  Rather than creating civically minded, competent citizens and adults able to provide for themselves, their families, and their society, America’s universities now function as institutional assembly lines for the production of the new twenty-first century global citizen-serf: atomized, infantilized, dependent, and pacified. This book provides the definitive diagnosis of what exactly happened to America’s universities while giving the reader a blueprint for how young citizens, parents, and local communities alike can safeguard, escape, and begin resisting such pernicious indoctrination and illogical woke nonsense.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/30343a2e9ca2e29a753158646161682d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Fire in the Streets: How You Can Confidently Respond to Incendiary Cultural Topics by Douglas R. Groothuis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/fire-in-the-streets-how-you-can-confidently-respond-to-incendiary-cultural-topics-by-douglas-r-groothuis--65206257</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603192" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603192</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire in the Streets: How You Can Confidently Respond to Incendiary Cultural Topics Author: Douglas R. Groothuis Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: August  2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'What can we do amidst all the controversies over race and gender in society today? Do we have anything constructive to offer the world? As Jesus's followers, we do, and this book shows the way. A dangerous and revolutionary philosophy is responsible for the street fires in America. It fuels the actions of Black Lives Matter and Antifa. It invades curricula in public schools and in our military. It is in our churches. You have heard the phrase “white privilege,” the need for “safe spaces” on campuses, and perhaps the tongue-twister “intersectionality.” Behind all of these is an ideology called critical theory, which is a form of cultural Marxism that divides society into the oppressed and the oppressors. It claims that America is “systemically racist” and founded on slavery. It believes that the voices of minorities should trump the perspective of dominant culture. Unfortunately, this flawed perspective is overtaking our culture and infiltrating many of our churches. In this book, we consider the importance of critical theory, explain its origins, question its aims, and subject it to a logical critique. Listeners will -Gain a better understanding of critical theory; -See how it is permeating many aspects of society; -Discover how it opposes a Christian worldview; -Learn how to counter it constructively. A biblical alternative to matters of justice and politics is available, one that is right and true, one based on the ideals of the American founding. Find it in these pages.']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603192</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206257/9781666615784.mp3" length="1477759" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603192 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire in the Streets: How You Can Confidently Respond to Incendiary Cultural Topics Author: Douglas R. Groothuis Narrator: Adam Verner Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603192" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603192</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire in the Streets: How You Can Confidently Respond to Incendiary Cultural Topics Author: Douglas R. Groothuis Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: August  2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'What can we do amidst all the controversies over race and gender in society today? Do we have anything constructive to offer the world? As Jesus's followers, we do, and this book shows the way. A dangerous and revolutionary philosophy is responsible for the street fires in America. It fuels the actions of Black Lives Matter and Antifa. It invades curricula in public schools and in our military. It is in our churches. You have heard the phrase “white privilege,” the need for “safe spaces” on campuses, and perhaps the tongue-twister “intersectionality.” Behind all of these is an ideology called critical theory, which is a form of cultural Marxism that divides society into the oppressed and the oppressors. It claims that America is “systemically racist” and founded on slavery. It believes that the voices of minorities should trump the perspective of dominant culture. Unfortunately, this flawed perspective is overtaking our culture and infiltrating many of our churches. In this book, we consider the importance of critical theory, explain its origins, question its aims, and subject it to a logical critique. Listeners will -Gain a better understanding of critical theory; -See how it is permeating many aspects of society; -Discover how it opposes a Christian worldview; -Learn how to counter it constructively. A biblical alternative to matters of justice and politics is available, one that is right and true, one based on the ideals of the American founding. Find it in these pages.']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5a71aef17f2bc5ba68a9c04c194ac525.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The White Allies Handbook: 4 Weeks to Join the Racial Justice Fight for Black Women by Lecia Michelle</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-white-allies-handbook-4-weeks-to-join-the-racial-justice-fight-for-black-women-by-lecia-michelle--65206439</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590119" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590119</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The White Allies Handbook: 4 Weeks to Join the Racial Justice Fight for Black Women Author: Lecia Michelle Narrator: Julienne Irons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  You've read White Fragility and How to Be an Antiracist, but what comes next? The answer lies in this clear, actionable guide providing an invaluable four-week program for becoming an ally who makes a real difference in the racial justice fight. Black women have always been the driving force behind real change in this country—especially when it comes to racial justice work. But they shouldn't have to do it alone. If you're ready to stop standing on the sidelines and become anti-racist instead of passively 'not racist,' then this book is what you need. You'll discover: how to have difficult conversations about white supremacy, racism, and white privilege; how to listen to criticism without defensiveness; why it's harmful to ignore race or claim to be colorblind; and how to expand your racial justice circle by joining groups led by Black women and cultivating a group of like-minded allies.   Racism can only be defeated if white people educate themselves and actively engage in antiracism work, especially in their inner circles. With this book, you'll learn how to change from someone who defends and protects racism to someone who fights against it. And you'll become an example to others that true allies are made, not born.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590119</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206439/9781696607865.mp3" length="14437299" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590119 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The White Allies Handbook: 4 Weeks to Join the Racial Justice Fight for Black Women Author: Lecia Michelle Narrator: Julienne Irons Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590119" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590119</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The White Allies Handbook: 4 Weeks to Join the Racial Justice Fight for Black Women Author: Lecia Michelle Narrator: Julienne Irons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  You've read White Fragility and How to Be an Antiracist, but what comes next? The answer lies in this clear, actionable guide providing an invaluable four-week program for becoming an ally who makes a real difference in the racial justice fight. Black women have always been the driving force behind real change in this country—especially when it comes to racial justice work. But they shouldn't have to do it alone. If you're ready to stop standing on the sidelines and become anti-racist instead of passively 'not racist,' then this book is what you need. You'll discover: how to have difficult conversations about white supremacy, racism, and white privilege; how to listen to criticism without defensiveness; why it's harmful to ignore race or claim to be colorblind; and how to expand your racial justice circle by joining groups led by Black women and cultivating a group of like-minded allies.   Racism can only be defeated if white people educate themselves and actively engage in antiracism work, especially in their inner circles. With this book, you'll learn how to change from someone who defends and protects racism to someone who fights against it. And you'll become an example to others that true allies are made, not born.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8a41c5a064929869a0a3fa66deb3e3de.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Gang Politics: Revolution, Repression, and Crime by Kristian Williams</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/gang-politics-revolution-repression-and-crime-by-kristian-williams--65206438</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590157" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590157</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gang Politics: Revolution, Repression, and Crime Author: Kristian Williams Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Demystifying forces of the state, gangs, and revolutionary violence. In Gang Politics, Kristian Williams examines our society's understanding of social and political violence, what gets romanticized, misunderstood, or muddled. He explores the complex intersections between 'gangs' of all sorts—cops and criminals, Proud Boys and Antifa, Panthers and skinheads—arguing that government and criminality are intimately related, often sharing critical features. As society becomes more polarized and conflict more common, Williams's analysis is a crucial corrective to our usual ideas about the role violence might or should play in our social struggles.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590157</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206438/9798765025888.mp3" length="14437188" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590157 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gang Politics: Revolution, Repression, and Crime Author: Kristian Williams Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590157" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590157</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gang Politics: Revolution, Repression, and Crime Author: Kristian Williams Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Demystifying forces of the state, gangs, and revolutionary violence. In Gang Politics, Kristian Williams examines our society's understanding of social and political violence, what gets romanticized, misunderstood, or muddled. He explores the complex intersections between 'gangs' of all sorts—cops and criminals, Proud Boys and Antifa, Panthers and skinheads—arguing that government and criminality are intimately related, often sharing critical features. As society becomes more polarized and conflict more common, Williams's analysis is a crucial corrective to our usual ideas about the role violence might or should play in our social struggles.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/129617e3a4335e9367597ec3850ec890.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Science for a Green New Deal: Connecting Climate, Economics, and Social Justice by Eric A. Davidson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/science-for-a-green-new-deal-connecting-climate-economics-and-social-justice-by-eric-a-davidson--65206434</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594963" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594963</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Science for a Green New Deal: Connecting Climate, Economics, and Social Justice Author: Eric A. Davidson Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Since it was first proposed in the US House of Representatives, the Green New Deal has been hotly debated. The intent was not simply to fight climate change or address a specific environmental concern, but rather to tackle how climate change and other environmental challenges affect the economy, the vulnerable, and social justice—and vice versa. In Science for a Green New Deal, Eric Davidson dissects this legislative resolution. He also shows how green new deal thinking offers a framework for a convergence of the natural sciences, social science, economics, and community engagement to develop holistic policy solutions to the most pressing issues of our day. Davidson weaves the case for linkages among multiple global crises, including a pandemic that has reversed progress on fighting poverty and hunger, an acceleration of climate change, and a renewed awareness of profound social injustices highlighted by the Black Lives Matter movement. Illustrating these points with his personal life experiences as a child growing up in Montana and as a famed researcher leading a large scientific society, Davidson relates these complex challenges to our everyday lives and decision-making. Science for a Green New Deal is a realistic and optimistic look at how we can attain a more sustainable, prosperous, and just future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594963</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206434/9798765043967.mp3" length="14437333" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594963 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Science for a Green New Deal: Connecting Climate, Economics, and Social Justice Author: Eric A. Davidson Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594963" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594963</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Science for a Green New Deal: Connecting Climate, Economics, and Social Justice Author: Eric A. Davidson Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Since it was first proposed in the US House of Representatives, the Green New Deal has been hotly debated. The intent was not simply to fight climate change or address a specific environmental concern, but rather to tackle how climate change and other environmental challenges affect the economy, the vulnerable, and social justice—and vice versa. In Science for a Green New Deal, Eric Davidson dissects this legislative resolution. He also shows how green new deal thinking offers a framework for a convergence of the natural sciences, social science, economics, and community engagement to develop holistic policy solutions to the most pressing issues of our day. Davidson weaves the case for linkages among multiple global crises, including a pandemic that has reversed progress on fighting poverty and hunger, an acceleration of climate change, and a renewed awareness of profound social injustices highlighted by the Black Lives Matter movement. Illustrating these points with his personal life experiences as a child growing up in Montana and as a famed researcher leading a large scientific society, Davidson relates these complex challenges to our everyday lives and decision-making. Science for a Green New Deal is a realistic and optimistic look at how we can attain a more sustainable, prosperous, and just future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f0d97b5b66f5fbf1b09af89467523eec.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Why White Liberals Fail: Race and Southern Politics from FDR to Trump by Anthony J. Badger</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-white-liberals-fail-race-and-southern-politics-from-fdr-to-trump-by-anthony-j-badger--65206319</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600229" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600229</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why White Liberals Fail: Race and Southern Politics from FDR to Trump Author: Anthony J. Badger Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From FDR to Clinton, Democratic leaders have promised a New South—a model of social equality and economic opportunity. So how did the region become the stronghold of conservative Republicans in thrall to Donald Trump? After a lifetime studying Southern politics, Anthony Badger has come to a provocative conclusion: white liberals failed because they put their faith in policy solutions as an engine for social change and were reluctant to confront directly the explosive racial politics dividing their constituents. After World War II, many Americans believed that if the edifice of racial segregation, white supremacy, and voter disfranchisement could be dismantled across the South, the forces of liberalism would prevail. Hopeful that economic modernization and education would bring about gradual racial change, Southern moderates were rattled when civil rights protest and federal intervention forced their hand. Most were fatalistic in the face of massive resistance. When the end of segregation became inevitable, it was largely driven by activists and mediated by Republican businessmen. Badger considers the dilemmas liberals faced across the South, arguing that their failure cannot be blamed simply on entrenched racism. Conservative triumph was not inevitable, he argues, before pointing to specific false steps and missed opportunities.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600229</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206319/9798765042007.mp3" length="4837182" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600229 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why White Liberals Fail: Race and Southern Politics from FDR to Trump Author: Anthony J. Badger Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600229" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600229</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why White Liberals Fail: Race and Southern Politics from FDR to Trump Author: Anthony J. Badger Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From FDR to Clinton, Democratic leaders have promised a New South—a model of social equality and economic opportunity. So how did the region become the stronghold of conservative Republicans in thrall to Donald Trump? After a lifetime studying Southern politics, Anthony Badger has come to a provocative conclusion: white liberals failed because they put their faith in policy solutions as an engine for social change and were reluctant to confront directly the explosive racial politics dividing their constituents. After World War II, many Americans believed that if the edifice of racial segregation, white supremacy, and voter disfranchisement could be dismantled across the South, the forces of liberalism would prevail. Hopeful that economic modernization and education would bring about gradual racial change, Southern moderates were rattled when civil rights protest and federal intervention forced their hand. Most were fatalistic in the face of massive resistance. When the end of segregation became inevitable, it was largely driven by activists and mediated by Republican businessmen. Badger considers the dilemmas liberals faced across the South, arguing that their failure cannot be blamed simply on entrenched racism. Conservative triumph was not inevitable, he argues, before pointing to specific false steps and missed opportunities.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/201786db20bf6bde9aad25ebab08b24c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Holding the Calm: The Secret to Resolving Conflict and Defusing Tension by Hesha Abrams</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/holding-the-calm-the-secret-to-resolving-conflict-and-defusing-tension-by-hesha-abrams--65206274</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612943" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612943</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holding the Calm: The Secret to Resolving Conflict and Defusing Tension Author: Hesha Abrams Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Holding the Calm is a practical and immediately useful guide that meticulously lays out twenty concrete, easy-to-use tools for defusing tension, settling cases, resolving disputes, and rechanneling arguments. Conflict can be destructive. Thousands of years of history have shown that human beings have always struggled to resolve disputes calmly and nonviolently. Now our society has less respect for its institutions and authority figures than ever because most people don't know how to lead out of a conflict stalemate. But, says Hesha Abrams, it doesn't have to be this way. Holding the Calm is the ultimate guide to help mediators of all kinds develop workable, immediate conflict management skills to approach workplace issues, lawsuits, marriage disputes, and everyday arguments. It is chock full of tools and techniques designed to facilitate civilized discussions involving drastically opposing viewpoints. The book's short chapters are written in an easy, accessible format to impart rich skills, anecdotes, and lessons that will arm leaders with the best approaches to conflict. This book teaches readers how to pick the right solution for the right situation-like when to turn lemons into lemonade and when to reach for the tequila and salt. Reading group discussion guide available in book.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612943</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206274/9781663738202.mp3" length="2437268" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612943 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holding the Calm: The Secret to Resolving Conflict and Defusing Tension Author: Hesha Abrams Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612943" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612943</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holding the Calm: The Secret to Resolving Conflict and Defusing Tension Author: Hesha Abrams Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Holding the Calm is a practical and immediately useful guide that meticulously lays out twenty concrete, easy-to-use tools for defusing tension, settling cases, resolving disputes, and rechanneling arguments. Conflict can be destructive. Thousands of years of history have shown that human beings have always struggled to resolve disputes calmly and nonviolently. Now our society has less respect for its institutions and authority figures than ever because most people don't know how to lead out of a conflict stalemate. But, says Hesha Abrams, it doesn't have to be this way. Holding the Calm is the ultimate guide to help mediators of all kinds develop workable, immediate conflict management skills to approach workplace issues, lawsuits, marriage disputes, and everyday arguments. It is chock full of tools and techniques designed to facilitate civilized discussions involving drastically opposing viewpoints. The book's short chapters are written in an easy, accessible format to impart rich skills, anecdotes, and lessons that will arm leaders with the best approaches to conflict. This book teaches readers how to pick the right solution for the right situation-like when to turn lemons into lemonade and when to reach for the tequila and salt. Reading group discussion guide available in book.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f3bd72c87fd41d163c3b9380bf46f333.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - G/GESCHICHTE - Zwischen Galeere und Harem: Weiße Sklaven - Der Menschenhandel mit Europäern by G Geschichte</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-g-geschichte-zwischen-galeere-und-harem-weisse-sklaven-der-menschenhandel-mit-europaern-by-g-geschichte--65206292</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610944" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610944</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - G/GESCHICHTE - Zwischen Galeere und Harem: Weiße Sklaven - Der Menschenhandel mit Europäern Author: G Geschichte Narrator: Karsten Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 25, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wussten Sie, dass Miguel de Cervantes fünf Jahre lang als Sklave in Nordafrika vegetierte, bevor er seinen weltberühmten Romanhelden Don Quijote gegen Windmühlen kämpfen ließ? Dass er nur einer von rund 3,7 Millionen Europäern war, die in der Neuzeit, also seit 1500, versklavt wurden? Dass weite Küstenabschnitte in Italien menschenleer waren, weil die Bewohner aus Angst vor den Sklavenjägern ihre Dörfer am Meer verließen? Das millionenfache Leid der »weißen Sklaven« – den Begriff prägte der US-Senator und Anti-Sklaverei-Kämpfer Charles Sumner 1847 – ist heute weitgehend vergessen. Dabei zeigt es einmal mehr, was eine Versklavung für die Betroffenen bedeutet und was für ein Horror die Institution Sklaverei ist. Denn für die einzelne Person war es gleich, ob sie aus einem Dorf in Westafrika als Sklave nach Amerika verschleppt wurde oder aus einem Dorf in England nach Nordafrika.-]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610944</guid><pubDate>Mon, 25 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206292/9788728201732.mp3" length="2437176" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - G/GESCHICHTE - Zwischen Galeere und Harem: Weiße Sklaven - Der Menschenhandel mit Europäern Author: G Geschichte Narrator: Karsten Wolf...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610944" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610944</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - G/GESCHICHTE - Zwischen Galeere und Harem: Weiße Sklaven - Der Menschenhandel mit Europäern Author: G Geschichte Narrator: Karsten Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 25, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wussten Sie, dass Miguel de Cervantes fünf Jahre lang als Sklave in Nordafrika vegetierte, bevor er seinen weltberühmten Romanhelden Don Quijote gegen Windmühlen kämpfen ließ? Dass er nur einer von rund 3,7 Millionen Europäern war, die in der Neuzeit, also seit 1500, versklavt wurden? Dass weite Küstenabschnitte in Italien menschenleer waren, weil die Bewohner aus Angst vor den Sklavenjägern ihre Dörfer am Meer verließen? Das millionenfache Leid der »weißen Sklaven« – den Begriff prägte der US-Senator und Anti-Sklaverei-Kämpfer Charles Sumner 1847 – ist heute weitgehend vergessen. Dabei zeigt es einmal mehr, was eine Versklavung für die Betroffenen bedeutet und was für ein Horror die Institution Sklaverei ist. Denn für die einzelne Person war es gleich, ob sie aus einem Dorf in Westafrika als Sklave nach Amerika verschleppt wurde oder aus einem Dorf in England nach Nordafrika.-]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/44d3d27e9ed5241830c7d7a463a15938.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Illusion of Control: Why Financial Crises Happen, and What We Can (and Can't) Do About It by Jon Danielsson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-illusion-of-control-why-financial-crises-happen-and-what-we-can-and-can-t-do-about-it-by-jon-danielsson--65206444</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595012" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595012</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Illusion of Control: Why Financial Crises Happen, and What We Can (and Can't) Do About It Author: Jon Danielsson Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A challenge to the conventional wisdom surrounding financial risk, providing insight into why easy solutions to control the financial system are doomed to fail   Finance plays a key role in the prosperity of the modern world—but it also brings grave dangers. We seek to manage those threats with a vast array of sophisticated mathematical tools and techniques of financial risk management. Too often, though, we fail to address the greatest risk—the peril posed by our own behavior.   Jón Daníelsson argues that critical risk is generated from within, through the interactions of individuals and perpetuated by their beliefs, objectives, abilities, and prejudices. He asserts that the widespread belief that risk originates outside the financial system frustrates our ability to measure and manage it, and the likely consequences of new regulations will help alleviate small-scale risks but, perversely, encourage excessive risk taking. Daníelsson uses lessons from past and recent crises to show that diversity is the best way to safeguard our financial system.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595012</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206444/9798765054888.mp3" length="14437327" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595012 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Illusion of Control: Why Financial Crises Happen, and What We Can (and Can't) Do About It Author: Jon Danielsson Narrator: Bruce Mann Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595012" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595012</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Illusion of Control: Why Financial Crises Happen, and What We Can (and Can't) Do About It Author: Jon Danielsson Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A challenge to the conventional wisdom surrounding financial risk, providing insight into why easy solutions to control the financial system are doomed to fail   Finance plays a key role in the prosperity of the modern world—but it also brings grave dangers. We seek to manage those threats with a vast array of sophisticated mathematical tools and techniques of financial risk management. Too often, though, we fail to address the greatest risk—the peril posed by our own behavior.   Jón Daníelsson argues that critical risk is generated from within, through the interactions of individuals and perpetuated by their beliefs, objectives, abilities, and prejudices. He asserts that the widespread belief that risk originates outside the financial system frustrates our ability to measure and manage it, and the likely consequences of new regulations will help alleviate small-scale risks but, perversely, encourage excessive risk taking. Daníelsson uses lessons from past and recent crises to show that diversity is the best way to safeguard our financial system.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7757c5254e9821a3113f80600c19df82.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Manifesting Justice: Wrongly Convicted Women Reclaim Their Rights by Valena Beety</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/manifesting-justice-wrongly-convicted-women-reclaim-their-rights-by-valena-beety--65206442</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590117" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590117</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manifesting Justice: Wrongly Convicted Women Reclaim Their Rights Author: Valena Beety Narrator: Raechel Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When Valena Beety first became a federal prosecutor, her goal was to protect victims, especially women, from cycles of violence. What she discovered was that not only did prosecutions often fail to help victims, they frequently relied on false information, forensic fraud, and police and prosecutor misconduct.   Seeking change, Beety began working in the Innocence Movement, helping to free factually innocent people through DNA testing and criminal justice reform. Manifesting Justice focuses on the shocking story of Beety's client Leigh Stubbs—a young, queer woman in Mississippi, convicted of a horrific crime she did not commit because of her sexual orientation. Beety weaves Stubbs's harrowing narrative through the broader story of a broken criminal justice system.   Drawing on interviews with both innocence advocates and wrongfully convicted women, along with Beety's own experiences as an expert litigator and a queer woman, Manifesting Justice provides a unique outsider/insider perspective. Beety expands our notion of justice to include not just people who are factually innocent, but those who are over-charged, pressured into bad plea deals, and over-sentenced. The result is a riveting and timely book that will transform our very ideas of crime and punishment, what innocence is, and who should be free.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590117</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206442/9781696607360.mp3" length="14437278" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590117 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manifesting Justice: Wrongly Convicted Women Reclaim Their Rights Author: Valena Beety Narrator: Raechel Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590117" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590117</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manifesting Justice: Wrongly Convicted Women Reclaim Their Rights Author: Valena Beety Narrator: Raechel Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When Valena Beety first became a federal prosecutor, her goal was to protect victims, especially women, from cycles of violence. What she discovered was that not only did prosecutions often fail to help victims, they frequently relied on false information, forensic fraud, and police and prosecutor misconduct.   Seeking change, Beety began working in the Innocence Movement, helping to free factually innocent people through DNA testing and criminal justice reform. Manifesting Justice focuses on the shocking story of Beety's client Leigh Stubbs—a young, queer woman in Mississippi, convicted of a horrific crime she did not commit because of her sexual orientation. Beety weaves Stubbs's harrowing narrative through the broader story of a broken criminal justice system.   Drawing on interviews with both innocence advocates and wrongfully convicted women, along with Beety's own experiences as an expert litigator and a queer woman, Manifesting Justice provides a unique outsider/insider perspective. Beety expands our notion of justice to include not just people who are factually innocent, but those who are over-charged, pressured into bad plea deals, and over-sentenced. The result is a riveting and timely book that will transform our very ideas of crime and punishment, what innocence is, and who should be free.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/10e78efef33fc2734968c380c1bbbf5c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Political Masculinity: How Incels, Fundamentalists and Authoritarians Mobilise for Patriarchy by Susanne Kaiser</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/political-masculinity-how-incels-fundamentalists-and-authoritarians-mobilise-for-patriarchy-by-susanne-kaiser--65206403</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594979" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594979</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Masculinity: How Incels, Fundamentalists and Authoritarians Mobilise for Patriarchy Author: Susanne Kaiser Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Men with assault rifles, balaclavas, and Hawaiian shirts pulled over bulletproof vests. Horned warriors with painted faces and fur headdresses draped over their naked torsos. The storming of the Capitol brought together men who had previously come across one another only online in the Manosphere. These were men with a common interest, followers of a male-supremacist ideology, who rioted in order to fight for their privilege.  Before then, the world had looked on as devastating attacks were carried out by incels: those who seek to gain unfettered access to women's bodies by redrawing the hierarchy of the sexes in order to ensure the subjugation of women. For all of these men, masculinity is a political project, and the events at the Capitol were one episode in a growing movement. From the US and Canada to New Zealand, from Poland to Brazil, right-wing extremists, religious fundamentalists, and male supremacists are coming together in order to translate their reactionary dreams of male domination into politics, underscoring the masculine roots of the authoritarian backlash.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594979</guid><pubDate>Mon, 18 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206403/9798765044582.mp3" length="14437328" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594979 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Masculinity: How Incels, Fundamentalists and Authoritarians Mobilise for Patriarchy Author: Susanne Kaiser Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594979" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594979</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Masculinity: How Incels, Fundamentalists and Authoritarians Mobilise for Patriarchy Author: Susanne Kaiser Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Men with assault rifles, balaclavas, and Hawaiian shirts pulled over bulletproof vests. Horned warriors with painted faces and fur headdresses draped over their naked torsos. The storming of the Capitol brought together men who had previously come across one another only online in the Manosphere. These were men with a common interest, followers of a male-supremacist ideology, who rioted in order to fight for their privilege.  Before then, the world had looked on as devastating attacks were carried out by incels: those who seek to gain unfettered access to women's bodies by redrawing the hierarchy of the sexes in order to ensure the subjugation of women. For all of these men, masculinity is a political project, and the events at the Capitol were one episode in a growing movement. From the US and Canada to New Zealand, from Poland to Brazil, right-wing extremists, religious fundamentalists, and male supremacists are coming together in order to translate their reactionary dreams of male domination into politics, underscoring the masculine roots of the authoritarian backlash.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/466ce92b89923e5a75e5b7a687478280.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Reformlüge - 40 Denkfehler, Mythen und Legenden, mit denen Politik und Wirtschaft Deutschland ruinieren by Albrecht Müller</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-reformluge-40-denkfehler-mythen-und-legenden-mit-denen-politik-und-wirtschaft-deutschland-ruinieren-by-albrecht-muller--65206358</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602613" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602613</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Reformlüge - 40 Denkfehler, Mythen und Legenden, mit denen Politik und Wirtschaft Deutschland ruinieren Author: Albrecht Müller Narrator: Jesko Döring Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Schon der Titel verrät, dass Autor Albrecht Müller kritisch der Politik in Deutschland gegenübersteht. Der ehemalige Politiker und mittlerweile aktive Publizist deckt in dem vorliegenden Hörbuch 40 Denkfehler, Mythen und Legenden auf, mit denen Politik und Wirtschaft die Bundesrepublik ruinieren. Er fordert eine Kursänderung. Eine Politik für Deutschland, die nicht weiter stagniert, sondern wieder mehr investiert...  -]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602613</guid><pubDate>Fri, 15 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206358/9788728419564.mp3" length="2437268" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602613 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Reformlüge - 40 Denkfehler, Mythen und Legenden, mit denen Politik und Wirtschaft Deutschland ruinieren Author: Albrecht Müller...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602613" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602613</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Reformlüge - 40 Denkfehler, Mythen und Legenden, mit denen Politik und Wirtschaft Deutschland ruinieren Author: Albrecht Müller Narrator: Jesko Döring Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Schon der Titel verrät, dass Autor Albrecht Müller kritisch der Politik in Deutschland gegenübersteht. Der ehemalige Politiker und mittlerweile aktive Publizist deckt in dem vorliegenden Hörbuch 40 Denkfehler, Mythen und Legenden auf, mit denen Politik und Wirtschaft die Bundesrepublik ruinieren. Er fordert eine Kursänderung. Eine Politik für Deutschland, die nicht weiter stagniert, sondern wieder mehr investiert...  -]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ge,ller</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/675154cdc30f5737d898b4be1801ec49.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - ¿Cloacas? Sí, claro by Gonzalo Boye</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-cloacas-si-claro-by-gonzalo-boye--65206265</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610935" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610935</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¿Cloacas? Sí, claro Author: Gonzalo Boye Narrator: Jesús Brotóns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Despúes de los exitos de ...Y ahí lo dejo. Crónica de un proceso y Así están las cosas, llega ¿Cloacas? Si, claro, la crónica del tercer año en el caso del Procés y la defensa del exilio. Son muchos quienes le preguntan a Gonzalo Boye cuándo terminará todo, su respuesta sigue siendo: la verdad, lo desconozco, pero sí hay algo que tengo claro: a medida que avanzamos, es que se va demostrando que la estrategia fue la correcta, tal vez la única viable, y que las tácticas, las incidencias y los momentos, no pueden desviarnos del objetivo planteado desde un comienzo. Ahora, cuando tres de sus defendidos son ya eurodiputados – algo que todos ponían en duda y que fue fuente de muchas burlas, toca avanzar en la consolidación de la estrategia legal diseñada y, poco a poco, se irán cumpliendo etapas cuyo desarrollo y desenlace se producirá en Europa que es hacia dónde siempre Gonzalo Boye dijo que había que llevar este caso. Los intentos por impedir que se implemente esta estrategia jurídica no han sido ni serán pocos y muchas veces se recurrirá a métodos ilegales, inmorales e impropios de un estado democrático y de derecho para intentar pararnos con el costo personal que ello conllevará. Sin embargo, nada de lo que hagan, y que veremos en este año, podrá detener algo que es superior a la voluntad política de quienes no creen en la democracia. - Gonzalo Boye, nació en 1965 en Viña Del Mar (Chile) habiendo vivido en Alemania, Inglaterra y España; casado y padre de tres hijas. Pasó 7 años 11 meses y 23 día en prisión, tiempo que aprovechó para realizar la carrera de derecho y desde 2003 ejerce como abogado especializado en derecho penal y penal internacional. Ha sido miembro del Independent Fact Finding Committee de la Liga de Estados Árabes, del Comité de la FIFA para el conflicto entre Palestina e Israel, es Director Jurídico de la Federación Palestina de Fútbol y asesora, en materia de derecho internacional, a diversos gobiernos. Desde octubre de 2017 coordina la defensa internacional de los miembros del Gobierno del President Carles Puigdemont que se encuentran en el exilio. Este es su cuarto libro que publica en este sello editorial.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610935</guid><pubDate>Fri, 15 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206265/9788728349335.mp3" length="2437200" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610935 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¿Cloacas? Sí, claro Author: Gonzalo Boye Narrator: Jesús Brotóns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: July...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610935" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/610935</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¿Cloacas? Sí, claro Author: Gonzalo Boye Narrator: Jesús Brotóns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Despúes de los exitos de ...Y ahí lo dejo. Crónica de un proceso y Así están las cosas, llega ¿Cloacas? Si, claro, la crónica del tercer año en el caso del Procés y la defensa del exilio. Son muchos quienes le preguntan a Gonzalo Boye cuándo terminará todo, su respuesta sigue siendo: la verdad, lo desconozco, pero sí hay algo que tengo claro: a medida que avanzamos, es que se va demostrando que la estrategia fue la correcta, tal vez la única viable, y que las tácticas, las incidencias y los momentos, no pueden desviarnos del objetivo planteado desde un comienzo. Ahora, cuando tres de sus defendidos son ya eurodiputados – algo que todos ponían en duda y que fue fuente de muchas burlas, toca avanzar en la consolidación de la estrategia legal diseñada y, poco a poco, se irán cumpliendo etapas cuyo desarrollo y desenlace se producirá en Europa que es hacia dónde siempre Gonzalo Boye dijo que había que llevar este caso. Los intentos por impedir que se implemente esta estrategia jurídica no han sido ni serán pocos y muchas veces se recurrirá a métodos ilegales, inmorales e impropios de un estado democrático y de derecho para intentar pararnos con el costo personal que ello conllevará. Sin embargo, nada de lo que hagan, y que veremos en este año, podrá detener algo que es superior a la voluntad política de quienes no creen en la democracia. - Gonzalo Boye, nació en 1965 en Viña Del Mar (Chile) habiendo vivido en Alemania, Inglaterra y España; casado y padre de tres hijas. Pasó 7 años 11 meses y 23 día en prisión, tiempo que aprovechó para realizar la carrera de derecho y desde 2003 ejerce como abogado especializado en derecho penal y penal internacional. Ha sido miembro del Independent Fact Finding Committee de la Liga de Estados Árabes, del Comité de la FIFA para el conflicto entre Palestina e Israel, es Director Jurídico de la Federación Palestina de Fútbol y asesora, en materia de derecho internacional, a diversos gobiernos. Desde octubre de 2017 coordina la defensa internacional de los miembros del Gobierno del President Carles Puigdemont que se encuentran en el exilio. Este es su cuarto libro que publica en este sello editorial.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/36da30f5d00858a40da2e21320746ac7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Leyes, neuronas y hormonas: Por qué la biología nos obligará a redefinir el derecho by Gerardo Laveaga</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-leyes-neuronas-y-hormonas-por-que-la-biologia-nos-obligara-a-redefinir-el-derecho-by-gerardo-laveaga--65206298</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605526" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605526</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Leyes, neuronas y hormonas: Por qué la biología nos obligará a redefinir el derecho Author: Gerardo Laveaga Narrator: Arturo Mercado Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Cuál será el futuro del Derecho ahora que las ciencias nos confirman que somos máquinas biológicas y que nuestra conducta no obedece a las leyes sino a nuestras neuronas y hormonas?  «Gerardo Laveaga enfrenta un tema central para el futuro del Derecho y la cienciajurídica: establecer en qué medida las conductas humanas están determinadas por factores biológicos y químicos.» José Ramón Cossío  «Neurobiología y justicia se enlazan en este libro para brindar una perspectiva innovadora de una y la otra. Imprescindible para quienes disfruten una lectura inteligente y esténen busca de argumentos para demostrar que Biología y Derecho ya no podrán entenderse y estudiarse por separado.» Eric García-López  «Gerardo Laveaga sostiene que la obediencia al Derecho responde a necesidades y emociones básicas; específicamente, el apegoy el miedo. Esta perspectiva cuestiona la forma en que hemos entendido el Derecho en la historia de la humanidad.» Mónica G onzález Contró  «El autor ofrece un texto erudito, polémico y bien argumentado, que pretende decodificarla complejidad de la conducta jurídica con ayuda de las ciencias biológicas.» Diego Valadés]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605526</guid><pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206298/9786073820592.mp3" length="2437240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605526 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Leyes, neuronas y hormonas: Por qué la biología nos obligará a redefinir el derecho Author: Gerardo Laveaga Narrator: Arturo Mercado Jr....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605526" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605526</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Leyes, neuronas y hormonas: Por qué la biología nos obligará a redefinir el derecho Author: Gerardo Laveaga Narrator: Arturo Mercado Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Cuál será el futuro del Derecho ahora que las ciencias nos confirman que somos máquinas biológicas y que nuestra conducta no obedece a las leyes sino a nuestras neuronas y hormonas?  «Gerardo Laveaga enfrenta un tema central para el futuro del Derecho y la cienciajurídica: establecer en qué medida las conductas humanas están determinadas por factores biológicos y químicos.» José Ramón Cossío  «Neurobiología y justicia se enlazan en este libro para brindar una perspectiva innovadora de una y la otra. Imprescindible para quienes disfruten una lectura inteligente y esténen busca de argumentos para demostrar que Biología y Derecho ya no podrán entenderse y estudiarse por separado.» Eric García-López  «Gerardo Laveaga sostiene que la obediencia al Derecho responde a necesidades y emociones básicas; específicamente, el apegoy el miedo. Esta perspectiva cuestiona la forma en que hemos entendido el Derecho en la historia de la humanidad.» Mónica G onzález Contró  «El autor ofrece un texto erudito, polémico y bien argumentado, que pretende decodificarla complejidad de la conducta jurídica con ayuda de las ciencias biológicas.» Diego Valadés]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7b7de7059c01555c6b1778adf666adb7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Ninety Days: The True Story of the Hunt for Rajiv Gandhi's Assassins by Anirudhya Mitra</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ninety-days-the-true-story-of-the-hunt-for-rajiv-gandhi-s-assassins-by-anirudhya-mitra--65206333</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602840" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602840</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ninety Days: The True Story of the Hunt for Rajiv Gandhi's Assassins Author: Anirudhya Mitra Narrator: Adwait Karambelkar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  At 10.20 p.m. on 21 May 1991, a young woman bowed before Rajiv Gandhi at an election rally in Sriperumbudur, 42 km north of Chennai. And then there was an explosion.  This book is the definitive account of one of the most controversial crimes in contemporary India. It unravels the complex plot hatched by the LTTE (Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam) to ensure that Rajiv Gandhi did not return to power in the 1991 general elections.  Ninety Days provides a blow-by-blow account of how the Special Investigation Team of the CBI cracked the assassination plot, identified the assassins and chased the mastermind, Sivarasan, to his final hideout. The deaths from cyanide consumption of the members of the hit squad left several unanswered questions in their wake, which this book explores.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602840</guid><pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206333/9789394407626.mp3" length="2437232" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602840 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ninety Days: The True Story of the Hunt for Rajiv Gandhi's Assassins Author: Anirudhya Mitra Narrator: Adwait Karambelkar Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602840" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602840</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ninety Days: The True Story of the Hunt for Rajiv Gandhi's Assassins Author: Anirudhya Mitra Narrator: Adwait Karambelkar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  At 10.20 p.m. on 21 May 1991, a young woman bowed before Rajiv Gandhi at an election rally in Sriperumbudur, 42 km north of Chennai. And then there was an explosion.  This book is the definitive account of one of the most controversial crimes in contemporary India. It unravels the complex plot hatched by the LTTE (Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam) to ensure that Rajiv Gandhi did not return to power in the 1991 general elections.  Ninety Days provides a blow-by-blow account of how the Special Investigation Team of the CBI cracked the assassination plot, identified the assassins and chased the mastermind, Sivarasan, to his final hideout. The deaths from cyanide consumption of the members of the hit squad left several unanswered questions in their wake, which this book explores.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/441147d9f71a06618a88d71cd5d972c4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Pakistan's Pathway to the Bomb: Ambitions, Politics, and Rivalries by Mansoor Ahmed</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/pakistan-s-pathway-to-the-bomb-ambitions-politics-and-rivalries-by-mansoor-ahmed--65206435</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591893" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591893</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pakistan's Pathway to the Bomb: Ambitions, Politics, and Rivalries Author: Mansoor Ahmed Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Pakistan's pathway to developing nuclear weapons remains shrouded in mystery and surrounded by misconceptions. While it is no secret why Pakistan became a nuclear power, how Pakistan became a nuclear state has been obscured by mythmaking. In Pakistan's Pathway to the Bomb, Mansoor Ahmed offers a revisionist history of Pakistan's nuclear program and the bureaucratic politics that shaped its development from its inception in 1956 until the 1998 nuclear tests. Drawing on elite interviews and previously untapped primary sources, Ahmed offers a fresh assessment of the actual and perceived roles and contributions of the scientists and engineers who led the nuclear program. He shows how personal ambitions and politics within Pakistan's strategic enclave generated inter-laboratory competition in the nuclear establishment, which determined nuclear choices for the country for more than two decades. It also produced unexpected consequences such as illicit proliferation to other countries largely outside of the Pakistani state's control. As Pakistan's nuclear deterrent program continues to grow, Pakistan's Pathway to the Bomb provides fresh insights into how this nuclear power has evolved in the past and where it stands today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591893</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206435/9781696608220.mp3" length="14437262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591893 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pakistan's Pathway to the Bomb: Ambitions, Politics, and Rivalries Author: Mansoor Ahmed Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591893" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591893</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pakistan's Pathway to the Bomb: Ambitions, Politics, and Rivalries Author: Mansoor Ahmed Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Pakistan's pathway to developing nuclear weapons remains shrouded in mystery and surrounded by misconceptions. While it is no secret why Pakistan became a nuclear power, how Pakistan became a nuclear state has been obscured by mythmaking. In Pakistan's Pathway to the Bomb, Mansoor Ahmed offers a revisionist history of Pakistan's nuclear program and the bureaucratic politics that shaped its development from its inception in 1956 until the 1998 nuclear tests. Drawing on elite interviews and previously untapped primary sources, Ahmed offers a fresh assessment of the actual and perceived roles and contributions of the scientists and engineers who led the nuclear program. He shows how personal ambitions and politics within Pakistan's strategic enclave generated inter-laboratory competition in the nuclear establishment, which determined nuclear choices for the country for more than two decades. It also produced unexpected consequences such as illicit proliferation to other countries largely outside of the Pakistani state's control. As Pakistan's nuclear deterrent program continues to grow, Pakistan's Pathway to the Bomb provides fresh insights into how this nuclear power has evolved in the past and where it stands today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/23935e68cae21e456800ff6338d5df38.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Overcoming Capitalism: Strategy for the Working Class in the 21st Century by Tom Wetzel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/overcoming-capitalism-strategy-for-the-working-class-in-the-21st-century-by-tom-wetzel--65206431</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590152" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590152</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Capitalism: Strategy for the Working Class in the 21st Century Author: Tom Wetzel Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A new, inclusive union movement with a contemporary vision and an eye toward building social and economic power can remake society. The book is a twenty-first century reworking of the approach to unionism. The United States has a dramatic history of workers organizing on the job. In the last seventy odd years labor organizations have made peace with owners, and wages, various protections, and safety has diminished. All during an era that, despite its ups and downs, has been extremely profitable for the ownership class. Tom Wetzel provides a solution to that failure by showing how a democratic outcome can be built into the method of struggle for social change, giving working people the means to ensure they will end up in control of the labor process and will build a from-the-bottom-up eco-socialism. But this isn't the old white-guy-in-a-hard-hat unionism of the previous century. The working class has changed. Life under capitalism has changed. How we think about unionism must also change. While the political and capitalist class wring their hands over the environmental crisis and economic inequality we can see the immediate appeal of a union movement with an expanded mission to wrest control from the wealthy and powerful before they cost-shift us into extinction.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590152</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206431/9798765026946.mp3" length="14437214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590152 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Capitalism: Strategy for the Working Class in the 21st Century Author: Tom Wetzel Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590152" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590152</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Capitalism: Strategy for the Working Class in the 21st Century Author: Tom Wetzel Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A new, inclusive union movement with a contemporary vision and an eye toward building social and economic power can remake society. The book is a twenty-first century reworking of the approach to unionism. The United States has a dramatic history of workers organizing on the job. In the last seventy odd years labor organizations have made peace with owners, and wages, various protections, and safety has diminished. All during an era that, despite its ups and downs, has been extremely profitable for the ownership class. Tom Wetzel provides a solution to that failure by showing how a democratic outcome can be built into the method of struggle for social change, giving working people the means to ensure they will end up in control of the labor process and will build a from-the-bottom-up eco-socialism. But this isn't the old white-guy-in-a-hard-hat unionism of the previous century. The working class has changed. Life under capitalism has changed. How we think about unionism must also change. While the political and capitalist class wring their hands over the environmental crisis and economic inequality we can see the immediate appeal of a union movement with an expanded mission to wrest control from the wealthy and powerful before they cost-shift us into extinction.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bfc2301fb73b2f5ac8a9161448da7d73.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The World According to China by Elizabeth C. Economy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-world-according-to-china-by-elizabeth-c-economy--65206424</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590149" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590149</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World According to China Author: Elizabeth C. Economy Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An economic and military superpower with twenty percent of the world's population, China has the wherewithal to transform the international system. Xi Jinping's bold calls for China to 'lead in the reform of the global governance system' suggest that he has just such an ambition. But how does he plan to realize it? And what does it mean for the rest of the world? In this compelling book, Elizabeth Economy reveals China's ambitious new strategy to reclaim the country's past glory and reshape the geostrategic landscape in dramatic new ways. Xi's vision is one of Chinese centrality on the global stage, in which the mainland has realized its sovereignty claims over Hong Kong, Taiwan, and the South China Sea, deepened its global political, economic, and security reach through its grand-scale Belt and Road Initiative, and used its leadership in the United Nations and other institutions to align international norms and values, particularly around human rights, with those of China. It is a world radically different from that of today. The international community needs to understand and respond to the great risks, as well as the potential opportunities, of a world rebuilt by China.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590149</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206424/9798765022788.mp3" length="14437236" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590149 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World According to China Author: Elizabeth C. Economy Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590149" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590149</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World According to China Author: Elizabeth C. Economy Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An economic and military superpower with twenty percent of the world's population, China has the wherewithal to transform the international system. Xi Jinping's bold calls for China to 'lead in the reform of the global governance system' suggest that he has just such an ambition. But how does he plan to realize it? And what does it mean for the rest of the world? In this compelling book, Elizabeth Economy reveals China's ambitious new strategy to reclaim the country's past glory and reshape the geostrategic landscape in dramatic new ways. Xi's vision is one of Chinese centrality on the global stage, in which the mainland has realized its sovereignty claims over Hong Kong, Taiwan, and the South China Sea, deepened its global political, economic, and security reach through its grand-scale Belt and Road Initiative, and used its leadership in the United Nations and other institutions to align international norms and values, particularly around human rights, with those of China. It is a world radically different from that of today. The international community needs to understand and respond to the great risks, as well as the potential opportunities, of a world rebuilt by China.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/098007222e393c104a4337480dadc4e0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Strength in Numbers: How Polls Work and Why We Need Them by G. Elliott Morris</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/strength-in-numbers-how-polls-work-and-why-we-need-them-by-g-elliott-morris--65206410</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597389" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597389</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strength in Numbers: How Polls Work and Why We Need Them Author: G. Elliott Morris Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Public opinion polling is the ultimate democratic process; it gives every person an equal voice in letting elected leaders know what they need and want. But in the eyes of the public, polls today are tarnished. Recent election forecasts have routinely missed the mark and media coverage of polls has focused solely on predicting winners and losers. In Strength in Numbers, data journalist G. Elliott Morris argues that the larger purpose of political polls is to improve democracy, not just predict elections. Whether used by interest groups, the press, or politicians, polling serves as a pipeline from the governed to the government, giving citizens influence they would otherwise lack. No one who believes in democracy can afford to give up on polls; they should commit, instead, to understanding them better. Morris takes listeners from the first semblance of data-gathering in the ancient world through to the development of modern-day scientific polling. He explains how the internet and 'big data' have solved many challenges in polling—and created others. He covers the rise of polling aggregation and methods of election forecasting, reveals how data can be distorted and misrepresented, and demystifies the uncertainty of polling. Acknowledging where polls have gone wrong in the past, Morris charts a path for the industry's future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597389</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206410/9798765037744.mp3" length="14437245" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597389 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strength in Numbers: How Polls Work and Why We Need Them Author: G. Elliott Morris Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597389" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597389</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strength in Numbers: How Polls Work and Why We Need Them Author: G. Elliott Morris Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Public opinion polling is the ultimate democratic process; it gives every person an equal voice in letting elected leaders know what they need and want. But in the eyes of the public, polls today are tarnished. Recent election forecasts have routinely missed the mark and media coverage of polls has focused solely on predicting winners and losers. In Strength in Numbers, data journalist G. Elliott Morris argues that the larger purpose of political polls is to improve democracy, not just predict elections. Whether used by interest groups, the press, or politicians, polling serves as a pipeline from the governed to the government, giving citizens influence they would otherwise lack. No one who believes in democracy can afford to give up on polls; they should commit, instead, to understanding them better. Morris takes listeners from the first semblance of data-gathering in the ancient world through to the development of modern-day scientific polling. He explains how the internet and 'big data' have solved many challenges in polling—and created others. He covers the rise of polling aggregation and methods of election forecasting, reveals how data can be distorted and misrepresented, and demystifies the uncertainty of polling. Acknowledging where polls have gone wrong in the past, Morris charts a path for the industry's future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c5d665fd7ffc7be4752765699bbbc301.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>America's Great-Power Opportunity: Revitalizing U.S. Foreign Policy to Meet the Challenges of Strategic Competition by Ali Wyne</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/america-s-great-power-opportunity-revitalizing-u-s-foreign-policy-to-meet-the-challenges-of-strategic-competition-by-ali-wyne--65206378</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597391" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597391</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Great-Power Opportunity: Revitalizing U.S. Foreign Policy to Meet the Challenges of Strategic Competition Author: Ali Wyne Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It has become axiomatic to contend that U.S. foreign policy must adapt to an era of renewed 'great-power competition.' The United States went on a quarter-century strategic detour after the Cold War, the argument goes, basking in triumphalism and getting bogged down in the Middle East. Now China and Russia are increasingly challenging its influence and undercutting the order it has led since 1945. How should it respond to these two formidable authoritarian powers? In this timely intervention, Ali Wyne offers the first detailed critique of great-power competition as a foreign policy framework, warning that it could render the United States defensive and reactive. He exhorts Washington to find a middle ground between complacence and consternation, selectively contesting Beijing and Moscow but not allowing their decisions to determine its own course. Analyzing a resurgent China, a disruptive Russia, and a deepening Sino-Russian entente, Wyne explains how the United States can seize the 'great-power opportunity' at hand: to manage all three of those phenomena confidently while renewing itself at home and abroad.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597391</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206378/9798765052303.mp3" length="14437293" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597391 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Great-Power Opportunity: Revitalizing U.S. Foreign Policy to Meet the Challenges of Strategic Competition Author: Ali Wyne Narrator: Tristan...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597391" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597391</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Great-Power Opportunity: Revitalizing U.S. Foreign Policy to Meet the Challenges of Strategic Competition Author: Ali Wyne Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It has become axiomatic to contend that U.S. foreign policy must adapt to an era of renewed 'great-power competition.' The United States went on a quarter-century strategic detour after the Cold War, the argument goes, basking in triumphalism and getting bogged down in the Middle East. Now China and Russia are increasingly challenging its influence and undercutting the order it has led since 1945. How should it respond to these two formidable authoritarian powers? In this timely intervention, Ali Wyne offers the first detailed critique of great-power competition as a foreign policy framework, warning that it could render the United States defensive and reactive. He exhorts Washington to find a middle ground between complacence and consternation, selectively contesting Beijing and Moscow but not allowing their decisions to determine its own course. Analyzing a resurgent China, a disruptive Russia, and a deepening Sino-Russian entente, Wyne explains how the United States can seize the 'great-power opportunity' at hand: to manage all three of those phenomena confidently while renewing itself at home and abroad.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/528ac69b69c88d6d9f3975ee2bfd0945.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>We'll Be Back: The Fall and Rise of America by Kurt Schlichter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-ll-be-back-the-fall-and-rise-of-america-by-kurt-schlichter--65206318</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603007" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603007</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We'll Be Back: The Fall and Rise of America Author: Kurt Schlichter Narrator: Damon Abernathy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Humor and polemics from one of America's most quotable pundits. A call for renewal and a howl of laughter and derision at the woke mob that seeks to stand in the way of a great nation's patriotic resurgence. Fans of Mark Levin, Matt Walsh, and Ben Shapiro will love it!  In 1991, the smoldering ruins of Saddam Hussein’s regime testified to America’s unchallenged might. Having defeated one of the world’s largest armies in a matter of days, the United States looked forward to a new century of peace and prosperity.  Thirty years later, a ragtag Taliban chased us out of Afghanistan in a humiliating rout. At home, our cities are cesspools of homelessness and crime. The former land of opportunity seems to be in irreversible decline.  How did we suffer such an unimaginable fall? And is our current impotence permanent? With his trademark wit, Kurt Schlichter—warrior, lawyer, and commentator—makes a compelling case that America’s decline is not irreversible.  No Pollyanna, he offers a sobering catalogue of the dangers ahead, from subjugation to China to the poverty of socialism. Even civil war. But Schlichter was among the U.S. forces that took down the tyrant of Iraq in 1991. Having seen American greatness in action and appreciating the virtues that produced it, he knows that decline is a choice—a choice that we need not make.  Sometimes mordant, often humorous, always incisive, Schlichter shows that our resilience is far from spent. American society is uniquely blessed with the ingredients of greatness. A pushback is coming. Schlichter offers no guarantees but something more important—hope.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603007</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206318/9781645555711.mp3" length="2437208" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603007 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We'll Be Back: The Fall and Rise of America Author: Kurt Schlichter Narrator: Damon Abernathy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603007" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603007</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We'll Be Back: The Fall and Rise of America Author: Kurt Schlichter Narrator: Damon Abernathy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Humor and polemics from one of America's most quotable pundits. A call for renewal and a howl of laughter and derision at the woke mob that seeks to stand in the way of a great nation's patriotic resurgence. Fans of Mark Levin, Matt Walsh, and Ben Shapiro will love it!  In 1991, the smoldering ruins of Saddam Hussein’s regime testified to America’s unchallenged might. Having defeated one of the world’s largest armies in a matter of days, the United States looked forward to a new century of peace and prosperity.  Thirty years later, a ragtag Taliban chased us out of Afghanistan in a humiliating rout. At home, our cities are cesspools of homelessness and crime. The former land of opportunity seems to be in irreversible decline.  How did we suffer such an unimaginable fall? And is our current impotence permanent? With his trademark wit, Kurt Schlichter—warrior, lawyer, and commentator—makes a compelling case that America’s decline is not irreversible.  No Pollyanna, he offers a sobering catalogue of the dangers ahead, from subjugation to China to the poverty of socialism. Even civil war. But Schlichter was among the U.S. forces that took down the tyrant of Iraq in 1991. Having seen American greatness in action and appreciating the virtues that produced it, he knows that decline is a choice—a choice that we need not make.  Sometimes mordant, often humorous, always incisive, Schlichter shows that our resilience is far from spent. American society is uniquely blessed with the ingredients of greatness. A pushback is coming. Schlichter offers no guarantees but something more important—hope.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e28e2042cc5d2e663e2d1d3102c92244.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Biografía judicial del 68 by José Ramón Cossío</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-biografia-judicial-del-68-by-jose-ramon-cossio--65206289</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605521" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605521</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Biografía judicial del 68 Author: José Ramón Cossío Narrator: Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 34 minutes Release date: July  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Detrás de los macanazos y las balas, hubo un sistema judicial que convalidó la represión y actuó convencido de su bondad.  Nació el 26 de julio de 1968 y murió dos años después. Pero en su corta vida, multiplicó la iniquidad y la injusticia, provocó el encarcelamiento de decenas de jóvenes y evidenció la saña del Estado. Ésta es la historia -nunca antes contada- del proceso judicial contra los implicados en el 68 mexicano. Arranca con la apertura de una averiguación previa y expira cuando se dictan las sentencias condenatorias. En esta obra, que marca un parteaguas en los estudios sobre el movimiento estudiantil del 68, el exministro de la Suprema Corte José Ramón Cossío nos entrega una labor realizada por varias décadas: el análisis de los 60 tomos de aquel proceso, y presenta las evidencias que demuestran los vicios del juicio, las confesiones del ministerio público, las frases autoinculpatorias del juez y las defensas desesperadas de los estudiantes torturados que intentaban evitar Lecumberri.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605521</guid><pubDate>Thu, 07 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206289/9786073820530.mp3" length="2437205" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605521 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Biografía judicial del 68 Author: José Ramón Cossío Narrator: Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 34 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605521" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/605521</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Biografía judicial del 68 Author: José Ramón Cossío Narrator: Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 34 minutes Release date: July  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Detrás de los macanazos y las balas, hubo un sistema judicial que convalidó la represión y actuó convencido de su bondad.  Nació el 26 de julio de 1968 y murió dos años después. Pero en su corta vida, multiplicó la iniquidad y la injusticia, provocó el encarcelamiento de decenas de jóvenes y evidenció la saña del Estado. Ésta es la historia -nunca antes contada- del proceso judicial contra los implicados en el 68 mexicano. Arranca con la apertura de una averiguación previa y expira cuando se dictan las sentencias condenatorias. En esta obra, que marca un parteaguas en los estudios sobre el movimiento estudiantil del 68, el exministro de la Suprema Corte José Ramón Cossío nos entrega una labor realizada por varias décadas: el análisis de los 60 tomos de aquel proceso, y presenta las evidencias que demuestran los vicios del juicio, las confesiones del ministerio público, las frases autoinculpatorias del juez y las defensas desesperadas de los estudiantes torturados que intentaban evitar Lecumberri.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/186eab6b5d521b7480db38dac6e2d0fa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Going Low: How Profane Politics Challenges American Democracy by Finbarr Curtis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/going-low-how-profane-politics-challenges-american-democracy-by-finbarr-curtis--65206420</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595008" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595008</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Low: How Profane Politics Challenges American Democracy Author: Finbarr Curtis Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: July  5, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Liberalism puts its trust in civil discourse and rational argument. Today, its opponents enthusiastically flout these norms, making a show of defying so-called political correctness. In the Trump era and beyond, right-wing figures delight in sheer offensiveness. What is at stake in breaking the rules of civility to 'own the libs'? Going Low examines how the offensive style of contemporary politics challenges liberal democratic institutions. Considering the rise of illiberal politics and debates about the limits of free speech, Finbarr Curtis draws on the insights of religious studies to rethink provocation and transgression. He argues that the spectacle of brazenly violating taboos is a show of dominance over a supposedly censorious liberalism. Profaning liberal pieties is the ultimate form of 'winning.' Curtis contends that deliberate offensiveness dovetails with the privatization of public goods: both represent the refusal to accommodate the sensibilities of others in a diverse society.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595008</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206420/9798765018262.mp3" length="14437245" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595008 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Low: How Profane Politics Challenges American Democracy Author: Finbarr Curtis Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595008" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595008</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Low: How Profane Politics Challenges American Democracy Author: Finbarr Curtis Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: July  5, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Liberalism puts its trust in civil discourse and rational argument. Today, its opponents enthusiastically flout these norms, making a show of defying so-called political correctness. In the Trump era and beyond, right-wing figures delight in sheer offensiveness. What is at stake in breaking the rules of civility to 'own the libs'? Going Low examines how the offensive style of contemporary politics challenges liberal democratic institutions. Considering the rise of illiberal politics and debates about the limits of free speech, Finbarr Curtis draws on the insights of religious studies to rethink provocation and transgression. He argues that the spectacle of brazenly violating taboos is a show of dominance over a supposedly censorious liberalism. Profaning liberal pieties is the ultimate form of 'winning.' Curtis contends that deliberate offensiveness dovetails with the privatization of public goods: both represent the refusal to accommodate the sensibilities of others in a diverse society.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9ba45c88f139d1dd2ea016c7c28ed4b4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>What Path to Salvation? by Dr. B R Ambedkar</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-path-to-salvation-by-dr-b-r-ambedkar--65206290</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608216" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608216</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Path to Salvation? Author: Dr. B R Ambedkar Narrator: Siddhartha Valicharla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: July  5, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Though I was born a Hindu, I solemnly assure you that I will not die as a Hindu. - Dr. B. R. Ambedkar Having made this statement - Dr. Ambedkar gave this speech Mukti Kon Pathe (What Path to Salvation) in Marathi to his community to impress upon them the need to convert, if they were to break free from the shackles of Untouchability. This audiobook presents that speech along with a preface that will help the modern day audience get the most out of the speech and understand why it is important and pertinent even in this day and age.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608216</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206290/9781667981499.mp3" length="2437216" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608216 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Path to Salvation? Author: Dr. B R Ambedkar Narrator: Siddhartha Valicharla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608216" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/608216</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Path to Salvation? Author: Dr. B R Ambedkar Narrator: Siddhartha Valicharla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: July  5, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Though I was born a Hindu, I solemnly assure you that I will not die as a Hindu. - Dr. B. R. Ambedkar Having made this statement - Dr. Ambedkar gave this speech Mukti Kon Pathe (What Path to Salvation) in Marathi to his community to impress upon them the need to convert, if they were to break free from the shackles of Untouchability. This audiobook presents that speech along with a preface that will help the modern day audience get the most out of the speech and understand why it is important and pertinent even in this day and age.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a9687762313c0c813a80c1a86cb7cadb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Newt Gingrich: The Rise and Fall of a Party Entrepreneur by Matthew N. Green, Jeffrey Crouch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/newt-gingrich-the-rise-and-fall-of-a-party-entrepreneur-by-matthew-n-green-jeffrey-crouch--65206427</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592005" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592005</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Newt Gingrich: The Rise and Fall of a Party Entrepreneur Author: Matthew N. Green, Jeffrey Crouch Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: July  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In Newt Gingrich: The Rise and Fall of a Party Entrepreneur, political scientists Matthew N. Green and Jeffrey Crouch draw from newly uncovered archival material, original interviews, and other data to provide a fresh and insightful look at Gingrich's entire congressional career. Green and Crouch argue that Gingrich is best understood as a 'party entrepreneur,' someone who works primarily to achieve their congressional party's collective goals. From the moment he entered Congress, Gingrich was laser-focused on achieving two party-related objectives—a Republican majority in the House and a more conservative society—as well as greater influence for himself. Using a conceptual framework taken from theories of military strategy, the authors explain how Gingrich initially struggled because of a mismatch between his lofty goals and the resources available to him. After years of patiently cultivating allies, tempering his immediate objectives, and waiting for favorable circumstances to emerge, Gingrich finally claimed victory in 1994, with Republicans winning control of the House and electing Gingrich as Speaker. Yet while Gingrich had been creative, patient, and ultimately successful at gaining power for himself and his party, he proved ineffective at balancing his goals with the demands of the Speakership, and he resigned from Congress just four years later.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592005</guid><pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206427/9798765023280.mp3" length="14437332" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592005 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Newt Gingrich: The Rise and Fall of a Party Entrepreneur Author: Matthew N. Green, Jeffrey Crouch Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592005" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592005</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Newt Gingrich: The Rise and Fall of a Party Entrepreneur Author: Matthew N. Green, Jeffrey Crouch Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: July  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In Newt Gingrich: The Rise and Fall of a Party Entrepreneur, political scientists Matthew N. Green and Jeffrey Crouch draw from newly uncovered archival material, original interviews, and other data to provide a fresh and insightful look at Gingrich's entire congressional career. Green and Crouch argue that Gingrich is best understood as a 'party entrepreneur,' someone who works primarily to achieve their congressional party's collective goals. From the moment he entered Congress, Gingrich was laser-focused on achieving two party-related objectives—a Republican majority in the House and a more conservative society—as well as greater influence for himself. Using a conceptual framework taken from theories of military strategy, the authors explain how Gingrich initially struggled because of a mismatch between his lofty goals and the resources available to him. After years of patiently cultivating allies, tempering his immediate objectives, and waiting for favorable circumstances to emerge, Gingrich finally claimed victory in 1994, with Republicans winning control of the House and electing Gingrich as Speaker. Yet while Gingrich had been creative, patient, and ultimately successful at gaining power for himself and his party, he proved ineffective at balancing his goals with the demands of the Speakership, and he resigned from Congress just four years later.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/88f24184dd9df7f79969c66997670b80.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI by Yuval Noah Harari</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-21-lecciones-para-el-siglo-xxi-by-yuval-noah-harari--65206423</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590866" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590866</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Luis David García Márquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Vuelve Harari    Autor de Sapiens, best seller del momento con más de diez millones de copias vendidas en todo el mundo.  Sapiens es un recorrido por nuestro pasado.    Homo Deus, una mirada a nuestro futuro.    21 lecciones para el siglo XXI es una exploración de nuestro presente.  ¿Cómo podemos protegernos de las guerras nucleares, los cataclismos ecológicos o las tecnologías disruptivas? ¿Qué podemos hacer contra la propagación de la posverdad o la amenaza del terrorismo? ¿Qué debemos enseñar a nuestros hijos?  Con la misma prosa inteligente, fresca y provocadora, Harari vuelve a librerías con un nuevo título, 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI, en el que examina algunas de las cuestiones más urgentes de nuestro presente. El hilo dorado que recorre este estimulante nuevo libro es el desafío de mantener nuestro enfoque colectivo e individual frente al constante y desorientador cambio que estamos viviendo.  ¿Somos aún capaces de entender el mundo que hemos creado?  Reseñas: «Me maravilló la manera en la que Yuval Noah Harari indagó en el pasado de nuestra especie en Sapiens, al igual que lo hicieron sus predicciones para el futuro con Homo Deus. Pero su cautivadora narrativa y sus fascinantes análisis de la actualidad en 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI dan absolutamente en el clavo.» Sir Richard Branson  «El formato del libro contribuye al gancho comercial de Harari, que es ni más ni menos que la ambición y la gran amplitud de su obra, en la que reúne ideas que uno no se espera pero que se traducen en observaciones brillantes.» Helen Lewis, The Guardian  «Este libro es un testimonio a su genialidad, con un gran potencial para atrapar a las mentes curiosas.» Moises Naim, The Washington Post  «Harari entabla en esta obra, tan cautivadora como irrebatible, la conversación definitiva sobre cómo abordar a escala global los problemas del siglo XXI.» Bill Gates, The New York Times  «Harari brinda una combinación magistral de perspectiva histórica, científica, política y filosófica, explorando los veintiún mayores desafíos que la actualidad presenta a su entender. [...] aborda una gran diversidad de cuestiones urgentes, entre ellas la democracia liberal, el nacionalismo, la inmigración y la religión. 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI es una obra minuciosa y rigurosamente documentada, escrita para ser disfrutada y comentada por mucho tiempo.» Publishers Weekly  «Una exploración verdaderamente instructiva de los grandes temas de nuestro presente, así como del futuro inmediato de la sociedad. [...] A lo largo de veintiún ensayos que dan justo en el clavo, el autor opina hacia dónde evoluciona nuestro mundo en plena era de la posverdad. [...] La mayor parte de los lectores encontrará en su narrativa una sensatez deliciosa [...]. Otra obra maestra de Harari.» Kirkus Reviews  «Yuval Noah Harari marca también el arranque de temporada con sus 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI (Debate), donde examina algunas de las cuestiones más urgentes del presente como el trabajo, nacionalismo, la inmigración, el terrorismo, la posverdad o la guerra.» Jacinto Antón, El País, Babelia  «Harari va más lejos que el propio Spinoza. Su apasionado universalismo requiere que nadie ocupe el centro del mundo, ni tan si quiera el pueblo elegido por excelencia.» Teresa Giménez, El Cultural]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590866</guid><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206423/9788418967184.mp3" length="2437186" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590866 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Luis David García Márquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590866" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590866</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Luis David García Márquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Vuelve Harari    Autor de Sapiens, best seller del momento con más de diez millones de copias vendidas en todo el mundo.  Sapiens es un recorrido por nuestro pasado.    Homo Deus, una mirada a nuestro futuro.    21 lecciones para el siglo XXI es una exploración de nuestro presente.  ¿Cómo podemos protegernos de las guerras nucleares, los cataclismos ecológicos o las tecnologías disruptivas? ¿Qué podemos hacer contra la propagación de la posverdad o la amenaza del terrorismo? ¿Qué debemos enseñar a nuestros hijos?  Con la misma prosa inteligente, fresca y provocadora, Harari vuelve a librerías con un nuevo título, 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI, en el que examina algunas de las cuestiones más urgentes de nuestro presente. El hilo dorado que recorre este estimulante nuevo libro es el desafío de mantener nuestro enfoque colectivo e individual frente al constante y desorientador cambio que estamos viviendo.  ¿Somos aún capaces de entender el mundo que hemos creado?  Reseñas: «Me maravilló la manera en la que Yuval Noah Harari indagó en el pasado de nuestra especie en Sapiens, al igual que lo hicieron sus predicciones para el futuro con Homo Deus. Pero su cautivadora narrativa y sus fascinantes análisis de la actualidad en 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI dan absolutamente en el clavo.» Sir Richard Branson  «El formato del libro contribuye al gancho comercial de Harari, que es ni más ni menos que la ambición y la gran amplitud de su obra, en la que reúne ideas que uno no se espera pero que se traducen en observaciones brillantes.» Helen Lewis, The Guardian  «Este libro es un testimonio a su genialidad, con un gran potencial para atrapar a las mentes curiosas.» Moises Naim, The Washington Post  «Harari entabla en esta obra, tan cautivadora como irrebatible, la conversación definitiva sobre cómo abordar a escala global los problemas del siglo XXI.» Bill Gates, The New York Times  «Harari brinda una combinación magistral de perspectiva histórica, científica, política y filosófica, explorando los veintiún mayores desafíos que la actualidad presenta a su entender. [...] aborda una gran diversidad de cuestiones urgentes, entre ellas la democracia liberal, el nacionalismo, la inmigración y la religión. 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI es una obra minuciosa y rigurosamente documentada, escrita para ser disfrutada y comentada por mucho tiempo.» Publishers Weekly  «Una exploración verdaderamente instructiva de los grandes temas de nuestro presente, así como del futuro inmediato de la sociedad. [...] A lo largo de veintiún ensayos que dan justo en el clavo, el autor opina hacia dónde evoluciona nuestro mundo en plena era de la posverdad. [...] La mayor parte de los lectores encontrará en su narrativa una sensatez deliciosa [...]. Otra obra maestra de Harari.» Kirkus Reviews  «Yuval Noah Harari marca también el arranque de temporada con sus 21 lecciones para el siglo XXI (Debate), donde examina algunas de las cuestiones más urgentes del presente como el trabajo, nacionalismo, la inmigración, el terrorismo, la posverdad o la guerra.» Jacinto Antón, El País, Babelia  «Harari va más lejos que el propio Spinoza. Su apasionado universalismo requiere que nadie ocupe el centro del mundo, ni tan si quiera el pueblo elegido por excelencia.» Teresa Giménez, El Cultural]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/43a01894acf9b7b4a725c22db79e6927.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Unrecht im Namen des Volkes by Sabine Rückert</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-unrecht-im-namen-des-volkes-by-sabine-ruckert--65206382</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597744" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597744</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Unrecht im Namen des Volkes Author: Sabine Rückert Narrator: Gina Pietsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Unschuldig schuldig – wie dieser Widerspruch wahr werden kann, zeigt Kriminalreporterin Sabine Rückert in ihrem Werk 'Unrecht im Namen des Volkes'. Zuvor hatte die Autorin in ihrem aufsehenerregenden Titel 'Tote haben keine Lobby' anhand konkreter Fälle erzählt, wie viele Morde ungesühnt bleiben. In ihrem neuen Buch schildert sie nun anhand eines Missbrauchsvorwurfs, wie zwei unschuldige Menschen von der Justiz trotz eindeutiger Beweise fälschlicherweise zu vielen Jahren Haft verurteilt wurden. Schockierend, haarsträubend, wahr und im Namen des Volkes: Rückert stellt erneut unsere Vorstellung des deutschen Rechtskorpus infrage.-]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597744</guid><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206382/9788728362044.mp3" length="2437142" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597744 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Unrecht im Namen des Volkes Author: Sabine Rückert Narrator: Gina Pietsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597744" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597744</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Unrecht im Namen des Volkes Author: Sabine Rückert Narrator: Gina Pietsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Unschuldig schuldig – wie dieser Widerspruch wahr werden kann, zeigt Kriminalreporterin Sabine Rückert in ihrem Werk 'Unrecht im Namen des Volkes'. Zuvor hatte die Autorin in ihrem aufsehenerregenden Titel 'Tote haben keine Lobby' anhand konkreter Fälle erzählt, wie viele Morde ungesühnt bleiben. In ihrem neuen Buch schildert sie nun anhand eines Missbrauchsvorwurfs, wie zwei unschuldige Menschen von der Justiz trotz eindeutiger Beweise fälschlicherweise zu vielen Jahren Haft verurteilt wurden. Schockierend, haarsträubend, wahr und im Namen des Volkes: Rückert stellt erneut unsere Vorstellung des deutschen Rechtskorpus infrage.-]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ckert</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b393680f82924bff8d88c54b460857bc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Mein Lieblingstier der Bärmingo: Ein außergewöhnlicher Zoobesuch by Sabrina Fiebrig</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-mein-lieblingstier-der-barmingo-ein-aussergewohnlicher-zoobesuch-by-sabrina-fiebrig--65206363</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600107" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600107</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mein Lieblingstier der Bärmingo: Ein außergewöhnlicher Zoobesuch Author: Sabrina Fiebrig Narrator: Sabrina Fiebrig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Hast du schon einmal von den Bärmingos gehört? Oder dem Tigrosch? Nach einem aufregenden Zoobesuch begegnen der fünfjährigen Matilda plötzlich die verrücktesten Tiere im Traum. Wenn du wissen willst, was es mit diesen Tieren auf sich hat, dann begleite Matilda auf ihrer lustigen Reise in ein Tierreich, das du so sicher noch nicht gesehen hast. Und wer weiß, vielleicht hast du am Ende ein neues Lieblingstier.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600107</guid><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206363/4061707932366.mp3" length="997064" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600107 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mein Lieblingstier der Bärmingo: Ein außergewöhnlicher Zoobesuch Author: Sabrina Fiebrig Narrator: Sabrina Fiebrig Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600107" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600107</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mein Lieblingstier der Bärmingo: Ein außergewöhnlicher Zoobesuch Author: Sabrina Fiebrig Narrator: Sabrina Fiebrig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Hast du schon einmal von den Bärmingos gehört? Oder dem Tigrosch? Nach einem aufregenden Zoobesuch begegnen der fünfjährigen Matilda plötzlich die verrücktesten Tiere im Traum. Wenn du wissen willst, was es mit diesen Tieren auf sich hat, dann begleite Matilda auf ihrer lustigen Reise in ein Tierreich, das du so sicher noch nicht gesehen hast. Und wer weiß, vielleicht hast du am Ende ein neues Lieblingstier.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e79ba02b909537d97318ec59b2bf3789.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Case for Basic Income: Freedom, Security, Justice by Jamie Swift, Elaine Power</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-case-for-basic-income-freedom-security-justice-by-jamie-swift-elaine-power--65206326</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602823" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602823</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Basic Income: Freedom, Security, Justice Author: Jamie Swift, Elaine Power Narrator: Nathalie Toriel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Inequality is up. Decent work is down. Free market fundamentalism has been exposed as a tragic failure. In a job market upended by COVID-19-with Canadians caught in the grip of precarious labour, stagnant wages, a climate crisis, and the steady creep of automation-an ever-louder chorus of voices calls for a liveable and obligation-free basic income. Could a basic income guarantee be the way forward to democratize security and intervene where the market economy and social programs fail? Jamie Swift and Elaine Power scrutinize the politics and the potential behind a radical proposal in a post-pandemic world: that wealth should be built by a society, not individuals. And that we all have an unconditional right to a fair share. In these pages, Swift and Power bring to the forefront the deeply personal stories of Canadians who participated in the 2017-2019 Ontario Basic Income Pilot; examine the essential literature and history behind the movement; and answer basic income's critics from both the right and left.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602823</guid><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206326/9781771136167.mp3" length="2437286" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602823 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Basic Income: Freedom, Security, Justice Author: Jamie Swift, Elaine Power Narrator: Nathalie Toriel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602823" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602823</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Basic Income: Freedom, Security, Justice Author: Jamie Swift, Elaine Power Narrator: Nathalie Toriel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Inequality is up. Decent work is down. Free market fundamentalism has been exposed as a tragic failure. In a job market upended by COVID-19-with Canadians caught in the grip of precarious labour, stagnant wages, a climate crisis, and the steady creep of automation-an ever-louder chorus of voices calls for a liveable and obligation-free basic income. Could a basic income guarantee be the way forward to democratize security and intervene where the market economy and social programs fail? Jamie Swift and Elaine Power scrutinize the politics and the potential behind a radical proposal in a post-pandemic world: that wealth should be built by a society, not individuals. And that we all have an unconditional right to a fair share. In these pages, Swift and Power bring to the forefront the deeply personal stories of Canadians who participated in the 2017-2019 Ontario Basic Income Pilot; examine the essential literature and history behind the movement; and answer basic income's critics from both the right and left.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e8117065b8ee08c51196a8aa2eabd19b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - 1968. Estado y Universidad: Orígenes de la transición política en México by Gerardo Estrada Rodríguez, Carlos Monsiváis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-1968-estado-y-universidad-origenes-de-la-transicion-politica-en-mexico-by-gerardo-estrada-rodriguez-carlos-monsivais--65206305</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603548" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603548</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 1968. Estado y Universidad: Orígenes de la transición política en México Author: Gerardo Estrada Rodríguez, Carlos Monsiváis Narrator: Ricardo Méndez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  «Este libro de Gerardo Estrada es uno de los caminos más seguros para penetrar en la sociedad mexicana y sobre todo en su sistema político»   - Alain Touraine, del prólogo  Esta edición ampliada y actualizada de 1968, Estado y Universidad - una obra ya clásica- nos recuerda el verdadero valor de un movimiento que fue el germen de la 'sociedad civil', de las ideasmodernas de oposición y conciencia universitaria, de algunas de las libertades que hoy gozamos y de nuestra percepción de la tolerancia y respeto a la diversidad.  «El ensayo histórico de Gerardo Estrada, muy informado y analítico, abarca una etapa extensa de la UNAM y de la educación superior en México. Es un libro interpretativo y descriptivo que provoca juicios y comentarios en torno de cuatro asuntos básicos de México: a) la trayectoria de la UNAM, b) el proceso educativo, c) los avances de la libertad de expresión y d) el desarrollo de la oposición política y social. Lo afirma de otro modo Estrada: 'el papel de transformador social que se otorga a la Universidad y el mesianismo en ello implícito'»  - Carlos Monsiváis, del epílogo.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603548</guid><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206305/9786073819664.mp3" length="2437205" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603548 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 1968. Estado y Universidad: Orígenes de la transición política en México Author: Gerardo Estrada Rodríguez, Carlos Monsiváis Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603548" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603548</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 1968. Estado y Universidad: Orígenes de la transición política en México Author: Gerardo Estrada Rodríguez, Carlos Monsiváis Narrator: Ricardo Méndez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  «Este libro de Gerardo Estrada es uno de los caminos más seguros para penetrar en la sociedad mexicana y sobre todo en su sistema político»   - Alain Touraine, del prólogo  Esta edición ampliada y actualizada de 1968, Estado y Universidad - una obra ya clásica- nos recuerda el verdadero valor de un movimiento que fue el germen de la 'sociedad civil', de las ideasmodernas de oposición y conciencia universitaria, de algunas de las libertades que hoy gozamos y de nuestra percepción de la tolerancia y respeto a la diversidad.  «El ensayo histórico de Gerardo Estrada, muy informado y analítico, abarca una etapa extensa de la UNAM y de la educación superior en México. Es un libro interpretativo y descriptivo que provoca juicios y comentarios en torno de cuatro asuntos básicos de México: a) la trayectoria de la UNAM, b) el proceso educativo, c) los avances de la libertad de expresión y d) el desarrollo de la oposición política y social. Lo afirma de otro modo Estrada: 'el papel de transformador social que se otorga a la Universidad y el mesianismo en ello implícito'»  - Carlos Monsiváis, del epílogo.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2451a4fb8c1925a05b98331cf0c716ec.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Return of the Russian Leviathan by Sergei Medvedev</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-return-of-the-russian-leviathan-by-sergei-medvedev--65206440</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590142" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590142</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of the Russian Leviathan Author: Sergei Medvedev Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Russia's relationship with its neighbors and with the West has worsened dramatically in recent years. Under Vladimir Putin's leadership, the country has annexed Crimea, begun a war in Eastern Ukraine, used chemical weapons on the streets of the UK, and created an army of Internet trolls to meddle in the US presidential elections. How can we understand this apparent relapse into aggressive imperialism and militarism? In this book, Sergei Medvedev argues that this new wave of Russian nationalism is the result of mentalities that have long been embedded within the Russian psyche. Whereas in the West, the turbulent social changes of the 1960s and a rising awareness of the legacy of colonialism have modernized attitudes, Russia has been stymied by an enduring sense of superiority over its neighbors alongside a painful nostalgia for empire. It is this infantilized and irrational worldview that Putin and others have exploited, as seen most clearly in Russia's recent foreign policy decisions, including the annexation of Crimea. This sharp and insightful book, full of irony and humor, shows how the archaic forces of imperial revanchism have been brought back to life, shaking Russian society and threatening the outside world. It will be of great interest to anyone trying to understand the forces shaping Russian politics and society today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590142</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206440/9798765045664.mp3" length="14437243" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590142 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of the Russian Leviathan Author: Sergei Medvedev Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590142" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590142</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of the Russian Leviathan Author: Sergei Medvedev Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Russia's relationship with its neighbors and with the West has worsened dramatically in recent years. Under Vladimir Putin's leadership, the country has annexed Crimea, begun a war in Eastern Ukraine, used chemical weapons on the streets of the UK, and created an army of Internet trolls to meddle in the US presidential elections. How can we understand this apparent relapse into aggressive imperialism and militarism? In this book, Sergei Medvedev argues that this new wave of Russian nationalism is the result of mentalities that have long been embedded within the Russian psyche. Whereas in the West, the turbulent social changes of the 1960s and a rising awareness of the legacy of colonialism have modernized attitudes, Russia has been stymied by an enduring sense of superiority over its neighbors alongside a painful nostalgia for empire. It is this infantilized and irrational worldview that Putin and others have exploited, as seen most clearly in Russia's recent foreign policy decisions, including the annexation of Crimea. This sharp and insightful book, full of irony and humor, shows how the archaic forces of imperial revanchism have been brought back to life, shaking Russian society and threatening the outside world. It will be of great interest to anyone trying to understand the forces shaping Russian politics and society today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/71d0e88654b00d8efc75d8962dbd604a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Employment Law: Very Short Introduction by David Cabrelli</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/employment-law-very-short-introduction-by-david-cabrelli--65206422</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594948" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594948</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Employment Law: Very Short Introduction Author: David Cabrelli Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In today's society, work takes up a vast proportion of the time and energy of ordinary people. Although use of the phrase 'work-life balance' is now commonplace in the media and ordinary conversation, people work longer hours than ever before. However, rather than purely a means to an end in terms of supporting oneself financially, the workplace is a place to develop skills and talents and build lasting friendships. For these reasons, people want to know about their rights in the workplace. Issues of equal pay, discrimination, discharge/dismissal, and redundancy are prevalent within the media, and there is a growing public appetite for knowledge of the law governing the employment relationship. This Very Short Introduction provides an overview of the main kinds of employment rights and labor laws found in many countries. It unpicks and evaluates some of the assumptions underpinning contemporary attitudes to such rights and laws in order to measure whether they are warranted. Throughout it also considers the economic, political, sociological, and social justifications for employment rights and laws.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594948</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206422/9798765039229.mp3" length="14437145" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594948 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Employment Law: Very Short Introduction Author: David Cabrelli Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594948" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594948</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Employment Law: Very Short Introduction Author: David Cabrelli Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In today's society, work takes up a vast proportion of the time and energy of ordinary people. Although use of the phrase 'work-life balance' is now commonplace in the media and ordinary conversation, people work longer hours than ever before. However, rather than purely a means to an end in terms of supporting oneself financially, the workplace is a place to develop skills and talents and build lasting friendships. For these reasons, people want to know about their rights in the workplace. Issues of equal pay, discrimination, discharge/dismissal, and redundancy are prevalent within the media, and there is a growing public appetite for knowledge of the law governing the employment relationship. This Very Short Introduction provides an overview of the main kinds of employment rights and labor laws found in many countries. It unpicks and evaluates some of the assumptions underpinning contemporary attitudes to such rights and laws in order to measure whether they are warranted. Throughout it also considers the economic, political, sociological, and social justifications for employment rights and laws.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3535c8d0e07faa8354d8f13a86daf7b9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Orden de embargo by Bill Browder</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-orden-de-embargo-by-bill-browder--65206308</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603831" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603831</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Orden de embargo Author: Bill Browder Narrator: Jorge González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Tras el éxito de ventas de Notificación roja, Bill Browder regresa con otro apasionante relato en el que detalla cómo se convirtió en el enemigo público número uno de Vladímir Putin al revelar la campaña del presidente ruso para robar y lavar cientos de miles de millones de dólares y matar a cualquiera que se interpusiera en su camino. Cuando el joven abogado ruso de Bill Browder, Serguéi Magnitski, fue asesinado a golpes en una cárcel de Moscú, Browder convirtió en la misión de su vida perseguir a sus asesinos y asegurarse de que se enfrentaran a la justicia. El primer paso de esa misión fue descubrir quién estaba detrás del plan de devolución de impuestos de 230 millones de dólares por el que Magnitski fue asesinado. Mientras Browder y su equipo rastreaban el dinero a medida que salía de Rusia a través de los países bálticos y Chipre, y hacia Europa occidental y América, se sorprendieron al descubrir que el propio Vladímir Putin era un beneficiario del crimen. Cuando las fuerzas del orden comenzaron a congelar el dinero, Putin tomó represalias. Él y sus compinches instalaron trampas, contrataron personal para perseguir a Browder por distintas ciudades, asesinaron a varios de sus aliados rusos y reclutaron a algunos de los mejores abogados y políticos de Estados Unidos para acabar con él. Putin no se detendría ante nada para proteger su dinero. Como revela este libro, fue la campaña de Browder para sacar a la luz la corrupción de Putin lo que provocó la intervención de Rusia en las elecciones presidenciales estadounidenses de 2016. Orden de embargo es a la vez una aventura financiera, una aventura internacional y una apasionada búsqueda de justicia. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Bill Browder es el fundador y director general de Hermitage Capital Management y fue el mayor inversor extranjero en Rusia hasta 2005. Desde 2009, cuando su abogado, Serguéi Magnitski, fue asesinado en prisión tras descubrir un fraude de 230 millones de dólares cometido por funcionarios del Gobierno ruso, Browder ha liderado una campaña para sacar a la luz la corrupción endémica de Rusia y los abusos de los derechos humanos. Antes de fundar Hermitage, Browder fue vicepresidente de Salomon Brothers. Tiene una licenciatura en Economía de la Universidad de Chicago y un máster en Administración de empresas de la Escuela de Negocios de Stanford.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603831</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206308/9788728347652.mp3" length="2437165" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603831 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Orden de embargo Author: Bill Browder Narrator: Jorge González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: June...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603831" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603831</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Orden de embargo Author: Bill Browder Narrator: Jorge González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Tras el éxito de ventas de Notificación roja, Bill Browder regresa con otro apasionante relato en el que detalla cómo se convirtió en el enemigo público número uno de Vladímir Putin al revelar la campaña del presidente ruso para robar y lavar cientos de miles de millones de dólares y matar a cualquiera que se interpusiera en su camino. Cuando el joven abogado ruso de Bill Browder, Serguéi Magnitski, fue asesinado a golpes en una cárcel de Moscú, Browder convirtió en la misión de su vida perseguir a sus asesinos y asegurarse de que se enfrentaran a la justicia. El primer paso de esa misión fue descubrir quién estaba detrás del plan de devolución de impuestos de 230 millones de dólares por el que Magnitski fue asesinado. Mientras Browder y su equipo rastreaban el dinero a medida que salía de Rusia a través de los países bálticos y Chipre, y hacia Europa occidental y América, se sorprendieron al descubrir que el propio Vladímir Putin era un beneficiario del crimen. Cuando las fuerzas del orden comenzaron a congelar el dinero, Putin tomó represalias. Él y sus compinches instalaron trampas, contrataron personal para perseguir a Browder por distintas ciudades, asesinaron a varios de sus aliados rusos y reclutaron a algunos de los mejores abogados y políticos de Estados Unidos para acabar con él. Putin no se detendría ante nada para proteger su dinero. Como revela este libro, fue la campaña de Browder para sacar a la luz la corrupción de Putin lo que provocó la intervención de Rusia en las elecciones presidenciales estadounidenses de 2016. Orden de embargo es a la vez una aventura financiera, una aventura internacional y una apasionada búsqueda de justicia. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Bill Browder es el fundador y director general de Hermitage Capital Management y fue el mayor inversor extranjero en Rusia hasta 2005. Desde 2009, cuando su abogado, Serguéi Magnitski, fue asesinado en prisión tras descubrir un fraude de 230 millones de dólares cometido por funcionarios del Gobierno ruso, Browder ha liderado una campaña para sacar a la luz la corrupción endémica de Rusia y los abusos de los derechos humanos. Antes de fundar Hermitage, Browder fue vicepresidente de Salomon Brothers. Tiene una licenciatura en Economía de la Universidad de Chicago y un máster en Administración de empresas de la Escuela de Negocios de Stanford.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fb7e6fa9a57b836051f46d32cbb69093.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Streets of Gold: America's Untold Story of Immigrant Success by Ran Abramitzky, Leah Boustan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/streets-of-gold-america-s-untold-story-of-immigrant-success-by-ran-abramitzky-leah-boustan--65206299</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603539" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603539</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Streets of Gold: America's Untold Story of Immigrant Success Author: Ran Abramitzky, Leah Boustan Narrator: Rachel Botchan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Immigration is a fraught and misunderstood topic in America’s social discourse, with much of what we believe based largely on myth. Ran Abramitzky and Leah Boustan have spent the last decade searching for the facts. Their pioneering research digs deep into the data on immigration, linking the experiences of immigrants from the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries to those of immigrants today. Using powerful storytelling alongside big data, they provide new evidence about the past and present of the American Dream that will change our thinking and policies.Where you come from, they vividly illustrate, doesn’t matter. The children of immigrants from countries like El Salvador, Mexico, and Guatemala today are as likely to be as successful as those from Great Britain and Norway 150 years ago. And in a pattern that has held for more than a century, the children of immigrants from nearly every country, especially those of poor immigrants, do better economically than children of US-born residents.Immigration changes the economy in unexpected positive ways, staving off the economic decline that is the consequence of an aging population. Closing the door to immigrants harms the economic prospects of the US-born—the very people politicians are trying to protect.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603539</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206299/9781705071465.mp3" length="2437153" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603539 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Streets of Gold: America's Untold Story of Immigrant Success Author: Ran Abramitzky, Leah Boustan Narrator: Rachel Botchan Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603539" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603539</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Streets of Gold: America's Untold Story of Immigrant Success Author: Ran Abramitzky, Leah Boustan Narrator: Rachel Botchan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Immigration is a fraught and misunderstood topic in America’s social discourse, with much of what we believe based largely on myth. Ran Abramitzky and Leah Boustan have spent the last decade searching for the facts. Their pioneering research digs deep into the data on immigration, linking the experiences of immigrants from the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries to those of immigrants today. Using powerful storytelling alongside big data, they provide new evidence about the past and present of the American Dream that will change our thinking and policies.Where you come from, they vividly illustrate, doesn’t matter. The children of immigrants from countries like El Salvador, Mexico, and Guatemala today are as likely to be as successful as those from Great Britain and Norway 150 years ago. And in a pattern that has held for more than a century, the children of immigrants from nearly every country, especially those of poor immigrants, do better economically than children of US-born residents.Immigration changes the economy in unexpected positive ways, staving off the economic decline that is the consequence of an aging population. Closing the door to immigrants harms the economic prospects of the US-born—the very people politicians are trying to protect.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/25febe0161acd4f318b3902e35cb7dc3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Sigmund Freud: Massenpsychologie und Ich-Analyse: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Psychoanalyse by Sigmund Freud</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-sigmund-freud-massenpsychologie-und-ich-analyse-ein-grundlagenwerk-der-psychoanalyse-by-sigmund-freud--65206357</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600643" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600643</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Massenpsychologie und Ich-Analyse: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Psychoanalyse Series: #24 of Sigmund Freud: Massenpsychologie und Ich-Analyse Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was ist eine Masse? Laut Sigmund Freud ein 'provisorisches Wesen, das aus heterogenen Elementen besteht, die sich für einen Augenblick miteinander verbunden haben.' Doch wie verhält sich der Einzelne innerhalb dieser Masse? Aufbauend auf Gustave le Bons Grundlagenwerk kommt Freud zu äußerst interessanten Schlussfolgerungen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600643</guid><pubDate>Fri, 24 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206357/9783754501245.mp3" length="1477623" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600643 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Massenpsychologie und Ich-Analyse: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Psychoanalyse Series: #24 of Sigmund Freud: Massenpsychologie und...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600643" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600643</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Massenpsychologie und Ich-Analyse: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Psychoanalyse Series: #24 of Sigmund Freud: Massenpsychologie und Ich-Analyse Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was ist eine Masse? Laut Sigmund Freud ein 'provisorisches Wesen, das aus heterogenen Elementen besteht, die sich für einen Augenblick miteinander verbunden haben.' Doch wie verhält sich der Einzelne innerhalb dieser Masse? Aufbauend auf Gustave le Bons Grundlagenwerk kommt Freud zu äußerst interessanten Schlussfolgerungen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/455353af4ba20b49c4cc76a35f0f53e3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 2: Der Traum by Sigmund Freud</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-sigmund-freud-vorlesungen-zur-einfuhrung-in-die-psychoanalyse-teil-2-der-traum-by-sigmund-freud--65206351</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600813" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600813</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 2: Der Traum Series: #24 of Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 2 Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In den Jahren 1915 - 1917 hielt Sigmund Freud eine Vorlesungsreihe mit dem Namen 'Einführung in die Psychoanalyse' - der Grundstein dieser Disziplin schlechthin. Hier vorliegend sind die Vorlesungen V - XV über den Traum, mit den Themen: Voraussetzungen und Techniken der Deutung, Manifester Trauminhalt, Kinderträume, die Traumzensur, Die Symbolik im Traum, Die Traumarbeit, Analysen von Traumbeispielen, Archaische Züge, Die Wunscherfüllung, Unsicherheiten und Kritiken.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600813</guid><pubDate>Fri, 24 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206351/9783754501344.mp3" length="1477615" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600813 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 2: Der Traum Series: #24 of Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600813" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600813</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 2: Der Traum Series: #24 of Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 2 Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In den Jahren 1915 - 1917 hielt Sigmund Freud eine Vorlesungsreihe mit dem Namen 'Einführung in die Psychoanalyse' - der Grundstein dieser Disziplin schlechthin. Hier vorliegend sind die Vorlesungen V - XV über den Traum, mit den Themen: Voraussetzungen und Techniken der Deutung, Manifester Trauminhalt, Kinderträume, die Traumzensur, Die Symbolik im Traum, Die Traumarbeit, Analysen von Traumbeispielen, Archaische Züge, Die Wunscherfüllung, Unsicherheiten und Kritiken.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>hrung</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2d0560d2e5c6bf9020f2eecafbd19b9f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Sin más amigos que las montañas by Behrouz Boochani</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-sin-mas-amigos-que-las-montanas-by-behrouz-boochani--65206352</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601745" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601745</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sin más amigos que las montañas Author: Behrouz Boochani Narrator: Paris Roa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  El 2013 Behrouz Boochani fue ilegalmente detenido en la isla de Manus, un centro de detención de inmigrantes cerca de la costa de Australia. En la cárcel, donde ha pasado seis años, sin herramientas ni espacio para la creación, Boochani escribió heroicamente a través de WhatsApp este libro. Un libro sobre la violencia y las injusticias que se cometen en nuestro nombre con la excusa de la ley. La obra se publicó en Australia y ganó los premios más importantes del país convirtiéndose en una denuncia y visibilizando una vergüenza internacional. Uno de los libros más vendidos en 2019 es el grito de resistencia y el extraordinario testimonio de un refugiado. Una voz que representa las vivencias de tantos refugiados y migrantes apátridas encarcelados en todo el mundo. Behrouz Boochani es periodista y un reconocido defensor de los derechos humanos, ganador de un Media Award de Amnistía Internacional de Australia, se le han otorgado también los premios del Diaspora Symposium Social Justice Award, del Liberty Victoria 2018 Empty Chair Award, del Anna Politkovskaya de periodismo y del Premio Veu Lliure PEN Català 2020]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601745</guid><pubDate>Wed, 22 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206352/9781638118565.mp3" length="2437264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601745 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sin más amigos que las montañas Author: Behrouz Boochani Narrator: Paris Roa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601745" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601745</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sin más amigos que las montañas Author: Behrouz Boochani Narrator: Paris Roa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  El 2013 Behrouz Boochani fue ilegalmente detenido en la isla de Manus, un centro de detención de inmigrantes cerca de la costa de Australia. En la cárcel, donde ha pasado seis años, sin herramientas ni espacio para la creación, Boochani escribió heroicamente a través de WhatsApp este libro. Un libro sobre la violencia y las injusticias que se cometen en nuestro nombre con la excusa de la ley. La obra se publicó en Australia y ganó los premios más importantes del país convirtiéndose en una denuncia y visibilizando una vergüenza internacional. Uno de los libros más vendidos en 2019 es el grito de resistencia y el extraordinario testimonio de un refugiado. Una voz que representa las vivencias de tantos refugiados y migrantes apátridas encarcelados en todo el mundo. Behrouz Boochani es periodista y un reconocido defensor de los derechos humanos, ganador de un Media Award de Amnistía Internacional de Australia, se le han otorgado también los premios del Diaspora Symposium Social Justice Award, del Liberty Victoria 2018 Empty Chair Award, del Anna Politkovskaya de periodismo y del Premio Veu Lliure PEN Català 2020]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/776023dd1d17eb94ab3fb7915bdba108.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - El Poder: Un estratega lee a Maquiavelo by Pedro Baños</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-el-poder-un-estratega-lee-a-maquiavelo-by-pedro-banos--65206337</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601746" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601746</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El Poder: Un estratega lee a Maquiavelo Author: Pedro Baños Narrator: Martin Untrojb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Astucia, prudencia... Pedro Baños multiplica las enseñanzas de Maquiavelo y las actualiza cuando la realidad estratégica, que conoce tan bien, lo exige. ¿Cómo se alcanza el poder? ¿Cómo conservarlo? El poder cambia de forma o pasa de manos, pero siempre está ahí, muy presente. Nicolás Maquiavelo escribió 'El Príncipe' pensando en los gobernantes de su tiempo, pero, como el coronel Pedro Baños nos revela, sus ideas se pueden aplicar a lo que hoy llamamos líder, ya ejerza sus funciones en la política, en el terreno militar, en la empresa o incluso cuando se trata de un liderazgo social. Este sagaz diálogo que Pedro Baños mantiene con Maquiavelo a través de los siglos nos permite entender las maneras de obtener el poder, cómo ganar la confianza y el respeto de los ciudadanos, la importancia de las alianzas y la prevención no solo ante los enemigos declarados, sino también ante los propios amigos. Aunque los líderes actuales deben adaptarse a un mundo complejo, no les conviene olvidar los aciertos (y errores) del más prestigioso «influencer» de todos los tiempos: Nicolás Maquiavelo. Esta nueva edición contiene también una traducción íntegra, revisada y actualizada de 'El Príncipe' de Maquiavelo.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601746</guid><pubDate>Wed, 22 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206337/9781638118589.mp3" length="2437221" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601746 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El Poder: Un estratega lee a Maquiavelo Author: Pedro Baños Narrator: Martin Untrojb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601746" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601746</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El Poder: Un estratega lee a Maquiavelo Author: Pedro Baños Narrator: Martin Untrojb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Astucia, prudencia... Pedro Baños multiplica las enseñanzas de Maquiavelo y las actualiza cuando la realidad estratégica, que conoce tan bien, lo exige. ¿Cómo se alcanza el poder? ¿Cómo conservarlo? El poder cambia de forma o pasa de manos, pero siempre está ahí, muy presente. Nicolás Maquiavelo escribió 'El Príncipe' pensando en los gobernantes de su tiempo, pero, como el coronel Pedro Baños nos revela, sus ideas se pueden aplicar a lo que hoy llamamos líder, ya ejerza sus funciones en la política, en el terreno militar, en la empresa o incluso cuando se trata de un liderazgo social. Este sagaz diálogo que Pedro Baños mantiene con Maquiavelo a través de los siglos nos permite entender las maneras de obtener el poder, cómo ganar la confianza y el respeto de los ciudadanos, la importancia de las alianzas y la prevención no solo ante los enemigos declarados, sino también ante los propios amigos. Aunque los líderes actuales deben adaptarse a un mundo complejo, no les conviene olvidar los aciertos (y errores) del más prestigioso «influencer» de todos los tiempos: Nicolás Maquiavelo. Esta nueva edición contiene también una traducción íntegra, revisada y actualizada de 'El Príncipe' de Maquiavelo.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8be5d11758e81eab39eacc3b22f093b8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Two Michaels: Innocent Canadian Captives and High Stakes Espionage in the US-China Cyber War by Mike Blanchfield, Fen Osler Hampson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-two-michaels-innocent-canadian-captives-and-high-stakes-espionage-in-the-us-china-cyber-war-by-mike-blanchfield-fen-osler-hampson--65206430</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592422" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592422</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Two Michaels: Innocent Canadian Captives and High Stakes Espionage in the US-China Cyber War Author: Mike Blanchfield, Fen Osler Hampson Narrator: Miles Meili Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Landing in Vancouver on a flight from Hong Kong on December 2018, Chinese telecom executive Meng Wanzhou was arrested by Canadian authorities with an American extradition warrant. The US Department of Justice accused Meng of fraud and bypassing sanctions against Iran. Nine days later, in an act of retaliation, China arrested two Canadians—Michael Spavor, an entrepreneur, and Michael Kovrig, a peace advocate—charging them with spying.  Imprisoned and interrogated, the Two Michaels became hostages in a tense showdown between China and the United States over not only the Meng extradition but whether East or West will control the future of the internet.  In this timely and essential book, journalist Mike Blanchfield and international affairs expert Fen Osler Hampson combine groundbreaking original reporting and keen analysis to tell this gripping and ongoing story of cyber espionage, life-and-death diplomacy, and global superpowers in conflict.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592422</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206430/9780385688277.mp3" length="4837192" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592422 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Two Michaels: Innocent Canadian Captives and High Stakes Espionage in the US-China Cyber War Author: Mike Blanchfield, Fen Osler Hampson Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592422" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592422</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Two Michaels: Innocent Canadian Captives and High Stakes Espionage in the US-China Cyber War Author: Mike Blanchfield, Fen Osler Hampson Narrator: Miles Meili Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Landing in Vancouver on a flight from Hong Kong on December 2018, Chinese telecom executive Meng Wanzhou was arrested by Canadian authorities with an American extradition warrant. The US Department of Justice accused Meng of fraud and bypassing sanctions against Iran. Nine days later, in an act of retaliation, China arrested two Canadians—Michael Spavor, an entrepreneur, and Michael Kovrig, a peace advocate—charging them with spying.  Imprisoned and interrogated, the Two Michaels became hostages in a tense showdown between China and the United States over not only the Meng extradition but whether East or West will control the future of the internet.  In this timely and essential book, journalist Mike Blanchfield and international affairs expert Fen Osler Hampson combine groundbreaking original reporting and keen analysis to tell this gripping and ongoing story of cyber espionage, life-and-death diplomacy, and global superpowers in conflict.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1adb0f0fe8bb63d6c24c6000d1326afb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words by Michael Pack, Mark Paoletta</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/created-equal-clarence-thomas-in-his-own-words-by-michael-pack-mark-paoletta--65206342</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600492" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600492</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words Author: Michael Pack, Mark Paoletta Narrator: Shamaan Casey, Charles Constant, Pamela Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Drawing on historical documents and exclusive interviews, authors tell the inspiring story of Clarence Thomas's rise from a childhood of poverty and prejudice in the segregated South to Supreme Court Justice. Companion to blockbuster documentary Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words, but a fascinating stand alone listen, as well!  *The full story behind the wildly successful documentary film, Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words*  Born into dire poverty in the segregated South and abandoned by his father as a child, Justice Clarence Thomas triumphed over seemingly insurmountable odds to become one of the most influential justices on the Supreme Court. Yet after three decades of honorable service, few know him beyond his contentious confirmation and the surrounding media firestorm.  Who is Justice Clarence Thomas, in his own words?   In the follow-up to the wildly successful documentary by the same name, Created Equal builds on dozens of hours of groundbreaking, one-on-one interviews with Thomas to share a new, expanded account of his powerful story for the first time.  Producer Michael Pack and Mark Paoletta, a lawyer who worked alongside Thomas during his confirmation, dive deep into the Justice’s story. Drawing on a rich array of historical documents and unreleased conversations with Thomas, his wife, and those who knew him best, Created Equal is a timeless account of faith, race, power, and personal resilience.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600492</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206342/9781645555704.mp3" length="2437252" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600492 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words Author: Michael Pack, Mark Paoletta Narrator: Shamaan Casey, Charles Constant, Pamela Klein Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600492" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600492</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words Author: Michael Pack, Mark Paoletta Narrator: Shamaan Casey, Charles Constant, Pamela Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Drawing on historical documents and exclusive interviews, authors tell the inspiring story of Clarence Thomas's rise from a childhood of poverty and prejudice in the segregated South to Supreme Court Justice. Companion to blockbuster documentary Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words, but a fascinating stand alone listen, as well!  *The full story behind the wildly successful documentary film, Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words*  Born into dire poverty in the segregated South and abandoned by his father as a child, Justice Clarence Thomas triumphed over seemingly insurmountable odds to become one of the most influential justices on the Supreme Court. Yet after three decades of honorable service, few know him beyond his contentious confirmation and the surrounding media firestorm.  Who is Justice Clarence Thomas, in his own words?   In the follow-up to the wildly successful documentary by the same name, Created Equal builds on dozens of hours of groundbreaking, one-on-one interviews with Thomas to share a new, expanded account of his powerful story for the first time.  Producer Michael Pack and Mark Paoletta, a lawyer who worked alongside Thomas during his confirmation, dive deep into the Justice’s story. Drawing on a rich array of historical documents and unreleased conversations with Thomas, his wife, and those who knew him best, Created Equal is a timeless account of faith, race, power, and personal resilience.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8fecc23e2fd57594669c4d1a5a7b465b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Der Taschenanwalt: Die spannendsten Rechtsfragen einfach geklärt by Christian Solmecke</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-der-taschenanwalt-die-spannendsten-rechtsfragen-einfach-geklart-by-christian-solmecke--65206281</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600816" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600816</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Taschenanwalt: Die spannendsten Rechtsfragen einfach geklärt Author: Christian Solmecke Narrator: Christian Solmecke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 20, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mit dem Auto in zweiter Reihe parken, um kurz die Hemden aus der Reinigung abzuholen, kostet Autofahrer ein Bußgeld von 55 Euro. Wer noch dazu mit dem Warnblinker auf sein stehendes Fahrzeug aufmerksam macht, zahlt 10 Euro extra. Hätte man den Warnblinker doch besser nicht eingeschaltet … doch woher soll man das wissen? Ganz einfach: »Der Taschenanwalt« verrät es! Der deutschlandweit bekannte Rechtsanwalt Christian Solmecke, dessen YouTube-Kanal »WBS.LEGAL« rund eine Million Abonnenten begeistert, erlebt in seinem Kanzleialltag die verrücktesten Dinge, über die es sich zu berichten lohnt. In seinem Buch behandelt er die wichtigsten, interessantesten und kniffligsten Rechtsfragen, mit denen er im Laufe seiner Anwaltskarriere konfrontiert wurde: von Namensrechten bei der Geburt eines Kindes über Rückerstattungen für eine misslungene Reise bis hin zu Problemen im Arbeitsleben, im Straßenverkehr, beim Scheitern einer Ehe oder in einem Erbschaftsstreit. Vieles gilt es im Alltag zu wissen, einiges zu beachten. Mit dem »Taschenanwalt« hat man stets die passende Antwort auf alle Fragen parat.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600816</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206281/9783969052051.mp3" length="1477603" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600816 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Taschenanwalt: Die spannendsten Rechtsfragen einfach geklärt Author: Christian Solmecke Narrator: Christian Solmecke Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600816" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600816</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Taschenanwalt: Die spannendsten Rechtsfragen einfach geklärt Author: Christian Solmecke Narrator: Christian Solmecke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 20, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mit dem Auto in zweiter Reihe parken, um kurz die Hemden aus der Reinigung abzuholen, kostet Autofahrer ein Bußgeld von 55 Euro. Wer noch dazu mit dem Warnblinker auf sein stehendes Fahrzeug aufmerksam macht, zahlt 10 Euro extra. Hätte man den Warnblinker doch besser nicht eingeschaltet … doch woher soll man das wissen? Ganz einfach: »Der Taschenanwalt« verrät es! Der deutschlandweit bekannte Rechtsanwalt Christian Solmecke, dessen YouTube-Kanal »WBS.LEGAL« rund eine Million Abonnenten begeistert, erlebt in seinem Kanzleialltag die verrücktesten Dinge, über die es sich zu berichten lohnt. In seinem Buch behandelt er die wichtigsten, interessantesten und kniffligsten Rechtsfragen, mit denen er im Laufe seiner Anwaltskarriere konfrontiert wurde: von Namensrechten bei der Geburt eines Kindes über Rückerstattungen für eine misslungene Reise bis hin zu Problemen im Arbeitsleben, im Straßenverkehr, beim Scheitern einer Ehe oder in einem Erbschaftsstreit. Vieles gilt es im Alltag zu wissen, einiges zu beachten. Mit dem »Taschenanwalt« hat man stets die passende Antwort auf alle Fragen parat.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1e9416d7efc0baf7a131287bde324353.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Citizens: Why the Key to Fixing Everything Is All of Us by Jon Alexander</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/citizens-why-the-key-to-fixing-everything-is-all-of-us-by-jon-alexander--65206344</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603056" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603056</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Citizens: Why the Key to Fixing Everything Is All of Us Author: Jon Alexander Narrator: Jon Alexander, Brian Eno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  MCKINSEY TOP 5 RECOMMENDED READ 'An underground hit' – Best Politics Books, Financial Times 'Jon has one of the few big ideas that's easily applied' – Sam Conniff, Be More Pirate 'A wonderful guide to how to be human in the 21st Century' – Ece Temelkuran, How to Lose a Country: the Seven Steps from Democracy to Dictatorship Citizens opens up a new way of understanding ourselves and shows us what we must do to survive and thrive as individuals, organisations, and nations. Over the past decade, Jon Alexander's consultancy, the New Citizenship Project, has helped revitalise some of Britain's biggest organisations including the Co-op, the Guardian and the National Trust. Here, with the New York Times bestselling writer Ariane Conrad, he shows how history is about to enter age of the Citizen. Because when our institutions treat people as creative, empowered creatures rather than consumers, everything changes. Unleashing the power of everyone equips us to face the challenges of economic insecurity, climate crisis, public health threats, and polarisation.  Citizens is an upbeat handbook, full of insights, clear examples to follow, and inspiring case studies, from the slums of Kenya to the backstreets of Birmingham – and a foreword by the music producer and innovator Brian Eno. It is the perfect pick-me-up for leaders, founders, elected officials – and citizens everywhere. Organise and seize the future! Reviews It's an inspiring idea. This is an inspiring book. But it's not a 'woo' book. It's a practical toolkit for improving not just our global society but all of the challenges we face, be it climate change, famine, war. And we can use the very media which has made consumers of us all to facilitate the change. Like most brilliant ideas, it's simple. And profound. The text of this book should be taught in every second-level civics class everywhere.' – Sunday Independent 'Society is like an out of control house party – eating, drinking and consuming everything. Jon is the organiser of the campfire gathering behind the party. It's calm and welcoming and you won't want to leave. In Citizens, Jon and Ariane show how to leave the burning house of the Consumer Story and join the campfire that is the Citizen Story.' – Stephen Greene, CEO of RockCorps and founding Chair of National Citizen Service UK 'The belief that every single one of us has both the potential and the desire to make the world better drives me every day, in everything I do. In Citizens, Jon shows how taking that belief as a starting point really could transform our world. This is a truly powerful book, in every sense of the word.' - Josh Babarinde, Forbes 30 Under 30 Social Entrepreneur 'Every great transformation requires a new story. A story that reveals new possibilities and points toward an optimistic alternative to the current situation. Citizens presents just such a story and if we respond to its challenge we may just manage to navigate our way out of the mess we have created for ourselves.' – Tim Brown, Chair of IDEO and author of Change By Design 'Jon is working with a set of ideas and tools that have the potential to change politics forever. In fact, they could change everything forever.' – Ian Kearns, Founder and Trustee, European Leadership Network 'The shift from consumer to citizen is a truly big idea. If you're in a position of strategic influence, I strongly recommend you engage with this and consciously explore what it might mean for your organisation.' – Dame Fiona Reynolds DBE, former chief executive National Trust]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603056</guid><pubDate>Sat, 18 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206344/9781914487040.mp3" length="1477689" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603056 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Citizens: Why the Key to Fixing Everything Is All of Us Author: Jon Alexander Narrator: Jon Alexander, Brian Eno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603056" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603056</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Citizens: Why the Key to Fixing Everything Is All of Us Author: Jon Alexander Narrator: Jon Alexander, Brian Eno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  MCKINSEY TOP 5 RECOMMENDED READ 'An underground hit' – Best Politics Books, Financial Times 'Jon has one of the few big ideas that's easily applied' – Sam Conniff, Be More Pirate 'A wonderful guide to how to be human in the 21st Century' – Ece Temelkuran, How to Lose a Country: the Seven Steps from Democracy to Dictatorship Citizens opens up a new way of understanding ourselves and shows us what we must do to survive and thrive as individuals, organisations, and nations. Over the past decade, Jon Alexander's consultancy, the New Citizenship Project, has helped revitalise some of Britain's biggest organisations including the Co-op, the Guardian and the National Trust. Here, with the New York Times bestselling writer Ariane Conrad, he shows how history is about to enter age of the Citizen. Because when our institutions treat people as creative, empowered creatures rather than consumers, everything changes. Unleashing the power of everyone equips us to face the challenges of economic insecurity, climate crisis, public health threats, and polarisation.  Citizens is an upbeat handbook, full of insights, clear examples to follow, and inspiring case studies, from the slums of Kenya to the backstreets of Birmingham – and a foreword by the music producer and innovator Brian Eno. It is the perfect pick-me-up for leaders, founders, elected officials – and citizens everywhere. Organise and seize the future! Reviews It's an inspiring idea. This is an inspiring book. But it's not a 'woo' book. It's a practical toolkit for improving not just our global society but all of the challenges we face, be it climate change, famine, war. And we can use the very media which has made consumers of us all to facilitate the change. Like most brilliant ideas, it's simple. And profound. The text of this book should be taught in every second-level civics class everywhere.' – Sunday Independent 'Society is like an out of control house party – eating, drinking and consuming everything. Jon is the organiser of the campfire gathering behind the party. It's calm and welcoming and you won't want to leave. In Citizens, Jon and Ariane show how to leave the burning house of the Consumer Story and join the campfire that is the Citizen Story.' – Stephen Greene, CEO of RockCorps and founding Chair of National Citizen Service UK 'The belief that every single one of us has both the potential and the desire to make the world better drives me every day, in everything I do. In Citizens, Jon shows how taking that belief as a starting point really could transform our world. This is a truly powerful book, in every sense of the word.' - Josh Babarinde, Forbes 30 Under 30 Social Entrepreneur 'Every great transformation requires a new story. A story that reveals new possibilities and points toward an optimistic alternative to the current situation. Citizens presents just such a story and if we respond to its challenge we may just manage to navigate our way out of the mess we have created for ourselves.' – Tim Brown, Chair of IDEO and author of Change By Design 'Jon is working with a set of ideas and tools that have the potential to change politics forever. In fact, they could change everything forever.' – Ian Kearns, Founder and Trustee, European Leadership Network 'The shift from consumer to citizen is a truly big idea. If you're in a position of strategic influence, I strongly recommend you engage with this and consciously explore what...]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/71b61bdc19777cad5aa0e71b1810c1a1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Psychology of Totalitarianism by Mattias Desmet</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-psychology-of-totalitarianism-by-mattias-desmet--65206309</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602588" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602588</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Totalitarianism Author: Mattias Desmet Narrator: Dan Crue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  We bear witness to loneliness, free-floating anxiety, and fear giving way to censorship, loss of privacy, and surrendered freedoms. It is all spurred by a singular, focused crisis narrative that forbids dissident views and relies on destructive groupthink. Totalitarianism is not a coincidence and does not form in a vacuum. It arises from a collective psychosis that has followed a predictable script throughout history, its formation gaining strength and speed with each generation?from the Jacobins to the Nazis and Stalinists?as technology advances. Governments, mass media, and other mechanized forces use fear, loneliness, and isolation to demoralize populations and exert control, persuading large groups of people to act against their own interests, always with destructive results. In The Psychology of Totalitarianism, world-renowned Professor of Clinical Psychology Mattias Desmet deconstructs the societal conditions that allow this collective psychosis to take hold. By looking at our current situation and identifying the phenomenon of “mass formation”?a type of collective hypnosis?he clearly illustrates how close we are to surrendering to totalitarian regimes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602588</guid><pubDate>Thu, 16 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206309/9781645021742.mp3" length="1478324" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602588 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Totalitarianism Author: Mattias Desmet Narrator: Dan Crue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: June...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602588" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602588</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Totalitarianism Author: Mattias Desmet Narrator: Dan Crue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  We bear witness to loneliness, free-floating anxiety, and fear giving way to censorship, loss of privacy, and surrendered freedoms. It is all spurred by a singular, focused crisis narrative that forbids dissident views and relies on destructive groupthink. Totalitarianism is not a coincidence and does not form in a vacuum. It arises from a collective psychosis that has followed a predictable script throughout history, its formation gaining strength and speed with each generation?from the Jacobins to the Nazis and Stalinists?as technology advances. Governments, mass media, and other mechanized forces use fear, loneliness, and isolation to demoralize populations and exert control, persuading large groups of people to act against their own interests, always with destructive results. In The Psychology of Totalitarianism, world-renowned Professor of Clinical Psychology Mattias Desmet deconstructs the societal conditions that allow this collective psychosis to take hold. By looking at our current situation and identifying the phenomenon of “mass formation”?a type of collective hypnosis?he clearly illustrates how close we are to surrendering to totalitarian regimes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1b455b6c27dc8843bf7971e8897236ca.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Putin Friend - Democracies  Enemy  Book One by Anthony Tremain</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/putin-friend-democracies-enemy-book-one-by-anthony-tremain--65206373</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602009" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602009</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin Friend - Democracies  Enemy  Book One Author: Anthony Tremain Narrator: Anthony Tremain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: June 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Putins Friend - Democracies Enemy.Trump 2024 - The ultimate nightmare. That's what some are calling the prospect of another four years of Donald Trump as President. Certainly, whichever side of the political spectrum you're on,  it's clear,his opinion notwithstanding,that Trumps statements and actions,rather than 'making America great', are dividing it. And favoring certain segments of the population over others. Then there are the dark clouds of scandal, inappropriate and illegal behaviour that have enveloped  Trump.And those associated with him. The Donald, after portraying himself, falsely, as a great businessman who would run America like a business, has, in reality, run America into the ground.  In this no holds barred book, Investigative Reporter Anthony Tremain dives into the swamp of lies, deceit.illegality and immorality that are the stock in trade of the bully from queens.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602009</guid><pubDate>Wed, 15 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206373/9781667992280.mp3" length="2437204" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602009 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin Friend - Democracies  Enemy  Book One Author: Anthony Tremain Narrator: Anthony Tremain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602009" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602009</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin Friend - Democracies  Enemy  Book One Author: Anthony Tremain Narrator: Anthony Tremain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: June 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Putins Friend - Democracies Enemy.Trump 2024 - The ultimate nightmare. That's what some are calling the prospect of another four years of Donald Trump as President. Certainly, whichever side of the political spectrum you're on,  it's clear,his opinion notwithstanding,that Trumps statements and actions,rather than 'making America great', are dividing it. And favoring certain segments of the population over others. Then there are the dark clouds of scandal, inappropriate and illegal behaviour that have enveloped  Trump.And those associated with him. The Donald, after portraying himself, falsely, as a great businessman who would run America like a business, has, in reality, run America into the ground.  In this no holds barred book, Investigative Reporter Anthony Tremain dives into the swamp of lies, deceit.illegality and immorality that are the stock in trade of the bully from queens.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bdb0bcb49abbaf86efe039ee5d0e53cd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Editor Missing: The Media in Today's India by Ruben Banerjee</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/editor-missing-the-media-in-today-s-india-by-ruben-banerjee--65206328</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599888" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599888</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Editor Missing: The Media in Today's India Author: Ruben Banerjee Narrator: Anuj Datta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This is a time when the space for free speech is shrinking in India, along with a growing intolerance of contrarian views. The right to dissent, which should be the bedrock of any democracy, is seriously endangered. There is widespread belief that we are in an undeclared emergency. Not everyone agrees with this, though, and the jury is out on the state of play in the world's largest democracy. As charges and countercharges fly, with no unanimity in sight, India's national discourse, particularly its news media, is becoming increasingly divided and polarized. In Editor Missing, veteran journalist Ruben Banerjee attempts to provide clarity on the state of Indian media at a time when there is consensus only on the lack of it. The media mirrors society, and Banerjee is best placed to tell its contested story in contemporary India. As a top editor for various publications, he has had a ringside view for years of the decline in its standards, quality and objectivity. His own experiences reflect the time we live in. The book provides rare insights into the minefield that an editor today runs into - from pressures that are exerted to the risks of upsetting the powers that be. At the end of it, the reader is left with a chilling realization that defending the truth can come at a huge personal cost in present-day India.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599888</guid><pubDate>Wed, 15 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206328/9789394407480.mp3" length="2437269" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599888 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Editor Missing: The Media in Today's India Author: Ruben Banerjee Narrator: Anuj Datta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599888" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599888</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Editor Missing: The Media in Today's India Author: Ruben Banerjee Narrator: Anuj Datta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This is a time when the space for free speech is shrinking in India, along with a growing intolerance of contrarian views. The right to dissent, which should be the bedrock of any democracy, is seriously endangered. There is widespread belief that we are in an undeclared emergency. Not everyone agrees with this, though, and the jury is out on the state of play in the world's largest democracy. As charges and countercharges fly, with no unanimity in sight, India's national discourse, particularly its news media, is becoming increasingly divided and polarized. In Editor Missing, veteran journalist Ruben Banerjee attempts to provide clarity on the state of Indian media at a time when there is consensus only on the lack of it. The media mirrors society, and Banerjee is best placed to tell its contested story in contemporary India. As a top editor for various publications, he has had a ringside view for years of the decline in its standards, quality and objectivity. His own experiences reflect the time we live in. The book provides rare insights into the minefield that an editor today runs into - from pressures that are exerted to the risks of upsetting the powers that be. At the end of it, the reader is left with a chilling realization that defending the truth can come at a huge personal cost in present-day India.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f4315dc2dae8f4e44b56752036ec9e71.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dirty Dealing: Grosso v. Miramax-Waging War with Harvey Weinstein and the Screenplay that Changed Hollywood by Jeffrey Allan Grosso</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dirty-dealing-grosso-v-miramax-waging-war-with-harvey-weinstein-and-the-screenplay-that-changed-hollywood-by-jeffrey-allan-grosso--65206445</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590126" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590126</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirty Dealing: Grosso v. Miramax-Waging War with Harvey Weinstein and the Screenplay that Changed Hollywood Author: Jeffrey Allan Grosso Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When a young screenwriter goes online to check out the promotional website for a new poker movie called Rounders, he's shocked to discover how similar it is to a screenplay he wrote a few years earlier and submitted to a number of studios. When he later sees the Miramax-produced film in theaters, he is astonished by the number of overlapping elements—the protagonist playing Texas Hold 'em to pay his way through college while deceiving the girlfriend who believes he's quit, the loss of everything he has in a single hand of high-stakes Hold 'em, a character named 'Worm,' and many other commonalities that form the foundation of what will become his lawsuit against Miramax. He leaves the theater that day feeling that not only has the studio stolen his script, but his life, which had encompassed years of professional poker playing that informed the screenplay he hoped would open the door to a writing career in Hollywood. Against all odds, he proceeds to take on Miramax and the Hollywood system with the help of an ingenious lawyer. Jeffrey Grosso simply has to prove how it could have happened and convince a judicial system that often favors studios over writers that he's a victim of intellectual property theft, which results in a ten-year landmark legal battle against Hollywood's most notorious studio.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590126</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206445/9798765013922.mp3" length="14437194" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590126 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirty Dealing: Grosso v. Miramax-Waging War with Harvey Weinstein and the Screenplay that Changed Hollywood Author: Jeffrey Allan Grosso Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590126" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590126</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirty Dealing: Grosso v. Miramax-Waging War with Harvey Weinstein and the Screenplay that Changed Hollywood Author: Jeffrey Allan Grosso Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When a young screenwriter goes online to check out the promotional website for a new poker movie called Rounders, he's shocked to discover how similar it is to a screenplay he wrote a few years earlier and submitted to a number of studios. When he later sees the Miramax-produced film in theaters, he is astonished by the number of overlapping elements—the protagonist playing Texas Hold 'em to pay his way through college while deceiving the girlfriend who believes he's quit, the loss of everything he has in a single hand of high-stakes Hold 'em, a character named 'Worm,' and many other commonalities that form the foundation of what will become his lawsuit against Miramax. He leaves the theater that day feeling that not only has the studio stolen his script, but his life, which had encompassed years of professional poker playing that informed the screenplay he hoped would open the door to a writing career in Hollywood. Against all odds, he proceeds to take on Miramax and the Hollywood system with the help of an ingenious lawyer. Jeffrey Grosso simply has to prove how it could have happened and convince a judicial system that often favors studios over writers that he's a victim of intellectual property theft, which results in a ten-year landmark legal battle against Hollywood's most notorious studio.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/036cfadcf2ff4f1b86f12b623eea747a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Generation Gap: Why the Baby Boomers Still Dominate American Politics and Culture by Kevin Munger</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/generation-gap-why-the-baby-boomers-still-dominate-american-politics-and-culture-by-kevin-munger--65206426</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590127" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590127</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generation Gap: Why the Baby Boomers Still Dominate American Politics and Culture Author: Kevin Munger Narrator: Justin Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Baby Boomers are the largest and most powerful generation in American history—and they aren't going away any time soon. They dominate cultural and political institutions and make up the largest slice of the electorate. Generational conflict, with Millennials and Generation Z pitted against the aging Boomer cohort, has become a media staple. The generation gap is widening into a political fault line. Kevin Munger marshals novel data and survey evidence to argue that generational conflict will define the politics of the next decade. He examines the historical trends that made the Baby Boomers so consequential and traces the emergence of age-based political and cultural divisions. Boomers continue to prefer the media culture of their youth, but Millennials and Gen Z are using the internet to render legacy institutions irrelevant. These divergent media habits have led more people than ever to identify with their generation. Munger shows that a common 'cohort consciousness' binds aging Boomer voters into a bloc—but a shared identity and purpose among Millennials and Gen Z could topple Boomer power. Bringing together expertise in data analysis and digital culture with keen insight into contemporary politics, Generation Gap explains why the Baby Boomers remain so dominant and how quickly that might change.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590127</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206426/9798765020401.mp3" length="14437315" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590127 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generation Gap: Why the Baby Boomers Still Dominate American Politics and Culture Author: Kevin Munger Narrator: Justin Price Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590127" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590127</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generation Gap: Why the Baby Boomers Still Dominate American Politics and Culture Author: Kevin Munger Narrator: Justin Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Baby Boomers are the largest and most powerful generation in American history—and they aren't going away any time soon. They dominate cultural and political institutions and make up the largest slice of the electorate. Generational conflict, with Millennials and Generation Z pitted against the aging Boomer cohort, has become a media staple. The generation gap is widening into a political fault line. Kevin Munger marshals novel data and survey evidence to argue that generational conflict will define the politics of the next decade. He examines the historical trends that made the Baby Boomers so consequential and traces the emergence of age-based political and cultural divisions. Boomers continue to prefer the media culture of their youth, but Millennials and Gen Z are using the internet to render legacy institutions irrelevant. These divergent media habits have led more people than ever to identify with their generation. Munger shows that a common 'cohort consciousness' binds aging Boomer voters into a bloc—but a shared identity and purpose among Millennials and Gen Z could topple Boomer power. Bringing together expertise in data analysis and digital culture with keen insight into contemporary politics, Generation Gap explains why the Baby Boomers remain so dominant and how quickly that might change.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b37f78956a192d43559c3032edb07717.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Unsere Überlebensformel: Neun globale Krisen und die Lösungen der Wissenschaft by Ulrich Eberl</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-unsere-uberlebensformel-neun-globale-krisen-und-die-losungen-der-wissenschaft-by-ulrich-eberl--65206372</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595096" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595096</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Unsere Überlebensformel: Neun globale Krisen und die Lösungen der Wissenschaft Author: Ulrich Eberl Narrator: Martin Valdeig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 10, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klimawandel und Abholzung der Regenwälder, Konsumexplosion und Vermüllung der Meere  all das bedroht die Vielfalt des Lebens auf der Erde und mehr noch: unser eigenes Überleben. Die 2020er-Jahre sind die letzte Chance umzusteuern. Viele innovative Ideen geben Hoffnung auf ein besseres Leben nicht gegen, sondern im Einklang mit der Natur. Ulrich Eberl bewertet fachlich fundiert die Lösungsstrategien. Er schildert anschaulich die spannendsten Projekte aus führenden Labors der Welt und stellt die Forscherinnen und Forscher vor, die mit aller Kraft dafür kämpfen, dass sie Wirklichkeit werden.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595096</guid><pubDate>Fri, 10 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206372/9783748403289.mp3" length="1477697" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595096 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Unsere Überlebensformel: Neun globale Krisen und die Lösungen der Wissenschaft Author: Ulrich Eberl Narrator: Martin Valdeig Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595096" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595096</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Unsere Überlebensformel: Neun globale Krisen und die Lösungen der Wissenschaft Author: Ulrich Eberl Narrator: Martin Valdeig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 10, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klimawandel und Abholzung der Regenwälder, Konsumexplosion und Vermüllung der Meere  all das bedroht die Vielfalt des Lebens auf der Erde und mehr noch: unser eigenes Überleben. Die 2020er-Jahre sind die letzte Chance umzusteuern. Viele innovative Ideen geben Hoffnung auf ein besseres Leben nicht gegen, sondern im Einklang mit der Natur. Ulrich Eberl bewertet fachlich fundiert die Lösungsstrategien. Er schildert anschaulich die spannendsten Projekte aus führenden Labors der Welt und stellt die Forscherinnen und Forscher vor, die mit aller Kraft dafür kämpfen, dass sie Wirklichkeit werden.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>berlebensformel</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c8841dc36bd87b09bd5559565451483d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - La casa gris: Todo lo que revela el mayor escándalo obradorista by Raúl Olmos</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-casa-gris-todo-lo-que-revela-el-mayor-escandalo-obradorista-by-raul-olmos--65206347</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601151" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601151</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La casa gris: Todo lo que revela el mayor escándalo obradorista Author: Raúl Olmos Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: June  9, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La Casa Gris reveló un rostro muy distinto de la 4T. Evidenció que abundaba la riqueza donde se exigía austeridad, que imperaba el ocultamiento donde se presumía transparencia, que la suciedad prevalecía donde se pregonaba pulcritud y que la hipocresía anidaba en el palacio de la pureza.  Sin embargo, eso es sólo la punta del iceberg.  Lo más importante de La Casa Gris es que descubre y resume un modo de operar y de gobernar. Las irregularidades en torno a la mansión de Houston son prácticamente las mismas que se han documentado en otros escándalos de Morena y el círculo íntimo del presidente: conflictos de interés, recursos de procedencia inexplicable, influyentismo, uso político de las instituciones, amiguismo, descalificación sistemática, nepotismo, opacidad… Este libro lo demuestra. Raúl Olmos -quien encabezó la investigación sobre la residencia texana- actualiza, enriquece y profundiza el reportaje original, pero también indaga en los negocios y los personajes a los que llevó ese trabajo periodístico. Cuenta la historia de la 'señora del dinero', su círculo de cabilderos, la red de Baker Hughes, el papel del supersecretario Esquer y los contratos y negocios vinculados. Incluye asimismo la reacción que hubo en Palacio, con la furia del presidente, los entretelones de la investigación y los documentos y fotografías con que se confirmó la historia que cimbró a Andrés Manuel López Obrador.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601151</guid><pubDate>Thu, 09 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206347/9786073817332.mp3" length="2437214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601151 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La casa gris: Todo lo que revela el mayor escándalo obradorista Author: Raúl Olmos Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601151" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601151</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La casa gris: Todo lo que revela el mayor escándalo obradorista Author: Raúl Olmos Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: June  9, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La Casa Gris reveló un rostro muy distinto de la 4T. Evidenció que abundaba la riqueza donde se exigía austeridad, que imperaba el ocultamiento donde se presumía transparencia, que la suciedad prevalecía donde se pregonaba pulcritud y que la hipocresía anidaba en el palacio de la pureza.  Sin embargo, eso es sólo la punta del iceberg.  Lo más importante de La Casa Gris es que descubre y resume un modo de operar y de gobernar. Las irregularidades en torno a la mansión de Houston son prácticamente las mismas que se han documentado en otros escándalos de Morena y el círculo íntimo del presidente: conflictos de interés, recursos de procedencia inexplicable, influyentismo, uso político de las instituciones, amiguismo, descalificación sistemática, nepotismo, opacidad… Este libro lo demuestra. Raúl Olmos -quien encabezó la investigación sobre la residencia texana- actualiza, enriquece y profundiza el reportaje original, pero también indaga en los negocios y los personajes a los que llevó ese trabajo periodístico. Cuenta la historia de la 'señora del dinero', su círculo de cabilderos, la red de Baker Hughes, el papel del supersecretario Esquer y los contratos y negocios vinculados. Incluye asimismo la reacción que hubo en Palacio, con la furia del presidente, los entretelones de la investigación y los documentos y fotografías con que se confirmó la historia que cimbró a Andrés Manuel López Obrador.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3e1f68dce6045e1d31be06ae123ec8c4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Zeitenwende - Putins Krieg und die Folgen (Ungekürzt) by Rüdiger Von Fritsch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-zeitenwende-putins-krieg-und-die-folgen-ungekurzt-by-rudiger-von-fritsch--65206330</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601584" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601584</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zeitenwende - Putins Krieg und die Folgen (Ungekürzt) Author: Rüdiger Von Fritsch Narrator: Kevin Kasper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: June  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Krieg in Europa. Mit rücksichtsloser Gewalt überfällt Wladimir Putins Russland die Ukraine und bringt sämtliche Eckpfeiler zum Einsturz, die den Frieden in Europa seit mehr als einem halben Jahrhundert gesichert haben. Zeitenwende.  In was für einer Welt werden wir morgen aufwachen? Wie wird Europa am Ende dieses Krieges aussehen? Rüdiger von Fritsch, ehemaliger Botschafter in Moskau, ist Wladimir Putin oft begegnet. Was diesen antreibt, was ihn stoppen könnte und was sein Krieg für uns bedeutet - davon handelt sein neues Buch.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601584</guid><pubDate>Fri, 03 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206330/9783961058198.mp3" length="1477589" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601584 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zeitenwende - Putins Krieg und die Folgen (Ungekürzt) Author: Rüdiger Von Fritsch Narrator: Kevin Kasper Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601584" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601584</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zeitenwende - Putins Krieg und die Folgen (Ungekürzt) Author: Rüdiger Von Fritsch Narrator: Kevin Kasper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: June  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Krieg in Europa. Mit rücksichtsloser Gewalt überfällt Wladimir Putins Russland die Ukraine und bringt sämtliche Eckpfeiler zum Einsturz, die den Frieden in Europa seit mehr als einem halben Jahrhundert gesichert haben. Zeitenwende.  In was für einer Welt werden wir morgen aufwachen? Wie wird Europa am Ende dieses Krieges aussehen? Rüdiger von Fritsch, ehemaliger Botschafter in Moskau, ist Wladimir Putin oft begegnet. Was diesen antreibt, was ihn stoppen könnte und was sein Krieg für uns bedeutet - davon handelt sein neues Buch.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>diger,rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b3efc57c9d27efe35f601f29472bd8dd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Los millonarios de la guerra: El expediente inédito de García Luna y sus socios by Peniley Ramírez</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-los-millonarios-de-la-guerra-el-expediente-inedito-de-garcia-luna-y-sus-socios-by-peniley-ramirez--65206366</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597262" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597262</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los millonarios de la guerra: El expediente inédito de García Luna y sus socios Author: Peniley Ramírez Narrator: Yamily Chiquini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: June  2, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  «Peniley Ramírez ha escrito un estremecedor thriller de no ficción. Siempre creímos que la llamada guerra contra el narco había dejado sólo incontables víctimas y perdedores. Con rigor y profundidad, Peniley desvela quiénes -como el propio Genaro García Luna, su primer artífice- medraron con la #guerra# y se convirtieron en sus espurios, obscenos ganadores.» Jorge Volpi  En diciembrede 2006, Felipe Calderón declaró la «guerra contra el narco»: una era de sangre y fuego que ha dejado cientos de miles de muertos... y cientos de millones de dólares para unos pocos. En esta investigación #realizada a lo largo de 8 años, en 4 países y con más de 17 mil documentos# la periodista Peniley Ramírez desnuda a quienes se han forrado de dinero gracias a esa industria: políticos, proveedores, brokers, espías,empresas de seguridad, asesores, mandos policiacos, jefes militares y mercaderes de armas y de humo. Genaro García Luna es sólo uno de ellos, casi el único que ha caído en desgracia.  Este libro demuestra que su vida y obra ejemplifican todo un sistema, que persiste hasta hoy, en el que para ganar millones no se necesita ganar la «guerra».]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597262</guid><pubDate>Thu, 02 Jun 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206366/9786073816236.mp3" length="2437240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597262 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los millonarios de la guerra: El expediente inédito de García Luna y sus socios Author: Peniley Ramírez Narrator: Yamily Chiquini Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597262" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597262</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los millonarios de la guerra: El expediente inédito de García Luna y sus socios Author: Peniley Ramírez Narrator: Yamily Chiquini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: June  2, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  «Peniley Ramírez ha escrito un estremecedor thriller de no ficción. Siempre creímos que la llamada guerra contra el narco había dejado sólo incontables víctimas y perdedores. Con rigor y profundidad, Peniley desvela quiénes -como el propio Genaro García Luna, su primer artífice- medraron con la #guerra# y se convirtieron en sus espurios, obscenos ganadores.» Jorge Volpi  En diciembrede 2006, Felipe Calderón declaró la «guerra contra el narco»: una era de sangre y fuego que ha dejado cientos de miles de muertos... y cientos de millones de dólares para unos pocos. En esta investigación #realizada a lo largo de 8 años, en 4 países y con más de 17 mil documentos# la periodista Peniley Ramírez desnuda a quienes se han forrado de dinero gracias a esa industria: políticos, proveedores, brokers, espías,empresas de seguridad, asesores, mandos policiacos, jefes militares y mercaderes de armas y de humo. Genaro García Luna es sólo uno de ellos, casi el único que ha caído en desgracia.  Este libro demuestra que su vida y obra ejemplifican todo un sistema, que persiste hasta hoy, en el que para ganar millones no se necesita ganar la «guerra».]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4ce202c183812be4e5917ac8bb67c919.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Ciudad feminista: La lucha por el espacio en un mundo diseñado por hombres (Feminist City: Claiming Space in a Man-Made World) b</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-ciudad-feminista-la-lucha-por-el-espacio-en-un-mundo-disenado-por-hombres-feminist-city-claiming-space-in-a-man-made-world-b--65206392</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593563" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593563</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ciudad feminista: La lucha por el espacio en un mundo diseñado por hombres (Feminist City: Claiming Space in a Man-Made World) Author: Leslie Kern Narrator: Sara Juárez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 31, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ciudad feminista es un experimento continuo para vivir de manera diferente, vivir mejor y vivir de manera más justa en un mundo urbano. Vivimos en la ciudad de los hombres. Nuestros espacios públicos no están diseñados para cuerpos femeninos. Hay poca consideración por las mujeres como madres, trabajadoras o cuidadoras. Las calles urbanas suelen ser un lugar de amenazas más que de comunidad. La gentrificación ha dificultado aún más la vida cotidiana de las mujeres. ¿Cómo sería una metrópoli para mujeres trabajadoras? Una ciudad de amistades más allá de Sex and the City. Un sistema de tránsito que acomode a las madres con cochecitos en el recorrido hacia la escuela. Un espacio público con suficientes baños. Un lugar donde las mujeres puedan caminar sin acoso. En Ciudad feminista, a través de la historia, la experiencia personal y la cultura popular, Leslie Kern expone lo que está oculto a simple vista: las desigualdades sociales construidas en nuestras ciudades, hogares y vecindarios. Kern ofrece una visión alternativa de la ciudad feminista. Asumiendo el miedo, la maternidad, la amistad, el activismo y las alegrías y peligros de estar sola, Kern traza un mapa de la ciudad desde nuevos puntos de vista, presenta un enfoque feminista interseccional de las historias urbanas y propone que la ciudad es quizás también nuestra mejor esperanza para dar forma a un nuevo futuro urbano. Es hora de desmantelar lo que damos por sentado sobre las ciudades y de preguntarnos cómo podemos construir juntas ciudades más justas, sostenibles y favorables a las mujeres.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593563</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206392/9781638118107.mp3" length="2437323" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593563 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ciudad feminista: La lucha por el espacio en un mundo diseñado por hombres (Feminist City: Claiming Space in a Man-Made World) Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593563" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593563</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ciudad feminista: La lucha por el espacio en un mundo diseñado por hombres (Feminist City: Claiming Space in a Man-Made World) Author: Leslie Kern Narrator: Sara Juárez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 31, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ciudad feminista es un experimento continuo para vivir de manera diferente, vivir mejor y vivir de manera más justa en un mundo urbano. Vivimos en la ciudad de los hombres. Nuestros espacios públicos no están diseñados para cuerpos femeninos. Hay poca consideración por las mujeres como madres, trabajadoras o cuidadoras. Las calles urbanas suelen ser un lugar de amenazas más que de comunidad. La gentrificación ha dificultado aún más la vida cotidiana de las mujeres. ¿Cómo sería una metrópoli para mujeres trabajadoras? Una ciudad de amistades más allá de Sex and the City. Un sistema de tránsito que acomode a las madres con cochecitos en el recorrido hacia la escuela. Un espacio público con suficientes baños. Un lugar donde las mujeres puedan caminar sin acoso. En Ciudad feminista, a través de la historia, la experiencia personal y la cultura popular, Leslie Kern expone lo que está oculto a simple vista: las desigualdades sociales construidas en nuestras ciudades, hogares y vecindarios. Kern ofrece una visión alternativa de la ciudad feminista. Asumiendo el miedo, la maternidad, la amistad, el activismo y las alegrías y peligros de estar sola, Kern traza un mapa de la ciudad desde nuevos puntos de vista, presenta un enfoque feminista interseccional de las historias urbanas y propone que la ciudad es quizás también nuestra mejor esperanza para dar forma a un nuevo futuro urbano. Es hora de desmantelar lo que damos por sentado sobre las ciudades y de preguntarnos cómo podemos construir juntas ciudades más justas, sostenibles y favorables a las mujeres.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/25ccb5285a3321dbf9fecbd82168cc4e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Carl von Clausewitz: Vom Kriege: Das erste Kapitel by Carl Von Clausewitz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-carl-von-clausewitz-vom-kriege-das-erste-kapitel-by-carl-von-clausewitz--65206387</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595076" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595076</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl von Clausewitz: Vom Kriege: Das erste Kapitel Series: #24 of Carl von Clausewitz: Vom Kriege Author: Carl Von Clausewitz Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Noch immer von allen Studenten des wirtschaftlichen Managements zu lesen: Clausewitzens Klassiker über die Kriegsführung. Insbesondere das erste Kapitel beinhaltet die zentralen Thesen, nach denen beispielsweise der Krieg lediglich die 'Fortsetzung der Politik mit anderen Mitteln' sei.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595076</guid><pubDate>Fri, 27 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206387/9783754501146.mp3" length="1477571" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595076 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl von Clausewitz: Vom Kriege: Das erste Kapitel Series: #24 of Carl von Clausewitz: Vom Kriege Author: Carl Von Clausewitz Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595076" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595076</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl von Clausewitz: Vom Kriege: Das erste Kapitel Series: #24 of Carl von Clausewitz: Vom Kriege Author: Carl Von Clausewitz Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Noch immer von allen Studenten des wirtschaftlichen Managements zu lesen: Clausewitzens Klassiker über die Kriegsführung. Insbesondere das erste Kapitel beinhaltet die zentralen Thesen, nach denen beispielsweise der Krieg lediglich die 'Fortsetzung der Politik mit anderen Mitteln' sei.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ef025b45e0a5c2557aa78f45bb6aedb0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 1: Die Fehlleistungen by Sigmund Freud</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-sigmund-freud-vorlesungen-zur-einfuhrung-in-die-psychoanalyse-teil-1-die-fehlleistungen-by-sigmund-freud--65206369</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595089" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595089</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 1: Die Fehlleistungen Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In den Jahren 1915 - 1917 hielt Sigmund Freud eine Vorlesungsreihe mit dem Namen 'Einführung in die Psychoanalyse' - der Grundstein dieser Disziplin schlechthin. Hier vorliegend sind die Vorlesungen I - IV über die Fehlleistungen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595089</guid><pubDate>Fri, 27 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206369/9783754501054.mp3" length="1477631" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 1: Die Fehlleistungen Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595089" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595089</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 1: Die Fehlleistungen Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In den Jahren 1915 - 1917 hielt Sigmund Freud eine Vorlesungsreihe mit dem Namen 'Einführung in die Psychoanalyse' - der Grundstein dieser Disziplin schlechthin. Hier vorliegend sind die Vorlesungen I - IV über die Fehlleistungen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>hrung</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/68279e8a2093fff7c52aae6e4b21781e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Límites de la democracia: La participación como un problema de distribución by Stephan Lessenich</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-limites-de-la-democracia-la-participacion-como-un-problema-de-distribucion-by-stephan-lessenich--65206365</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597783" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597783</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Límites de la democracia: La participación como un problema de distribución Author: Stephan Lessenich Narrator: Mariano Amat Molina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La democracia es un concepto de alto valor reconocido universalmente, tal vez uno de los más importantes de la modernidad occidental. Sin embargo, la democracia realmente existente es también un sistema de demarcación, exclusión social y delimitación ecológica. Siempre ha dejado algunos intereses individuales fuera de su alcance. Así, a la vez que exige mayor participación en el proceso de la toma de decisiones, excluye a colectivos enteros que luego reclaman más participación. Esta «dialéctica de la democracia» causa conflictos constantes e inherentes a ella. De ahí que sea necesario hacer participar al demos de forma equitativa no solo en el proceso político, sino también en los procesos económico y social. Y el neoliberalismo es el principal interesado en impedir que esto suceda.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597783</guid><pubDate>Fri, 27 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206365/9788425447846.mp3" length="1478246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597783 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Límites de la democracia: La participación como un problema de distribución Author: Stephan Lessenich Narrator: Mariano Amat Molina Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597783" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597783</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Límites de la democracia: La participación como un problema de distribución Author: Stephan Lessenich Narrator: Mariano Amat Molina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La democracia es un concepto de alto valor reconocido universalmente, tal vez uno de los más importantes de la modernidad occidental. Sin embargo, la democracia realmente existente es también un sistema de demarcación, exclusión social y delimitación ecológica. Siempre ha dejado algunos intereses individuales fuera de su alcance. Así, a la vez que exige mayor participación en el proceso de la toma de decisiones, excluye a colectivos enteros que luego reclaman más participación. Esta «dialéctica de la democracia» causa conflictos constantes e inherentes a ella. De ahí que sea necesario hacer participar al demos de forma equitativa no solo en el proceso político, sino también en los procesos económico y social. Y el neoliberalismo es el principal interesado en impedir que esto suceda.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/35ed2888cbeec350d391c3d9d2d1d3e8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Sigmund Freud: Das Ich und das Es: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Psychoanalyse by Sigmund Freud</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-sigmund-freud-das-ich-und-das-es-ein-grundlagenwerk-der-psychoanalyse-by-sigmund-freud--65206355</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595082" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595082</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Das Ich und das Es: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Psychoanalyse Series: #24 of Sigmund Freud: Das Ich und das Es Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: May 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Das Ich und das Es: Wie funktioniert die Psyche? Laut Freud wird das Seelenleben durch drei Instanzen bestimmt: Das Es, das Ich, das Über-Ich. Dieses genetische Strukturmodell der Psyche entwickelte Freud 1923 - es ist bis heute von großer Bedeutung für die psychoanalytische Theoriebildung]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595082</guid><pubDate>Fri, 27 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206355/9783754501115.mp3" length="1477593" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595082 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Das Ich und das Es: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Psychoanalyse Series: #24 of Sigmund Freud: Das Ich und das Es Author: Sigmund...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595082" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595082</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Das Ich und das Es: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Psychoanalyse Series: #24 of Sigmund Freud: Das Ich und das Es Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: May 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Das Ich und das Es: Wie funktioniert die Psyche? Laut Freud wird das Seelenleben durch drei Instanzen bestimmt: Das Es, das Ich, das Über-Ich. Dieses genetische Strukturmodell der Psyche entwickelte Freud 1923 - es ist bis heute von großer Bedeutung für die psychoanalytische Theoriebildung]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/11b10d1507ed0deb2f59960d7f987ccd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Sigmund Freud: Das Unbehagen in der Kultur: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Kulturtheorie by Sigmund Freud</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-sigmund-freud-das-unbehagen-in-der-kultur-ein-grundlagenwerk-der-kulturtheorie-by-sigmund-freud--65206341</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595083" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595083</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Das Unbehagen in der Kultur: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Kulturtheorie Series: #24 of Sigmund Freud: Das Unbehagen in der Kultur Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Im Jahre 1930 veröffentlichte Sigmund Freud diese Schrift, in der er den Menschen als Meister der 'Verdrängung' beschreibt, die dieser in allen Feldern der Zivilisation unterworfen sei. In der Realität des Lebens sei der Mensch zu Lustverzicht, Zügelung, Umlenkung und Verdrängung der Triebe gezwungen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595083</guid><pubDate>Fri, 27 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206341/9783754501085.mp3" length="1477611" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595083 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Das Unbehagen in der Kultur: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Kulturtheorie Series: #24 of Sigmund Freud: Das Unbehagen in der Kultur...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595083" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595083</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Das Unbehagen in der Kultur: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Kulturtheorie Series: #24 of Sigmund Freud: Das Unbehagen in der Kultur Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Im Jahre 1930 veröffentlichte Sigmund Freud diese Schrift, in der er den Menschen als Meister der 'Verdrängung' beschreibt, die dieser in allen Feldern der Zivilisation unterworfen sei. In der Realität des Lebens sei der Mensch zu Lustverzicht, Zügelung, Umlenkung und Verdrängung der Triebe gezwungen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2d9093200f54da8f90a1b44d467db159.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 3: Allgemeine Neurosenlehre by Sigmund Freud</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-sigmund-freud-vorlesungen-zur-einfuhrung-in-die-psychoanalyse-teil-3-allgemeine-neurosenlehre-by-sigmund-freud--65206321</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595091" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595091</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 3: Allgemeine Neurosenlehre Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In den Jahren 1915 - 1917 hielt Sigmund Freud eine Vorlesungsreihe mit dem Namen 'Einführung in die Psychoanalyse' - der Grundstein dieser Disziplin schlechthin. Hier vorliegend sind die Vorlesungen XVI - XXVIII mit der Allgemeinen Neurosenlehre, mit den Themen: Der Sinn der Symptome, Die Fixierung an das Trauma, Widerstand und Verdrängung, Das menschliche Sexualleben, Libidoentwicklung und Sexualorganisation, Gesichtspunkte der Entwicklung und Regression, Wege der Symptombildung, Die gemeine Nervosität, Die Angst, Die Libidotheorie, Die Übertragung, Die analytische Theorie.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595091</guid><pubDate>Fri, 27 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206321/9783754501078.mp3" length="1477645" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595091 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 3: Allgemeine Neurosenlehre Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595091" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595091</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse. Teil 3: Allgemeine Neurosenlehre Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 27, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In den Jahren 1915 - 1917 hielt Sigmund Freud eine Vorlesungsreihe mit dem Namen 'Einführung in die Psychoanalyse' - der Grundstein dieser Disziplin schlechthin. Hier vorliegend sind die Vorlesungen XVI - XXVIII mit der Allgemeinen Neurosenlehre, mit den Themen: Der Sinn der Symptome, Die Fixierung an das Trauma, Widerstand und Verdrängung, Das menschliche Sexualleben, Libidoentwicklung und Sexualorganisation, Gesichtspunkte der Entwicklung und Regression, Wege der Symptombildung, Die gemeine Nervosität, Die Angst, Die Libidotheorie, Die Übertragung, Die analytische Theorie.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>hrung</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/36cc03859f3f87c475433ae3ace3c428.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Tamil] - RSS -Varalaarum Arasiyalum by Pa Raghavan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/tamil-rss-varalaarum-arasiyalum-by-pa-raghavan--65206395</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593360" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593360</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Tamil] - RSS -Varalaarum Arasiyalum Author: Pa Raghavan Narrator: Kalyanaraman G Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'தேசமெங்கும் எத்தனையோ பல மதக்கலவரங்களின் பின்னணியில் ஆர்.எஸ்.எஸ்ஸின் பெயர் தொடர்ந்து அடிபட்டு வந்திருக்கிறது. அப்பழுக்கற்ற தேசியவாத இயக்கம் என்று அதன் ஆதரவாளர்களும், சந்தேகமில்லாமல் மதவாத இயக்கம் என்று எதிர்ப்பாளர்களும் தொடர்ந்து கூறி வந்திருக்கிறார்கள். எது உண்மை? சுதந்தர இந்தியாவின் மிகப்பெரிய கலவர காண்டத்தை பாபர் மசூதி இடிப்புச் சம்பவத்தின் மூலம் தொடங்கிவைத்தது ஆர்.எஸ்.எஸ். மும்பை தொடங்கி கோத்ரா வரை நீண்ட அவலங்களின் சரித்திரம் அழியக்கூடியதல்ல. இயற்கைப் பேரழிவுச் சம்பவங்களானாலும் சரி. பங்களாதேஷ் யுத்தம், கார்கில் யுத்தம் போன்ற தருணங்களானாலும் சரி. நிவாரணப் பணிகளில் ஆர்.எஸ்.எஸ் தொண்டர்கள்தாம் முதலில் களத்தில் நின்றிருக்கிறார்கள். எனில், ஆர்.எஸ்.எஸ்ஸுக்கு இரண்டு முகமா? இல்லை. இருபது முகங்கள் என்று எடுத்துக்காட்டுகிறது இந்நூல். வெளியான காலம் முதல் இன்றுவரை இந்துத்துவ ஆதரவாளர்கள் - எதிர்ப்பாளர்கள் என இரு தரப்பினராலும் கடுமையாக விமரிசிக்கப்பட்டு, தூற்றப்பட்டு வரும் ஒரே தமிழ்ப் பிரதி இதுதான். இதுவே இந்நூலின் நடுநிலைமைக்குச் சான்று.']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593360</guid><pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206395/9789355443380.mp3" length="1477591" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593360 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Tamil] - RSS -Varalaarum Arasiyalum Author: Pa Raghavan Narrator: Kalyanaraman G Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593360" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593360</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Tamil] - RSS -Varalaarum Arasiyalum Author: Pa Raghavan Narrator: Kalyanaraman G Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'தேசமெங்கும் எத்தனையோ பல மதக்கலவரங்களின் பின்னணியில் ஆர்.எஸ்.எஸ்ஸின் பெயர் தொடர்ந்து அடிபட்டு வந்திருக்கிறது. அப்பழுக்கற்ற தேசியவாத இயக்கம் என்று அதன் ஆதரவாளர்களும், சந்தேகமில்லாமல் மதவாத இயக்கம் என்று எதிர்ப்பாளர்களும் தொடர்ந்து கூறி வந்திருக்கிறார்கள். எது உண்மை? சுதந்தர இந்தியாவின் மிகப்பெரிய கலவர காண்டத்தை பாபர் மசூதி இடிப்புச் சம்பவத்தின் மூலம் தொடங்கிவைத்தது ஆர்.எஸ்.எஸ். மும்பை தொடங்கி கோத்ரா வரை நீண்ட அவலங்களின் சரித்திரம் அழியக்கூடியதல்ல. இயற்கைப் பேரழிவுச் சம்பவங்களானாலும் சரி. பங்களாதேஷ் யுத்தம், கார்கில் யுத்தம் போன்ற தருணங்களானாலும் சரி. நிவாரணப் பணிகளில் ஆர்.எஸ்.எஸ் தொண்டர்கள்தாம் முதலில் களத்தில் நின்றிருக்கிறார்கள். எனில், ஆர்.எஸ்.எஸ்ஸுக்கு இரண்டு முகமா? இல்லை. இருபது முகங்கள் என்று எடுத்துக்காட்டுகிறது இந்நூல். வெளியான காலம் முதல் இன்றுவரை இந்துத்துவ ஆதரவாளர்கள் - எதிர்ப்பாளர்கள் என இரு தரப்பினராலும் கடுமையாக விமரிசிக்கப்பட்டு, தூற்றப்பட்டு வரும் ஒரே தமிழ்ப் பிரதி இதுதான். இதுவே இந்நூலின் நடுநிலைமைக்குச் சான்று.']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/33b83e92be94a1cc4e05ee7fe6d1b356.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - NARCOPANDEMIA: Voces de la violencia en tiempos de COVID by Manu Ureste</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-narcopandemia-voces-de-la-violencia-en-tiempos-de-covid-by-manu-ureste--65206391</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594478" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594478</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - NARCOPANDEMIA: Voces de la violencia en tiempos de COVID Author: Manu Ureste Narrator: Manu Ureste, Kerygma Flores, Victor Manuel Espinoza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “A los mañosos les vale madres esto del virus. Ellos solo quieren su mordida.”  Más de dos años han pasado desde que empezó la pandemia por covid-19 en el mundo. Millones de personas han perdido su empleo, han tenido que cerrar sus negocios o han visto más complicado llevar dinero a sus hogares. Sin embargo, no han dejado de ser acosados por esa otra economía, la que demanda voraz sus ingresos pese a las circunstancias. El crimen organizado no ha hecho cuarentena, no se ha detenido.Manu Ureste, reportero de investigación de Animal Político, muestra la complejidad de la inseguridad en el país. A partir de 13 historias de quienes sufren la violencia en sus múltiples formas, incluyendo la que proviene de las autoridades, narra cómo el crimen organizado se adaptó con suma agilidad a la pandemia para seguir exprimiendo a sus víctimas y nutriendo su negocio con sangre. Narcopandemia habla del detalle de esa violencia, del miedo de quienes no les alcanza para pagar la cuota, del policía que tiene que pagarse su cubrebocas y que muerto de miedo hace revisiones en carreteras desiertas durante la cuarentena; de la profesora que presenciacómo los cárteles se siguen alimentando de la deserción escolar de niños y adolescentes durante el encierro; de los que pese al virus continúan la búsqueda de sus desaparecidos y de todas aquellas personas que,  además de la crisis sanitaria, enfrentan esa otra enormeola de crimen y violencia que tampoco parece tener fin.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594478</guid><pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206391/9786073815789.mp3" length="2437246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594478 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - NARCOPANDEMIA: Voces de la violencia en tiempos de COVID Author: Manu Ureste Narrator: Manu Ureste, Kerygma Flores, Victor Manuel Espinoza...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594478" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/594478</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - NARCOPANDEMIA: Voces de la violencia en tiempos de COVID Author: Manu Ureste Narrator: Manu Ureste, Kerygma Flores, Victor Manuel Espinoza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “A los mañosos les vale madres esto del virus. Ellos solo quieren su mordida.”  Más de dos años han pasado desde que empezó la pandemia por covid-19 en el mundo. Millones de personas han perdido su empleo, han tenido que cerrar sus negocios o han visto más complicado llevar dinero a sus hogares. Sin embargo, no han dejado de ser acosados por esa otra economía, la que demanda voraz sus ingresos pese a las circunstancias. El crimen organizado no ha hecho cuarentena, no se ha detenido.Manu Ureste, reportero de investigación de Animal Político, muestra la complejidad de la inseguridad en el país. A partir de 13 historias de quienes sufren la violencia en sus múltiples formas, incluyendo la que proviene de las autoridades, narra cómo el crimen organizado se adaptó con suma agilidad a la pandemia para seguir exprimiendo a sus víctimas y nutriendo su negocio con sangre. Narcopandemia habla del detalle de esa violencia, del miedo de quienes no les alcanza para pagar la cuota, del policía que tiene que pagarse su cubrebocas y que muerto de miedo hace revisiones en carreteras desiertas durante la cuarentena; de la profesora que presenciacómo los cárteles se siguen alimentando de la deserción escolar de niños y adolescentes durante el encierro; de los que pese al virus continúan la búsqueda de sus desaparecidos y de todas aquellas personas que,  además de la crisis sanitaria, enfrentan esa otra enormeola de crimen y violencia que tampoco parece tener fin.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/01eb7fc3f8ef1d421a6a5ad50395d231.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Colosio: Crónica del fracaso de un proyecto transexenal by Raymundo Riva Palacio</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-colosio-cronica-del-fracaso-de-un-proyecto-transexenal-by-raymundo-riva-palacio--65206428</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591636" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591636</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Colosio: Crónica del fracaso de un proyecto transexenal Author: Raymundo Riva Palacio Narrator: Luis Tula Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Éste es el relato de cómo un proyecto transexenal fracasó mientras el país se hundió en una violenta espiral.  En este libro resulta claro que 1994 NO HA TERMINADO. Desde la historiografía y el periodismo siempre han surgido ángulos insospechados que lo confirman como el año que definió el rumbo actual del país. Y ésta no es la excepción. En una crónica donde se entre - tejen testimonios de los protagonistas de aquella época con revelaciones de personajes que han “perdido el miedo de hablar”, Raymundo  Riva Palacio analiza uno de los hitos de la transición a la democracia mexicana: el discurso que Luis Donaldo Colosio pronunció frente a la militancia priista el 6 de marzo de 1994 en el Monumento a la Revolución.  ¿Qué pasó aquel día del ya célebre “yo veo un México con hambre y con sed de justicia”? Muchos se apresuraron a decir que en aquel acto el candidato mandó una señal de ruptura y al mismo tiempo firmó su sentencia de muerte. Sin embargo, Riva Palacio se propone echarabajo ese mito y situar a Colosio como político y delfín de Salinas, mostrando la afinidad de sus proyectos. En medio de una extensa discusión pública, a lo largo de los años pocos se han preguntado: ¿Quién ganó en realidad con el crimen? ¿Por qué aquellos a los que Salinas llamó la “nomenklatu - ra” no le disputaron la sucesión? ¿Por qué, si fue un asesinato desde el interior del partido para afectar el programa salinista, el sistema no se modificó? A fin de cuentas, laverdad dejó de ser importante. La historia popular elevó a mito la figura de Colosio e identificó como villano a su arquitecto.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591636</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206428/9786073816939.mp3" length="2437132" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591636 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Colosio: Crónica del fracaso de un proyecto transexenal Author: Raymundo Riva Palacio Narrator: Luis Tula Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591636" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591636</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Colosio: Crónica del fracaso de un proyecto transexenal Author: Raymundo Riva Palacio Narrator: Luis Tula Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Éste es el relato de cómo un proyecto transexenal fracasó mientras el país se hundió en una violenta espiral.  En este libro resulta claro que 1994 NO HA TERMINADO. Desde la historiografía y el periodismo siempre han surgido ángulos insospechados que lo confirman como el año que definió el rumbo actual del país. Y ésta no es la excepción. En una crónica donde se entre - tejen testimonios de los protagonistas de aquella época con revelaciones de personajes que han “perdido el miedo de hablar”, Raymundo  Riva Palacio analiza uno de los hitos de la transición a la democracia mexicana: el discurso que Luis Donaldo Colosio pronunció frente a la militancia priista el 6 de marzo de 1994 en el Monumento a la Revolución.  ¿Qué pasó aquel día del ya célebre “yo veo un México con hambre y con sed de justicia”? Muchos se apresuraron a decir que en aquel acto el candidato mandó una señal de ruptura y al mismo tiempo firmó su sentencia de muerte. Sin embargo, Riva Palacio se propone echarabajo ese mito y situar a Colosio como político y delfín de Salinas, mostrando la afinidad de sus proyectos. En medio de una extensa discusión pública, a lo largo de los años pocos se han preguntado: ¿Quién ganó en realidad con el crimen? ¿Por qué aquellos a los que Salinas llamó la “nomenklatu - ra” no le disputaron la sucesión? ¿Por qué, si fue un asesinato desde el interior del partido para afectar el programa salinista, el sistema no se modificó? A fin de cuentas, laverdad dejó de ser importante. La historia popular elevó a mito la figura de Colosio e identificó como villano a su arquitecto.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b7c3a024552d11457a1f1dba2af13ff6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Mi vida en la transición: 40 años en la democracia mexicana by Demetrio Sodi</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-mi-vida-en-la-transicion-40-anos-en-la-democracia-mexicana-by-demetrio-sodi--65206419</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591639" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591639</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mi vida en la transición: 40 años en la democracia mexicana Author: Demetrio Sodi Narrator: René García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  En un momento en el que se ha reconfigurado todo el mapa político del país, resulta imprescindible recordar la historia de la transición en México, para entender que no existen soluciones mágicas y que ignorar lo avanzado durante años puede representar un retroceso generacional.  Decía Julio Scherer García que para entender la historia hay que analizar a los protagonistas. Y esta obra hace justamente eso: Demetrio Sodi, uno de los mayores conocedores de la política mexicana desde hace décadas, nos guía por los salones y los despachos donde se ha decidido la vida del país durante los últimos 40 años. Sodi de la Tijera —quien ha sido jefe delegacional, diputado, senador y activista, entre otros— nos cuenta los entresijos de las negociaciones, las tensiones ocultas, las amenazas, las razones hondas y las anécdotas más reveladoras. En un viaje que va desde Echeverría hasta LópezObrador, retrata a Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas, López Portillo, Carlos Salinas, el sub Marcos y buena parte de la clase que hoy gobierna.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591639</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206419/9786073817202.mp3" length="2437182" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591639 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mi vida en la transición: 40 años en la democracia mexicana Author: Demetrio Sodi Narrator: René García Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591639" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591639</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mi vida en la transición: 40 años en la democracia mexicana Author: Demetrio Sodi Narrator: René García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  En un momento en el que se ha reconfigurado todo el mapa político del país, resulta imprescindible recordar la historia de la transición en México, para entender que no existen soluciones mágicas y que ignorar lo avanzado durante años puede representar un retroceso generacional.  Decía Julio Scherer García que para entender la historia hay que analizar a los protagonistas. Y esta obra hace justamente eso: Demetrio Sodi, uno de los mayores conocedores de la política mexicana desde hace décadas, nos guía por los salones y los despachos donde se ha decidido la vida del país durante los últimos 40 años. Sodi de la Tijera —quien ha sido jefe delegacional, diputado, senador y activista, entre otros— nos cuenta los entresijos de las negociaciones, las tensiones ocultas, las amenazas, las razones hondas y las anécdotas más reveladoras. En un viaje que va desde Echeverría hasta LópezObrador, retrata a Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas, López Portillo, Carlos Salinas, el sub Marcos y buena parte de la clase que hoy gobierna.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/817164b7ae5602d3ddd112c55a0117d2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - 19 edificios como 19 heridas: Por qué el sismo nos pegó tan fuerte by Alejandro Sánchez</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-19-edificios-como-19-heridas-por-que-el-sismo-nos-pego-tan-fuerte-by-alejandro-sanchez--65206417</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591623" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591623</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 19 edificios como 19 heridas: Por qué el sismo nos pegó tan fuerte Author: Alejandro Sánchez Narrator: Daniel Cubillo, Gwendolyne Flores Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  El 19 de septiembre de 2017 un terremoto azotó México.   Murieron 369 personas.   Pero no las mató el sismo.   Los responsables fueron la corrupción, la impunidad, la dejadez, el olvido e incluso la falta de cultura cívica.   A un año del desastre, esta obra investiga qué salió mal en 19 de los edificios más dañados por el temblor. ¿Por qué hubo tantos muertos 32 años después del terremoto de 1985? El libro, así, pinta cuáles son los problemas que resquebrajaron México... y alerta: si no se solucionan, volverá a ocurrir una tragedia similar.  Reportajes de:  Óscar Alarcón - Hugo Corzo Zanabria - Silvia Garduño Francisco Goldman - Édgar Ledesma Gasca - Albinson Linares Francisco Nieto - Ernesto Núñez Albarrán - Georgina Olson Jiménez Peniley Ramírez - Paris Alejandro Salazar - Nantzin Saldaña Neldy San Martín # Alejandro Sánchez - Laura Sánchez Ley Claudia Solera - Laura Toribio - Daniel Venegas.  Las ganancias de este libro serán entregadas a los damnificados del Multifamiliar Tlalpan.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591623</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206417/9786073817110.mp3" length="2437196" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591623 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 19 edificios como 19 heridas: Por qué el sismo nos pegó tan fuerte Author: Alejandro Sánchez Narrator: Daniel Cubillo, Gwendolyne Flores...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591623" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591623</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 19 edificios como 19 heridas: Por qué el sismo nos pegó tan fuerte Author: Alejandro Sánchez Narrator: Daniel Cubillo, Gwendolyne Flores Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  El 19 de septiembre de 2017 un terremoto azotó México.   Murieron 369 personas.   Pero no las mató el sismo.   Los responsables fueron la corrupción, la impunidad, la dejadez, el olvido e incluso la falta de cultura cívica.   A un año del desastre, esta obra investiga qué salió mal en 19 de los edificios más dañados por el temblor. ¿Por qué hubo tantos muertos 32 años después del terremoto de 1985? El libro, así, pinta cuáles son los problemas que resquebrajaron México... y alerta: si no se solucionan, volverá a ocurrir una tragedia similar.  Reportajes de:  Óscar Alarcón - Hugo Corzo Zanabria - Silvia Garduño Francisco Goldman - Édgar Ledesma Gasca - Albinson Linares Francisco Nieto - Ernesto Núñez Albarrán - Georgina Olson Jiménez Peniley Ramírez - Paris Alejandro Salazar - Nantzin Saldaña Neldy San Martín # Alejandro Sánchez - Laura Sánchez Ley Claudia Solera - Laura Toribio - Daniel Venegas.  Las ganancias de este libro serán entregadas a los damnificados del Multifamiliar Tlalpan.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d453189f77310aba29e16815b623701e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - La patria y la muerte: Los crímenes y horrores del nacionalismo mexicano by José Luis Trueba Lara</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-patria-y-la-muerte-los-crimenes-y-horrores-del-nacionalismo-mexicano-by-jose-luis-trueba-lara--65206405</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591622" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591622</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La patria y la muerte: Los crímenes y horrores del nacionalismo mexicano Author: José Luis Trueba Lara Narrator: Sergio Mejía Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Tras la brutalidad de la Revolución, los sobrevivientes necesitaban una esperanza y el nacionalismo se la dio. Pero a un costo altísimo: muerte y mentira.  El discurso oficial asienta que el amor a México es obligatorio, eterno, inamovible y perfecto. No es así. El actual nacionalismo mexicano es una invención posrevolucionaria, fomentado para crear un sentido de unidad y de propósito tras la matanza vivida entre 1910 y 1917. Y eso es lo de menos. Ese patriotismo fue una excusa para perpetrar algunas de las peores atrocidades que se han cometido en suelo patrio. Discriminación, racismo, clasismo y exclusión son sus caras menos oscuras. Las peores se llaman odio, expulsión, destierro, asesinato y genocidio. Esta obra señala el negro camino que ha seguido la devoción hacia México y la impunidad de la que ha gozado. Hoy, como nunca, se vuelve necesario reflexionar sobre el tema de esta obra: ¿a qué delirios nos puede llevar el nacionalismo desatado?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591622</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206405/9786073816830.mp3" length="2437272" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591622 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La patria y la muerte: Los crímenes y horrores del nacionalismo mexicano Author: José Luis Trueba Lara Narrator: Sergio Mejía Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591622" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591622</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La patria y la muerte: Los crímenes y horrores del nacionalismo mexicano Author: José Luis Trueba Lara Narrator: Sergio Mejía Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Tras la brutalidad de la Revolución, los sobrevivientes necesitaban una esperanza y el nacionalismo se la dio. Pero a un costo altísimo: muerte y mentira.  El discurso oficial asienta que el amor a México es obligatorio, eterno, inamovible y perfecto. No es así. El actual nacionalismo mexicano es una invención posrevolucionaria, fomentado para crear un sentido de unidad y de propósito tras la matanza vivida entre 1910 y 1917. Y eso es lo de menos. Ese patriotismo fue una excusa para perpetrar algunas de las peores atrocidades que se han cometido en suelo patrio. Discriminación, racismo, clasismo y exclusión son sus caras menos oscuras. Las peores se llaman odio, expulsión, destierro, asesinato y genocidio. Esta obra señala el negro camino que ha seguido la devoción hacia México y la impunidad de la que ha gozado. Hoy, como nunca, se vuelve necesario reflexionar sobre el tema de esta obra: ¿a qué delirios nos puede llevar el nacionalismo desatado?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ff908d99dbb40cbaeeabcb7c55e33d5b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Policia CDMX: Héroes y demonios by Andrés M. Estrada</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-policia-cdmx-heroes-y-demonios-by-andres-m-estrada--65206401</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591638" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591638</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Policia CDMX: Héroes y demonios Author: Andrés M. Estrada Narrator: Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Hablar de la policía de la Ciudad de México es hablar de una institución de claroscuros. Escándalos, violaciones, sobornos y corruptelas se tejen al interior de esta policía junto con elementos realmente valiosos para la sociedad capitalina.  Este libro da voz, mediante una profunda investigación, a quienes han vivido estas contradicciones parabien y para mal. La ferozcorrupción interna; el cobijo de ciertos mandos hacia grupos delincuenciales; el acoso sexual que sufren las mujeres policías; la fabricación de delitos y su negocio redondo; la precariedad de los sueldos, y un largo etcétera. Pero a la par, y más allá del estigma que recae sobre el policía de a pie, hay verdaderos héroes que arriesgan la vida en las calles y no obtienen más que el anonimato y unas cuantas balas zumbando sobre sus cabezas. Las historias aquí vertidas atestiguan que verdaderos héroes y demonios conviven en dicha institución.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591638</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206401/9786073817097.mp3" length="2437190" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Policia CDMX: Héroes y demonios Author: Andrés M. Estrada Narrator: Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591638" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591638</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Policia CDMX: Héroes y demonios Author: Andrés M. Estrada Narrator: Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Hablar de la policía de la Ciudad de México es hablar de una institución de claroscuros. Escándalos, violaciones, sobornos y corruptelas se tejen al interior de esta policía junto con elementos realmente valiosos para la sociedad capitalina.  Este libro da voz, mediante una profunda investigación, a quienes han vivido estas contradicciones parabien y para mal. La ferozcorrupción interna; el cobijo de ciertos mandos hacia grupos delincuenciales; el acoso sexual que sufren las mujeres policías; la fabricación de delitos y su negocio redondo; la precariedad de los sueldos, y un largo etcétera. Pero a la par, y más allá del estigma que recae sobre el policía de a pie, hay verdaderos héroes que arriesgan la vida en las calles y no obtienen más que el anonimato y unas cuantas balas zumbando sobre sus cabezas. Las historias aquí vertidas atestiguan que verdaderos héroes y demonios conviven en dicha institución.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a503ebcb4be8c4392429c57c7c455c8f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Pensar México I by Maruan Soto Antaki</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-pensar-mexico-i-by-maruan-soto-antaki--65206381</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591642" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591642</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Pensar México I Author: Maruan Soto Antaki Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  En el primer volumen de Pensar México intenté aproximarme a nuestra realidad desde el lenguaje, analizando el extravío de los significados a causa de un fenómeno enraizado en la mexicanidad: la relativización de cada concepto.     Hoy encuentro una sociedad que abandonó la intención de entenderse; abdicamos de preguntarnos sobre nuestro futuro y sustituimos el cuestionamiento de certezas por la incertidumbre de la ilusión. De alguna forma, parece que nos hemos convencido de que nuestra historia política se puede reducir a cambios de gobiernos, de leyes, a sustitución o adorno de vicios administrativos y relativizaciones éticas.  Hemos relegado la posibilidad de aceptarnos como producto de nuestras propias discrepancias fundacionales. ¿Cuánto tiempo resiste unpaísen confrontación consigo mismo? Ensimismados en lo que llamamos coyuntura, legitimamos la disfuncionalidad y renunciamos alpensamiento crítico. Si no es crítico tampoco será pensamiento.  En México, la sobrepolitizaciónde la vida no arrojó mayor conciencia política sino el desorden precursor de la canibalización, en un entorno donde la existencia política de unos parece depender de la inexistencia de los otros.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591642</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206381/9786073817547.mp3" length="2437181" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591642 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Pensar México I Author: Maruan Soto Antaki Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: May...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591642" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591642</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Pensar México I Author: Maruan Soto Antaki Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  En el primer volumen de Pensar México intenté aproximarme a nuestra realidad desde el lenguaje, analizando el extravío de los significados a causa de un fenómeno enraizado en la mexicanidad: la relativización de cada concepto.     Hoy encuentro una sociedad que abandonó la intención de entenderse; abdicamos de preguntarnos sobre nuestro futuro y sustituimos el cuestionamiento de certezas por la incertidumbre de la ilusión. De alguna forma, parece que nos hemos convencido de que nuestra historia política se puede reducir a cambios de gobiernos, de leyes, a sustitución o adorno de vicios administrativos y relativizaciones éticas.  Hemos relegado la posibilidad de aceptarnos como producto de nuestras propias discrepancias fundacionales. ¿Cuánto tiempo resiste unpaísen confrontación consigo mismo? Ensimismados en lo que llamamos coyuntura, legitimamos la disfuncionalidad y renunciamos alpensamiento crítico. Si no es crítico tampoco será pensamiento.  En México, la sobrepolitizaciónde la vida no arrojó mayor conciencia política sino el desorden precursor de la canibalización, en un entorno donde la existencia política de unos parece depender de la inexistencia de los otros.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3bb466ec34dfc82c40d62881dd1db218.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Guerra por la paz by Ronan Farrow</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-guerra-por-la-paz-by-ronan-farrow--65206404</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592152" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592152</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Guerra por la paz Author: Ronan Farrow Narrator: Benjamín Figueres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Una angustiante exploración del colapso de la diplomacia norteamericana y la abdicación del liderazgo global. La política exterior de Estados Unidos está sufriendo una terrible transformación, cambiando su lugar en el mundo. Las instituciones diplomáticas y su desarrollo se desangran tras varios recortes presupuestarios: los diplomáticos que negocian los grandes tratados y protegen a sus ciudadanos están abandonando en masa esa labor. Las oficinas del Departamento de Estado están vacías, mientras en el extranjero el tejido militar industrial ha asumido el trabajo una vez que ha sido adoptado por los conciliadores de la paz. Estados Unidos se ha convertido en una nación que primero dispara y luego se cuestiona las cosas. En un asombroso viaje desde los pasillos del poder en Washington, hasta algunos de los sitios más remotos y peligrosos del planeta (Afganistán, Somalia y Corea del Norte entre ellos), el aclamado periodista de investigación Ronan Farrow nos explica algunos de los cambios más trascendentales y menos comprendidos en la historia de Estados Unidos. A través de cientos de documentos inéditos y extensamente informado en cientos de entrevistas con jefes militares, denunciantes anónimos y políticos, incluyendo a todos los ex secretarios de Estado que aún viven, desde Henry Kissinger hasta Hillary Clinton, Guerra por la paz es un libro necesario y riguroso para comprender el papel de la diplomacia en un mundo en guerra. - Ronan Farrow es colaborador habitual en The New Yorker, donde sus reportajes de investigación le valieron un Premio Pulitzer, el National Magazine Award y el George Polk Award, entre otros. Antes de iniciar su carrera en Periodismo, trabajó para el Departamento de Estado en Afganistán y Pakistán.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592152</guid><pubDate>Sun, 15 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206404/9788728349007.mp3" length="2437148" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592152 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Guerra por la paz Author: Ronan Farrow Narrator: Benjamín Figueres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 28 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592152" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592152</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Guerra por la paz Author: Ronan Farrow Narrator: Benjamín Figueres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Una angustiante exploración del colapso de la diplomacia norteamericana y la abdicación del liderazgo global. La política exterior de Estados Unidos está sufriendo una terrible transformación, cambiando su lugar en el mundo. Las instituciones diplomáticas y su desarrollo se desangran tras varios recortes presupuestarios: los diplomáticos que negocian los grandes tratados y protegen a sus ciudadanos están abandonando en masa esa labor. Las oficinas del Departamento de Estado están vacías, mientras en el extranjero el tejido militar industrial ha asumido el trabajo una vez que ha sido adoptado por los conciliadores de la paz. Estados Unidos se ha convertido en una nación que primero dispara y luego se cuestiona las cosas. En un asombroso viaje desde los pasillos del poder en Washington, hasta algunos de los sitios más remotos y peligrosos del planeta (Afganistán, Somalia y Corea del Norte entre ellos), el aclamado periodista de investigación Ronan Farrow nos explica algunos de los cambios más trascendentales y menos comprendidos en la historia de Estados Unidos. A través de cientos de documentos inéditos y extensamente informado en cientos de entrevistas con jefes militares, denunciantes anónimos y políticos, incluyendo a todos los ex secretarios de Estado que aún viven, desde Henry Kissinger hasta Hillary Clinton, Guerra por la paz es un libro necesario y riguroso para comprender el papel de la diplomacia en un mundo en guerra. - Ronan Farrow es colaborador habitual en The New Yorker, donde sus reportajes de investigación le valieron un Premio Pulitzer, el National Magazine Award y el George Polk Award, entre otros. Antes de iniciar su carrera en Periodismo, trabajó para el Departamento de Estado en Afganistán y Pakistán.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5e33bb037a8de41e16d4dd3c713783a1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Joe Biden Prayer Book by Richard Garlick</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/joe-biden-prayer-book-by-richard-garlick--65206443</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592116" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592116</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joe Biden Prayer Book Author: Richard Garlick Narrator: Anonymous Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: May 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In these troubled times, the Word of Joe Biden provides solace, contentment, and equity.  However, that doesn't mean we always have time to read His Message for us.  This narrated version is perfect for absorbing the Word and Wisdom from Him Above, while engaged in other tasks.  Our anonymous narrator's smooth voice and clear pronunciation will have you fully engaged for what will surely be the best two and a half hours of your day.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592116</guid><pubDate>Wed, 11 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206443/9798985695151.mp3" length="1477617" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592116 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joe Biden Prayer Book Author: Richard Garlick Narrator: Anonymous Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: May 11, 2022...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592116" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592116</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joe Biden Prayer Book Author: Richard Garlick Narrator: Anonymous Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: May 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In these troubled times, the Word of Joe Biden provides solace, contentment, and equity.  However, that doesn't mean we always have time to read His Message for us.  This narrated version is perfect for absorbing the Word and Wisdom from Him Above, while engaged in other tasks.  Our anonymous narrator's smooth voice and clear pronunciation will have you fully engaged for what will surely be the best two and a half hours of your day.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/13cba078090adb1af4d070ac1f010e75.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Manifesto comunista by Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-manifesto-comunista-by-karl-marx-friedrich-engels--65206416</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591223" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591223</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Manifesto comunista Author: Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels Narrator: José Paulo Netto Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: May  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  No final de fevereiro de 1848, foi publicado em Londres um pequeno panfleto que acabaria por se tornar o documento político mais importante de todos os tempos: o Manifesto Comunista, de Karl Marx e Friedrich Engels. Passado mais de um século e meio, a atualidade e o vigor deste texto continuam reconhecidos por intelectuais das mais diversas correntes de pensamento. A Boitempo Editorial utilizou, com alguns ajustes ortográficos, a tradução feita por Álvaro Pina a partir da edição alemã de 1890, prefaciada e anotada por Engels. O cotejo foi feito de forma minuciosa com as principais edições inglesa, francesa e italiana, confrontadas com duas edições brasileiras anteriores. Além do Manifesto Comunista em si, o volume traz ainda a reflexão de seis especialistas sobre as múltiplas facetas desta que é, ainda hoje, a obra política mais lida e difundida em todo o mundo. Com organização de Osvaldo Coggiola, o livro tem ensaios de Antonio Labriola, Jean Jaurès, Leon Trotsky, Harold Laski, Lucien Martin e James Petras. A edição compila ainda sete prefácios de Marx e Engels à obra, feitos em diferentes períodos.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591223</guid><pubDate>Fri, 06 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206416/9786557171554.mp3" length="1478236" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591223 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Manifesto comunista Author: Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels Narrator: José Paulo Netto Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591223" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591223</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Manifesto comunista Author: Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels Narrator: José Paulo Netto Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: May  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  No final de fevereiro de 1848, foi publicado em Londres um pequeno panfleto que acabaria por se tornar o documento político mais importante de todos os tempos: o Manifesto Comunista, de Karl Marx e Friedrich Engels. Passado mais de um século e meio, a atualidade e o vigor deste texto continuam reconhecidos por intelectuais das mais diversas correntes de pensamento. A Boitempo Editorial utilizou, com alguns ajustes ortográficos, a tradução feita por Álvaro Pina a partir da edição alemã de 1890, prefaciada e anotada por Engels. O cotejo foi feito de forma minuciosa com as principais edições inglesa, francesa e italiana, confrontadas com duas edições brasileiras anteriores. Além do Manifesto Comunista em si, o volume traz ainda a reflexão de seis especialistas sobre as múltiplas facetas desta que é, ainda hoje, a obra política mais lida e difundida em todo o mundo. Com organização de Osvaldo Coggiola, o livro tem ensaios de Antonio Labriola, Jean Jaurès, Leon Trotsky, Harold Laski, Lucien Martin e James Petras. A edição compila ainda sete prefácios de Marx e Engels à obra, feitos em diferentes períodos.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/38e316303e49869ea3f728070b98914d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Karl Marx and the Satanic Roots of Communism by Richard Wurmbrand</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/karl-marx-and-the-satanic-roots-of-communism-by-richard-wurmbrand--65206385</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590892" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590892</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Karl Marx and the Satanic Roots of Communism Author: Richard Wurmbrand Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: May  5, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Karl Marx, coauthor of the revolutionary text The Communist Manifesto, grew up in a Christian family, and his early writings showed belief in a Christian worldview. Yet in his adulthood, Marx embraced a deep personal rebellion against God and all Christian values. In Karl Marx and the Satanic Roots of Communism, Richard Wurmbrand explores the development of Marx’s antireligious perspective that led to the philosophical foundations of communism. By examining Marx’s writings as well as biographical accounts, Wurmbrand builds a convincing case that Marx adhered to a belief system that opposes God. Karl Marx and the Satanic Roots of Communism provides significant insight into why Christians and the church have been targeted by Marxists and Communists alike as it exposes the evil roots of a theory and government system that continue to persecute Christians in the present.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590892</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206385/9780882641416.mp3" length="1478392" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590892 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Karl Marx and the Satanic Roots of Communism Author: Richard Wurmbrand Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590892" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590892</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Karl Marx and the Satanic Roots of Communism Author: Richard Wurmbrand Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: May  5, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Karl Marx, coauthor of the revolutionary text The Communist Manifesto, grew up in a Christian family, and his early writings showed belief in a Christian worldview. Yet in his adulthood, Marx embraced a deep personal rebellion against God and all Christian values. In Karl Marx and the Satanic Roots of Communism, Richard Wurmbrand explores the development of Marx’s antireligious perspective that led to the philosophical foundations of communism. By examining Marx’s writings as well as biographical accounts, Wurmbrand builds a convincing case that Marx adhered to a belief system that opposes God. Karl Marx and the Satanic Roots of Communism provides significant insight into why Christians and the church have been targeted by Marxists and Communists alike as it exposes the evil roots of a theory and government system that continue to persecute Christians in the present.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/312e3a39c6542c87cbb832b7c1c9dbaf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Power to Stop any Illusion of Problems: (Behind economics and the myths of debt &amp; inflation.): Escape the paradox from being a total pri</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-to-stop-any-illusion-of-problems-behind-economics-and-the-myths-of-debt-inflation-escape-the-paradox-from-being-a-total-pri--65206402</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591711" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591711</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power to Stop any Illusion of Problems: (Behind economics and the myths of debt &amp; inflation.): Escape the paradox from being a total prisoner of the money game and a path to teach wealth Author: August Clark Narrator: Dr. Jeff Hutchinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: May  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Are you tired of hearing people constantly complain and moan about a world problem, but offer you no solutions as to what you can do to help resolve this issue? This might be from close friends or family constantly taking a negative view on this particular issue, or even from hearing about the problem on the news, but not hearing any potential solutions. Can you tell what problem I am talking about yet? Of course, I am talking about the global economic debt. Anyone who vaguely follows this topic will know that it is consistently increasing in the US, but many don’t know that it is also increasing across most other countries. So, what can you and I do to help improve the situation? The Power to Stop Any Illusion of Problems will help offer an insight into how these situations occur, in simple and understandable terms, so that you don’t get confused or demotivated by too much technical jargon. It will then also show you ways that positive change can be made, rather than just telling you about all the negative impacts of global debt and making you feel as though all hope is lost. You will be amazed at the content included in this book, and the detail that is provided for you to digest. But what really sets this book apart from its competitors is that the information is so well presented and easy to understand. Inside The Power to Stop Any Illusion of Problems, discover: ● An overview of the debt position in the US ● An evaluation of government expenditure ● How to understand the modern monetary theory ● The implication of national debt ● The petrodollar system ● The fair tax system in America ● Strategies for reducing debt And much, much more! This is a book you can’t afford to not read. Escape the paradox of being a total prisoner of the money game and discover a ipath to win wealth for Americans and increase global cash flow. Grab a copy of The Power to Stop Any Illusion of Problems, and change your life for the better today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591711</guid><pubDate>Sun, 01 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206402/9781667967615.mp3" length="2437163" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591711 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power to Stop any Illusion of Problems: (Behind economics and the myths of debt &amp;amp; inflation.): Escape the paradox from being a total prisoner...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591711" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591711</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power to Stop any Illusion of Problems: (Behind economics and the myths of debt &amp; inflation.): Escape the paradox from being a total prisoner of the money game and a path to teach wealth Author: August Clark Narrator: Dr. Jeff Hutchinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: May  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Are you tired of hearing people constantly complain and moan about a world problem, but offer you no solutions as to what you can do to help resolve this issue? This might be from close friends or family constantly taking a negative view on this particular issue, or even from hearing about the problem on the news, but not hearing any potential solutions. Can you tell what problem I am talking about yet? Of course, I am talking about the global economic debt. Anyone who vaguely follows this topic will know that it is consistently increasing in the US, but many don’t know that it is also increasing across most other countries. So, what can you and I do to help improve the situation? The Power to Stop Any Illusion of Problems will help offer an insight into how these situations occur, in simple and understandable terms, so that you don’t get confused or demotivated by too much technical jargon. It will then also show you ways that positive change can be made, rather than just telling you about all the negative impacts of global debt and making you feel as though all hope is lost. You will be amazed at the content included in this book, and the detail that is provided for you to digest. But what really sets this book apart from its competitors is that the information is so well presented and easy to understand. Inside The Power to Stop Any Illusion of Problems, discover: ● An overview of the debt position in the US ● An evaluation of government expenditure ● How to understand the modern monetary theory ● The implication of national debt ● The petrodollar system ● The fair tax system in America ● Strategies for reducing debt And much, much more! This is a book you can’t afford to not read. Escape the paradox of being a total prisoner of the money game and discover a ipath to win wealth for Americans and increase global cash flow. Grab a copy of The Power to Stop Any Illusion of Problems, and change your life for the better today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b480c9803c31835f84a4ef4fbb929b42.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Art of War by Sun Tzu</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-art-of-war-by-sun-tzu--65206361</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595189" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595189</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of War Author: Sun Tzu Narrator: Phil Chenevert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: May  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Art of War (Chinese: 孫子兵法; lit. 'Sun Tzu's Military Method') is an ancient Chinese military treatise dating from the Late Spring and Autumn Period (roughly 5th century BC). The work, which is attributed to the ancient Chinese military strategist Sun Tzu ('Master Sun'), is composed of 13 chapters. Each one is devoted to a different set of skills (or 'art') related to warfare and how it applies to military strategy and tactics. For almost 1,500 years it was the lead text in an anthology that was formalized as the Seven Military Classics by Emperor Shenzong of Song in 1080. The Art of War remains the most influential strategy text in East Asian warfare and has influenced both Far Eastern and Western military thinking, business tactics, legal strategy, lifestyles and beyond. The book contains a detailed explanation and analysis of the 5th-century BC Chinese military, from weapons and strategy to rank and discipline. Sun also stressed the importance of intelligence operatives and espionage to the war effort. Considered one of history's finest military tacticians and analysts, his teachings and strategies formed the basis of advanced military training for millennia to come. The book was translated into French and published in 1772 (re-published in 1782) by the French Jesuit Jean Joseph Marie Amiot. A partial translation into English was attempted by British officer Everard Ferguson Calthrop in 1905 under the title The Book of War. The first annotated English translation was completed and published by Lionel Giles in 1910. Military and political leaders such as the Chinese communist revolutionary Mao Zedong, Japanese daimyō Takeda Shingen, Vietnamese general Võ Nguyên Giáp, and American military general Norman Schwarzkopf Jr. are all cited as having drawn inspiration from the book.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595189</guid><pubDate>Sun, 01 May 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206361/4066338937810.mp3" length="1477549" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595189 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of War Author: Sun Tzu Narrator: Phil Chenevert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: May  1, 2022 Ratings:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595189" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595189</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of War Author: Sun Tzu Narrator: Phil Chenevert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: May  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Art of War (Chinese: 孫子兵法; lit. 'Sun Tzu's Military Method') is an ancient Chinese military treatise dating from the Late Spring and Autumn Period (roughly 5th century BC). The work, which is attributed to the ancient Chinese military strategist Sun Tzu ('Master Sun'), is composed of 13 chapters. Each one is devoted to a different set of skills (or 'art') related to warfare and how it applies to military strategy and tactics. For almost 1,500 years it was the lead text in an anthology that was formalized as the Seven Military Classics by Emperor Shenzong of Song in 1080. The Art of War remains the most influential strategy text in East Asian warfare and has influenced both Far Eastern and Western military thinking, business tactics, legal strategy, lifestyles and beyond. The book contains a detailed explanation and analysis of the 5th-century BC Chinese military, from weapons and strategy to rank and discipline. Sun also stressed the importance of intelligence operatives and espionage to the war effort. Considered one of history's finest military tacticians and analysts, his teachings and strategies formed the basis of advanced military training for millennia to come. The book was translated into French and published in 1772 (re-published in 1782) by the French Jesuit Jean Joseph Marie Amiot. A partial translation into English was attempted by British officer Everard Ferguson Calthrop in 1905 under the title The Book of War. The first annotated English translation was completed and published by Lionel Giles in 1910. Military and political leaders such as the Chinese communist revolutionary Mao Zedong, Japanese daimyō Takeda Shingen, Vietnamese general Võ Nguyên Giáp, and American military general Norman Schwarzkopf Jr. are all cited as having drawn inspiration from the book.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c8d5328dacff513b98ed22be0169e08f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Forensic Data Collections 2.0: The Guide for Defensible &amp; Efficient Processes by Robert B. Fried</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/forensic-data-collections-2-0-the-guide-for-defensible-efficient-processes-by-robert-b-fried--65206390</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591746" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591746</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensic Data Collections 2.0: The Guide for Defensible &amp; Efficient Processes Author: Robert B. Fried Narrator: Mandy Grant-Grierson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 59 minutes Release date: April 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Modern day investigations frequently require the identification, preservation, and collection of electronic evidence from a variety of data sources. The field of digital forensics is constantly evolving, and it is vital for all parties involved to work together to understand where relevant data is stored, and how it can be accessed and collected, in a forensically sound manner that is defensible and efficient. Aspiring forensic practitioners, investigators, and even those who have experience with eDiscovery as an attorney, litigation support specialist, or professional services provider, are provided a clear and concise understanding of what to expect, and what may need to be asked of the parties involved, when encountering today's most common data sources during an investigation: Computers Email Network File Shares Mobile Devices Databases Cloud Storage Services Social Media Sites Learn about the different types of methodologies that forensic practitioners utilize, the various documentation that is generated, and important considerations related to planning and performing forensic data collections. An extensive Knowledge Assessment is included to evaluate the reader's understanding of the topics covered.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591746</guid><pubDate>Sat, 30 Apr 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206390/9781667967318.mp3" length="2437204" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591746 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensic Data Collections 2.0: The Guide for Defensible &amp;amp; Efficient Processes Author: Robert B. Fried Narrator: Mandy Grant-Grierson Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591746" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591746</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensic Data Collections 2.0: The Guide for Defensible &amp; Efficient Processes Author: Robert B. Fried Narrator: Mandy Grant-Grierson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 59 minutes Release date: April 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Modern day investigations frequently require the identification, preservation, and collection of electronic evidence from a variety of data sources. The field of digital forensics is constantly evolving, and it is vital for all parties involved to work together to understand where relevant data is stored, and how it can be accessed and collected, in a forensically sound manner that is defensible and efficient. Aspiring forensic practitioners, investigators, and even those who have experience with eDiscovery as an attorney, litigation support specialist, or professional services provider, are provided a clear and concise understanding of what to expect, and what may need to be asked of the parties involved, when encountering today's most common data sources during an investigation: Computers Email Network File Shares Mobile Devices Databases Cloud Storage Services Social Media Sites Learn about the different types of methodologies that forensic practitioners utilize, the various documentation that is generated, and important considerations related to planning and performing forensic data collections. An extensive Knowledge Assessment is included to evaluate the reader's understanding of the topics covered.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9333c96499b6edc6aca3fe532749b550.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Wahrheit ist der Feind - Warum Russland so anders ist (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Golineh Atai</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-wahrheit-ist-der-feind-warum-russland-so-anders-ist-ungekurzte-lesung-by-golineh-atai--65206389</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592313" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592313</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Wahrheit ist der Feind - Warum Russland so anders ist (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Golineh Atai Narrator: Tanja Fornaro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 29, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Über die jüngere Entwicklung der russischen Politik - ein kenntnisreiches, erhellendes Hörbuch von der vielfach ausgezeichneten Journalistin und ehemaligen Moskau-Korrespondentin Golineh Atai Seit dem 'Anschluss' der Krim erfindet sich Russland neu: als eine Großmacht, die chauvinistisch spricht und aggressiv handelt. Das sagt Golineh Atai, die für ihre Berichterstattung aus Moskau vielfach ausgezeichnet worden ist. Sie erklärt die tieferen Gründe für eine Politik, die im Westen vielfach kaum wahrgenommen, in falsche Vergleiche heruntergebrochen oder einfach verdrängt wird. Die Wahrheit ist: Russland sieht sich im Krieg. Und Russlands Aggression existiert darüber hinaus auch in alten und neuen globalen Medien, im Cyberspace, im Wirtschaftsraum. Eine der besten Kennerinnen Russlands erklärt, warum Russland die globale Ordnung offen herausfordert - in einer Zeit, in der die Fortdauer ebendieser Ordnung ungewiß ist.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592313</guid><pubDate>Fri, 29 Apr 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206389/9783732405237.mp3" length="1478320" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592313 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Wahrheit ist der Feind - Warum Russland so anders ist (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Golineh Atai Narrator: Tanja Fornaro Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592313" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592313</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Wahrheit ist der Feind - Warum Russland so anders ist (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Golineh Atai Narrator: Tanja Fornaro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 29, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Über die jüngere Entwicklung der russischen Politik - ein kenntnisreiches, erhellendes Hörbuch von der vielfach ausgezeichneten Journalistin und ehemaligen Moskau-Korrespondentin Golineh Atai Seit dem 'Anschluss' der Krim erfindet sich Russland neu: als eine Großmacht, die chauvinistisch spricht und aggressiv handelt. Das sagt Golineh Atai, die für ihre Berichterstattung aus Moskau vielfach ausgezeichnet worden ist. Sie erklärt die tieferen Gründe für eine Politik, die im Westen vielfach kaum wahrgenommen, in falsche Vergleiche heruntergebrochen oder einfach verdrängt wird. Die Wahrheit ist: Russland sieht sich im Krieg. Und Russlands Aggression existiert darüber hinaus auch in alten und neuen globalen Medien, im Cyberspace, im Wirtschaftsraum. Eine der besten Kennerinnen Russlands erklärt, warum Russland die globale Ordnung offen herausfordert - in einer Zeit, in der die Fortdauer ebendieser Ordnung ungewiß ist.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8b032f786530a414df98ef2061396ba6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Half-Earth Socialism: A Plan to Save the Future from Extinction, Climate Change, and Pandemics by Drew Pendergrass, Troy Vettese</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/half-earth-socialism-a-plan-to-save-the-future-from-extinction-climate-change-and-pandemics-by-drew-pendergrass-troy-vettese--65206267</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612923" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612923</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Half-Earth Socialism: A Plan to Save the Future from Extinction, Climate Change, and Pandemics Author: Drew Pendergrass, Troy Vettese Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: April 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A plan to save the earth and bring the good life to all In this thrilling and capacious book, Troy Vettese and Drew Pendergrass challenge the inertia of capitalism and the left alike and propose a radical plan to address climate disaster and guarantee the good life for all. Consumption in the global North can’t continue unabated, and we must give up the idea that humans can fully control the Earth through technological “fixes” that only wreak further havoc. Rather than allow the forces of the free market to destroy the planet, we must strive for a post-capitalist society able to guarantee the good life for the entire planet. This plan, which they call Half-Earth Socialism, means we must: - Rewild half the Earth to absorb carbon emissions and restore biodiversity,- Pursue a rapid transition to renewable energy, paired with drastic cuts in consumption by the world’s wealthiest populations,- Enact global veganism to cut down on energy and land use,- Inaugurate worldwide socialist planning to efficiently and equitably manage production, and- Welcome the participation of everyone—even you! Accompanied by a climate-modelling website inviting readers to design their own “half earth,” Vettese and Pendergrass offer us a visionary way forward—and our only hope for a future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612923</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206267/9798200968954.mp3" length="1478318" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Half-Earth Socialism: A Plan to Save the Future from Extinction, Climate Change, and Pandemics Author: Drew Pendergrass, Troy Vettese Narrator: Paul...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612923" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612923</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Half-Earth Socialism: A Plan to Save the Future from Extinction, Climate Change, and Pandemics Author: Drew Pendergrass, Troy Vettese Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: April 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A plan to save the earth and bring the good life to all In this thrilling and capacious book, Troy Vettese and Drew Pendergrass challenge the inertia of capitalism and the left alike and propose a radical plan to address climate disaster and guarantee the good life for all. Consumption in the global North can’t continue unabated, and we must give up the idea that humans can fully control the Earth through technological “fixes” that only wreak further havoc. Rather than allow the forces of the free market to destroy the planet, we must strive for a post-capitalist society able to guarantee the good life for the entire planet. This plan, which they call Half-Earth Socialism, means we must: - Rewild half the Earth to absorb carbon emissions and restore biodiversity,- Pursue a rapid transition to renewable energy, paired with drastic cuts in consumption by the world’s wealthiest populations,- Enact global veganism to cut down on energy and land use,- Inaugurate worldwide socialist planning to efficiently and equitably manage production, and- Welcome the participation of everyone—even you! Accompanied by a climate-modelling website inviting readers to design their own “half earth,” Vettese and Pendergrass offer us a visionary way forward—and our only hope for a future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b21c258205e6d8767d8361b09bc2cbd9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Inflation: What It Is, Why It's Bad, and How to Fix It by Nathan Lewis, Elizabeth Ames, Steve Forbes</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/inflation-what-it-is-why-it-s-bad-and-how-to-fix-it-by-nathan-lewis-elizabeth-ames-steve-forbes--65206264</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612916" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612916</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inflation: What It Is, Why It's Bad, and How to Fix It Author: Nathan Lewis, Elizabeth Ames, Steve Forbes Narrator: Carol Monda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Inflation: What It Is, Why It’s Bad, and How to Fix It explains what’s behind the worst inflationary storm in more than forty years—one that is dominating the headlines and shaking Americans by their pocketbooks. The cost-of-living explosion since the COVID pandemic has raised alarms about a possible return of a 1970’s-style “Great Inflation.” Some observers even fear a descent into the kind of Weimar-style hyperinflation that has torn apart so many nations. Is this true? If so, what should be done? How should we prepare for the future? Inflation answers these and other questions in an engaging discussion that draws on the singular expertise of Steve Forbes, chairman of Forbes Media, acclaimed for his insights on money and the economy; Nathan Lewis, internationally renowned expert on money and taxation; and author and journalist Elizabeth Ames. The authors say that today’s problems can be solved by discarding longstanding beliefs that helped bring on the current crisis. They include the notion that central banks can create prosperity through artificially creating money “out of thin air,” and also that economic “stability” requires “a little inflation.” Such ideas for decades have been Holy Writ in official Washington. Inflation shows why they are misguided. The book also explains why the current rage for heedless money-printing advocated by left-wing advocates of so-called Modern Monetary Theory is likely to lead the nation—and the world—down the road to disaster. Packed with examples from the headlines and from history, Inflation is a unique, real-world exploration of the subject that addresses everyday concerns of Americans under siege by rising prices, including steps you should take to protect your wealth. Inflation is essential listening for everyone seeking to navigate these tumultuous times.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612916</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206264/9798200912100.mp3" length="1477695" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612916 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inflation: What It Is, Why It's Bad, and How to Fix It Author: Nathan Lewis, Elizabeth Ames, Steve Forbes Narrator: Carol Monda Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612916" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612916</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inflation: What It Is, Why It's Bad, and How to Fix It Author: Nathan Lewis, Elizabeth Ames, Steve Forbes Narrator: Carol Monda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Inflation: What It Is, Why It’s Bad, and How to Fix It explains what’s behind the worst inflationary storm in more than forty years—one that is dominating the headlines and shaking Americans by their pocketbooks. The cost-of-living explosion since the COVID pandemic has raised alarms about a possible return of a 1970’s-style “Great Inflation.” Some observers even fear a descent into the kind of Weimar-style hyperinflation that has torn apart so many nations. Is this true? If so, what should be done? How should we prepare for the future? Inflation answers these and other questions in an engaging discussion that draws on the singular expertise of Steve Forbes, chairman of Forbes Media, acclaimed for his insights on money and the economy; Nathan Lewis, internationally renowned expert on money and taxation; and author and journalist Elizabeth Ames. The authors say that today’s problems can be solved by discarding longstanding beliefs that helped bring on the current crisis. They include the notion that central banks can create prosperity through artificially creating money “out of thin air,” and also that economic “stability” requires “a little inflation.” Such ideas for decades have been Holy Writ in official Washington. Inflation shows why they are misguided. The book also explains why the current rage for heedless money-printing advocated by left-wing advocates of so-called Modern Monetary Theory is likely to lead the nation—and the world—down the road to disaster. Packed with examples from the headlines and from history, Inflation is a unique, real-world exploration of the subject that addresses everyday concerns of Americans under siege by rising prices, including steps you should take to protect your wealth. Inflation is essential listening for everyone seeking to navigate these tumultuous times.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/eae99a649a34b6e09e431c7c1c428629.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Bin Laden Papers: How the Abbottabad Raid Revealed the Truth about Al-Qaeda, Its Leader, and His Family by Nelly Lahoud</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-bin-laden-papers-how-the-abbottabad-raid-revealed-the-truth-about-al-qaeda-its-leader-and-his-family-by-nelly-lahoud--65206271</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611477" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611477</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bin Laden Papers: How the Abbottabad Raid Revealed the Truth about Al-Qaeda, Its Leader, and His Family Author: Nelly Lahoud Narrator: Lameece Issaq Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An inside look at al-Qaeda from 9/11 to the death of its founder—told through the words of Bin Laden and his closest circle Usama Bin Laden’s greatest fear was not capture or death, but the exposure of al-Qaeda’s secrets. At great risk to themselves and the entire mission, the US Special Operations Forces, who carried out the Abbottabad raid that killed Bin Laden, took an additional eighteen minutes to collect Bin Laden’s hard drives and thereby expose al-Qaeda’s secrets. In this ground-breaking book, Nelly Lahoud dives into Bin Laden’s files and meticulously distills the nearly six thousand pages of Arabic private communications. For the first time, al-Qaeda’s closely guarded secrets are laid bare, shattering misconceptions and revealing how and what Bin Laden communicated with his associates, his plans for future attacks, and al-Qaeda’s hostility toward countries such as Saudi Arabia, Iran, and Pakistan. Lahoud presents firsthand accounts of al-Qaeda from 9/11 until the elimination of Bin Laden, as told through his own words and those of his family and closest associates.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611477</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206271/9798200963133.mp3" length="1477687" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611477 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bin Laden Papers: How the Abbottabad Raid Revealed the Truth about Al-Qaeda, Its Leader, and His Family Author: Nelly Lahoud Narrator: Lameece...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611477" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/611477</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bin Laden Papers: How the Abbottabad Raid Revealed the Truth about Al-Qaeda, Its Leader, and His Family Author: Nelly Lahoud Narrator: Lameece Issaq Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An inside look at al-Qaeda from 9/11 to the death of its founder—told through the words of Bin Laden and his closest circle Usama Bin Laden’s greatest fear was not capture or death, but the exposure of al-Qaeda’s secrets. At great risk to themselves and the entire mission, the US Special Operations Forces, who carried out the Abbottabad raid that killed Bin Laden, took an additional eighteen minutes to collect Bin Laden’s hard drives and thereby expose al-Qaeda’s secrets. In this ground-breaking book, Nelly Lahoud dives into Bin Laden’s files and meticulously distills the nearly six thousand pages of Arabic private communications. For the first time, al-Qaeda’s closely guarded secrets are laid bare, shattering misconceptions and revealing how and what Bin Laden communicated with his associates, his plans for future attacks, and al-Qaeda’s hostility toward countries such as Saudi Arabia, Iran, and Pakistan. Lahoud presents firsthand accounts of al-Qaeda from 9/11 until the elimination of Bin Laden, as told through his own words and those of his family and closest associates.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4659820bb69e1353870928308ecdfae5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Olaf Scholz - Wer ist unser Kanzler? (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Mark Schieritz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-olaf-scholz-wer-ist-unser-kanzler-ungekurzte-lesung-by-mark-schieritz--65206388</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593798" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593798</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Olaf Scholz - Wer ist unser Kanzler? (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Mark Schieritz Narrator: Wolfgang Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: April  8, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Deutschland hat einen neuen Bundeskanzler. Aber wer ist dieser Mann eigentlich? Wofür steht Olaf Scholz? Und was haben wir von ihm als Kanzler zu erwarten?  Nach 16 Jahren endet die Ära Merkel. Mit dem neuen Kanzler steht nun erstmals wieder ein Sozialdemokrat an der Spitze des Landes. Für viele kam sein Wahlsieg überraschend, ist Olaf Scholz doch der große Unbekannte in der deutschen Politik. Mark Schieritz, wirtschaftspolitischer Korrespondent der ZEIT und intimer Kenner der hiesigen Politlandschaft, erklärt den Menschen, Politiker und Kanzler Scholz, mit dessen Regentschaft auch eine neue Zeit anbricht. Die Pandemie wie die Klimakrise sind Beispiele für die immensen globalen Herausforderungen, vor denen wir aktuell stehen. Wie werden Scholz und seine Ampelkoalition mit ihnen umgehen?  Mit analytischem Feingespür und journalistischer Expertise zeigt ZEIT-Journalist Schieritz, wie die Methode Scholz funktioniert, was den Kanzler antreibt und wie Deutschland sich mit dem neuen Mann an der Spitze verändern könnte. Seine These: Scholz hat vor dem Hintergrund eines Paradigmenwechsels in der Ökonomie die sozialdemokratische Programmatik erneuert und das Thema soziale Gerechtigkeit wieder in das Zentrum der Politik gerückt. Er könnte ein Kanzler des Aufbruchs werden - wenn er das Wagnis eingeht.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593798</guid><pubDate>Fri, 08 Apr 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206388/9783732458998.mp3" length="1477575" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593798 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Olaf Scholz - Wer ist unser Kanzler? (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Mark Schieritz Narrator: Wolfgang Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593798" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593798</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Olaf Scholz - Wer ist unser Kanzler? (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Mark Schieritz Narrator: Wolfgang Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: April  8, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Deutschland hat einen neuen Bundeskanzler. Aber wer ist dieser Mann eigentlich? Wofür steht Olaf Scholz? Und was haben wir von ihm als Kanzler zu erwarten?  Nach 16 Jahren endet die Ära Merkel. Mit dem neuen Kanzler steht nun erstmals wieder ein Sozialdemokrat an der Spitze des Landes. Für viele kam sein Wahlsieg überraschend, ist Olaf Scholz doch der große Unbekannte in der deutschen Politik. Mark Schieritz, wirtschaftspolitischer Korrespondent der ZEIT und intimer Kenner der hiesigen Politlandschaft, erklärt den Menschen, Politiker und Kanzler Scholz, mit dessen Regentschaft auch eine neue Zeit anbricht. Die Pandemie wie die Klimakrise sind Beispiele für die immensen globalen Herausforderungen, vor denen wir aktuell stehen. Wie werden Scholz und seine Ampelkoalition mit ihnen umgehen?  Mit analytischem Feingespür und journalistischer Expertise zeigt ZEIT-Journalist Schieritz, wie die Methode Scholz funktioniert, was den Kanzler antreibt und wie Deutschland sich mit dem neuen Mann an der Spitze verändern könnte. Seine These: Scholz hat vor dem Hintergrund eines Paradigmenwechsels in der Ökonomie die sozialdemokratische Programmatik erneuert und das Thema soziale Gerechtigkeit wieder in das Zentrum der Politik gerückt. Er könnte ein Kanzler des Aufbruchs werden - wenn er das Wagnis eingeht.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/86d154c3cad62ebd7f757db8a7d168c4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Ostermärchen by Hoffmann Von Fallersleben, Joachim Ringelnatz, Christian Morgenstern, Hans Christian Andersen, The Brothers Grimm</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-ostermarchen-by-hoffmann-von-fallersleben-joachim-ringelnatz-christian-morgenstern-hans-christian-andersen-the-brothers-grimm--65206396</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593587" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593587</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ostermärchen Series: #4 of Ostern Author: Hoffmann Von Fallersleben, Joachim Ringelnatz, Christian Morgenstern, Hans Christian Andersen, The Brothers Grimm Narrator: Sebastian Lohse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: April  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Märchen gibt es auch zum Osterfest. Vor allem für Kinder ist Ostern besonders aufregend, denn sie freuen sich auf den Frühling und den Osterhasen, der ihnen die bunten Ostereier versteckt. Um die Vorfreude drauf zu steigern, gibt es jetzt diese spezielle Sammlung von Märchen einiger berühmter Literaten. Christian Morgenstern, Hans Christian Andersen, die Brüder Grimm, Joachim Ringelnatz und Hoffmann von Fallersleben. Eine illustere Mischung, die das kommende Ostern zu einem ganz Besonderen werden lassen. Nicht nur für Kinder - auch für Erwachsene sehr geeignet.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593587</guid><pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206396/9783963720185.mp3" length="1478456" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ostermärchen Series: #4 of Ostern Author: Hoffmann Von Fallersleben, Joachim Ringelnatz, Christian Morgenstern, Hans Christian Andersen, The...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593587" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/593587</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ostermärchen Series: #4 of Ostern Author: Hoffmann Von Fallersleben, Joachim Ringelnatz, Christian Morgenstern, Hans Christian Andersen, The Brothers Grimm Narrator: Sebastian Lohse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: April  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Märchen gibt es auch zum Osterfest. Vor allem für Kinder ist Ostern besonders aufregend, denn sie freuen sich auf den Frühling und den Osterhasen, der ihnen die bunten Ostereier versteckt. Um die Vorfreude drauf zu steigern, gibt es jetzt diese spezielle Sammlung von Märchen einiger berühmter Literaten. Christian Morgenstern, Hans Christian Andersen, die Brüder Grimm, Joachim Ringelnatz und Hoffmann von Fallersleben. Eine illustere Mischung, die das kommende Ostern zu einem ganz Besonderen werden lassen. Nicht nur für Kinder - auch für Erwachsene sehr geeignet.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/930eb0653f26edd0d47ef40f98b8c898.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The United States in Crisis: Citizenship, Immigration, and the Nation State by Edward J. Erler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-united-states-in-crisis-citizenship-immigration-and-the-nation-state-by-edward-j-erler--65206293</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603770" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603770</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States in Crisis: Citizenship, Immigration, and the Nation State Author: Edward J. Erler Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Claremont Institute scholar Edward J. Erler argues that, to preserve our dwindling individual freedoms, Americans must mount a defense of the nation state against the encroaching progressive forces of global governance. The United States in Crisis: Citizenship, Immigration, and the Nation State argues that to preserve our freedom Americans must mount a defense of the nation state against the progressive forces who advocate for global government. The Founders of America were convinced that freedom would flourish only in a nation state. A nation state is a collection of citizens who share a commitment to the same principles. Today, the nation state is under attack by the progressive Left, who allege that it is the source of almost every evil in the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603770</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206293/9798200993581.mp3" length="1477693" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603770 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States in Crisis: Citizenship, Immigration, and the Nation State Author: Edward J. Erler Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603770" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603770</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States in Crisis: Citizenship, Immigration, and the Nation State Author: Edward J. Erler Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Claremont Institute scholar Edward J. Erler argues that, to preserve our dwindling individual freedoms, Americans must mount a defense of the nation state against the encroaching progressive forces of global governance. The United States in Crisis: Citizenship, Immigration, and the Nation State argues that to preserve our freedom Americans must mount a defense of the nation state against the progressive forces who advocate for global government. The Founders of America were convinced that freedom would flourish only in a nation state. A nation state is a collection of citizens who share a commitment to the same principles. Today, the nation state is under attack by the progressive Left, who allege that it is the source of almost every evil in the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b00de8eacd643ce0830c1e47cbe03dff.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A New World in Our Hearts: In Conversation with Michael Albert by Noam Chomsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-new-world-in-our-hearts-in-conversation-with-michael-albert-by-noam-chomsky--65206277</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603778" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603778</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A New World in Our Hearts: In Conversation with Michael Albert Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An interview with Noam Chomsky is a bit like throwing batting practice to Babe Ruth. What you lob in, he will hammer out. This conversational interview by Michael Albert, who has been close to Chomsky for roughly half a century and talked with him many hundreds of times, spans a wide range of topics including journalism, science, religion, the racist foundations of American society, education as indoctrination, issues of class and resistance, colonialism, imperialism, and much more. The thread through it all is that every topic—and the list above takes us just about halfway through this book—reveals how social systems work, what their impact on humanity is, and how they are treated by the elite, mainstream intellectuals, and leftists. It gets personal, theoretical, and observational. The lessons are relevant to all times, so far, and pretty much all places, and Chomsky’s logical scalpel, with moral guidance, is relentless.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603778</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206277/9798200979097.mp3" length="1477595" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603778 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A New World in Our Hearts: In Conversation with Michael Albert Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603778" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603778</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A New World in Our Hearts: In Conversation with Michael Albert Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An interview with Noam Chomsky is a bit like throwing batting practice to Babe Ruth. What you lob in, he will hammer out. This conversational interview by Michael Albert, who has been close to Chomsky for roughly half a century and talked with him many hundreds of times, spans a wide range of topics including journalism, science, religion, the racist foundations of American society, education as indoctrination, issues of class and resistance, colonialism, imperialism, and much more. The thread through it all is that every topic—and the list above takes us just about halfway through this book—reveals how social systems work, what their impact on humanity is, and how they are treated by the elite, mainstream intellectuals, and leftists. It gets personal, theoretical, and observational. The lessons are relevant to all times, so far, and pretty much all places, and Chomsky’s logical scalpel, with moral guidance, is relentless.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7a06fcb69f6b891335e375e10c2ad9f4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>For the Good of the World: Is Global Agreement on Global Challenges Possible? by A. C. Grayling</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/for-the-good-of-the-world-is-global-agreement-on-global-challenges-possible-by-a-c-grayling--65206268</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603773" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603773</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the Good of the World: Is Global Agreement on Global Challenges Possible? Author: A. C. Grayling Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A lucid and inspiring consideration of the challenges we and our world now face, and a proposal for a way to overcome them Can we human beings agree on a set of values which will allow us to confront the numerous threats that we and our planet face? Or will we continue our disagreements, rivalries, and antipathies, even as we collectively approach what, in the not-impossible extreme, might be extinction? To answer these questions, A. C. Grayling considers the three most pressing challenges facing the world: climate change, technology, and justice, acknowledging that there is no worldwide set of values that can be invoked to underwrite agreements about what to do and not do in the interests of humanity and the planet in all these respects. As extreme weather events increase in frequency, advances in AI and military technology accelerate, and inequities deepen everywhere, the question of how to confront the world’s various problems becomes even more urgent. If there is to be a chance of finding ways to generate universal agreement, the underlying question of values (together with the problem of relativism) has to be addressed. One part of the answer may lie in toleration and convivencia—the basis of coexistence among Muslims, Jews, and Christians in the Iberian peninsula between the ninth and fifteenth centuries CE.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603773</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206268/9798200891818.mp3" length="1477695" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603773 to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the Good of the World: Is Global Agreement on Global Challenges Possible? Author: A. C. Grayling Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603773" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603773</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the Good of the World: Is Global Agreement on Global Challenges Possible? Author: A. C. Grayling Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A lucid and inspiring consideration of the challenges we and our world now face, and a proposal for a way to overcome them Can we human beings agree on a set of values which will allow us to confront the numerous threats that we and our planet face? Or will we continue our disagreements, rivalries, and antipathies, even as we collectively approach what, in the not-impossible extreme, might be extinction? To answer these questions, A. C. Grayling considers the three most pressing challenges facing the world: climate change, technology, and justice, acknowledging that there is no worldwide set of values that can be invoked to underwrite agreements about what to do and not do in the interests of humanity and the planet in all these respects. As extreme weather events increase in frequency, advances in AI and military technology accelerate, and inequities deepen everywhere, the question of how to confront the world’s various problems becomes even more urgent. If there is to be a chance of finding ways to generate universal agreement, the underlying question of values (together with the problem of relativism) has to be addressed. One part of the answer may lie in toleration and convivencia—the basis of coexistence among Muslims, Jews, and Christians in the Iberian peninsula between the ninth and fifteenth centuries CE.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cd8f005d63c1cfed003f36c36a0bdf71.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Crossing Borders: The Reconciliation of a Nation of Immigrants by Ali Noorani</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/crossing-borders-the-reconciliation-of-a-nation-of-immigrants-by-ali-noorani--65206325</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603262" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603262</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crossing Borders: The Reconciliation of a Nation of Immigrants Author: Ali Noorani Narrator: Zac Aleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Moving stories of American immigrants and their journeys In an era when immigration on a global scale defines the fears and aspirations of Americans, Crossing Borders presents the complexities of migration through the stories of families fleeing violence and poverty, the government and nongovernmental organizations helping or hindering their progress, and the American communities receiving them. Ali Noorani, who has spent years building bridges between immigrants and their often conservative communities, takes listeners on a journey to Honduras, Ciudad Juarez in Mexico, and Texas, meeting migrants and the organizations and people that help them on both sides of the border. He reports from the inside on why families make the heart-wrenching decision to leave home. Going beyond the polemical, partisan debate, Noorani offers sensitive insights and real solutions. Crossing Borders will appeal to a broad audience of concerned citizens across the political spectrum, faith communities, policymakers, and immigrants themselves.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603262</guid><pubDate>Mon, 28 Mar 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206325/9798200990665.mp3" length="1478290" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603262 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crossing Borders: The Reconciliation of a Nation of Immigrants Author: Ali Noorani Narrator: Zac Aleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603262" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603262</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crossing Borders: The Reconciliation of a Nation of Immigrants Author: Ali Noorani Narrator: Zac Aleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Moving stories of American immigrants and their journeys In an era when immigration on a global scale defines the fears and aspirations of Americans, Crossing Borders presents the complexities of migration through the stories of families fleeing violence and poverty, the government and nongovernmental organizations helping or hindering their progress, and the American communities receiving them. Ali Noorani, who has spent years building bridges between immigrants and their often conservative communities, takes listeners on a journey to Honduras, Ciudad Juarez in Mexico, and Texas, meeting migrants and the organizations and people that help them on both sides of the border. He reports from the inside on why families make the heart-wrenching decision to leave home. Going beyond the polemical, partisan debate, Noorani offers sensitive insights and real solutions. Crossing Borders will appeal to a broad audience of concerned citizens across the political spectrum, faith communities, policymakers, and immigrants themselves.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/05340409614c7b06fd1bc9f1252bb63a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Splintered: Critical Race Theory and the Progressive War on Truth by Jonathan Butcher</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/splintered-critical-race-theory-and-the-progressive-war-on-truth-by-jonathan-butcher--65206332</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602499" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602499</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Splintered: Critical Race Theory and the Progressive War on Truth Author: Jonathan Butcher Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Critical race theory has hijacked the US education system on every level. Parents, students, educators, and policymakers must know and support the truth about American history and reject this divisive and anti-American theory’s obsession with skin color and prejudice. The problem with our nation’s schools today is not just the low test scores in basic reading and math—which are an obstacle for the economy, not to mention students’ futures. The challenge is that K–12 instruction has been hijacked by Critical Theorists who are “skeptical” of representative government, freedom, and the American Dream. Students and adults are woefully unprepared to fulfill civic responsibilities. Civics—the study of the rights and duties of citizens—is simply not taught enough, and Critical Theorists have been filling this intellectual vacuum with their revisionist history and odious ideology, teaching young Americans to judge people by the color of their skin. The debates over the retelling of America’s past, on display in local school board meetings as well as conflicts between the New York Times’ 1619 Project and President Donald Trump’s 1776 Commission, involve not just historical facts, but how Americans define their nation. This battle over our national identity is a cultural battle, involving schools—cultural institutions—and the ideas we all need to share to get along with our neighbors, raise families, and pursue the American Dream.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602499</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206332/9798200918690.mp3" length="1477647" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602499 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Splintered: Critical Race Theory and the Progressive War on Truth Author: Jonathan Butcher Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602499" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602499</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Splintered: Critical Race Theory and the Progressive War on Truth Author: Jonathan Butcher Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Critical race theory has hijacked the US education system on every level. Parents, students, educators, and policymakers must know and support the truth about American history and reject this divisive and anti-American theory’s obsession with skin color and prejudice. The problem with our nation’s schools today is not just the low test scores in basic reading and math—which are an obstacle for the economy, not to mention students’ futures. The challenge is that K–12 instruction has been hijacked by Critical Theorists who are “skeptical” of representative government, freedom, and the American Dream. Students and adults are woefully unprepared to fulfill civic responsibilities. Civics—the study of the rights and duties of citizens—is simply not taught enough, and Critical Theorists have been filling this intellectual vacuum with their revisionist history and odious ideology, teaching young Americans to judge people by the color of their skin. The debates over the retelling of America’s past, on display in local school board meetings as well as conflicts between the New York Times’ 1619 Project and President Donald Trump’s 1776 Commission, involve not just historical facts, but how Americans define their nation. This battle over our national identity is a cultural battle, involving schools—cultural institutions—and the ideas we all need to share to get along with our neighbors, raise families, and pursue the American Dream.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9d568df8fd910b54dd48b15bf241c500.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The United States of Anonymous: How the First Amendment Shaped Online Speech by Jeff Kosseff</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-united-states-of-anonymous-how-the-first-amendment-shaped-online-speech-by-jeff-kosseff--65206350</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601349" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601349</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States of Anonymous: How the First Amendment Shaped Online Speech Author: Jeff Kosseff Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In The United States of Anonymous, Jeff Kosseff explores how the right to anonymity has shaped American values, politics, business, security, and discourse, particularly as technology has enabled people to separate their identities from their communications. Legal and political debates surrounding online privacy often focus on the Fourth Amendment's protection against unreasonable searches and seizures, overlooking the history and future of an equally powerful privacy right: the First Amendment's protection of anonymity. The United States of Anonymous features extensive and engaging interviews with people involved in the highest profile anonymity cases, as well as with those who have benefited from, and been harmed by, anonymous communications. Through these interviews, Kosseff explores how courts have protected anonymity for decades and, likewise, how law and technology have allowed individuals to control how much, if any, identifying information is associated with their communications. From blocking laws that prevent Ku Klux Klan members from wearing masks to restraining Alabama officials from forcing the NAACP to disclose its membership lists, and to refusing companies' requests to unmask online critics, courts have recognized that anonymity is a vital part of our free speech protections. The United States of Anonymous weighs the tradeoffs between the right to hide identity and the harms of anonymity, concluding that we must maintain a strong, if not absolute, right to anonymous speech.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601349</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206350/9798200924332.mp3" length="1478274" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601349 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States of Anonymous: How the First Amendment Shaped Online Speech Author: Jeff Kosseff Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601349" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601349</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States of Anonymous: How the First Amendment Shaped Online Speech Author: Jeff Kosseff Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In The United States of Anonymous, Jeff Kosseff explores how the right to anonymity has shaped American values, politics, business, security, and discourse, particularly as technology has enabled people to separate their identities from their communications. Legal and political debates surrounding online privacy often focus on the Fourth Amendment's protection against unreasonable searches and seizures, overlooking the history and future of an equally powerful privacy right: the First Amendment's protection of anonymity. The United States of Anonymous features extensive and engaging interviews with people involved in the highest profile anonymity cases, as well as with those who have benefited from, and been harmed by, anonymous communications. Through these interviews, Kosseff explores how courts have protected anonymity for decades and, likewise, how law and technology have allowed individuals to control how much, if any, identifying information is associated with their communications. From blocking laws that prevent Ku Klux Klan members from wearing masks to restraining Alabama officials from forcing the NAACP to disclose its membership lists, and to refusing companies' requests to unmask online critics, courts have recognized that anonymity is a vital part of our free speech protections. The United States of Anonymous weighs the tradeoffs between the right to hide identity and the harms of anonymity, concluding that we must maintain a strong, if not absolute, right to anonymous speech.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fc7857a1582b1fc04d47f1b41bc11ab6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Women Space Pioneers by Dr. Elliott Haimoff</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/women-space-pioneers-by-dr-elliott-haimoff--65206368</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597578" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597578</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Space Pioneers Author: Dr. Elliott Haimoff Narrator: Nichelle Nichols Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: March  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WOMEN SPACE PIONEERS is a profile of the lives and experiences of the first eight women astronauts in the U.S. space program when they all became astronauts, and their impact on the future of women's participation in space exploration.  What makes this audiobook absolutely UNIQUE is that seven of these astronauts were personally interviewed and their unfiltered and uncensored interviewed memories of their trials and tributlations of that era is presented here in their own words - Dr. Sally Ride, Dr. Kathy Sullivan, Dr. Anna Fisher, Dr. Rhea Seddon, Dr. Shannon Lucid, Dr. Bonnie Dunbar, and Dr. Mary Cleave.  In addition, interviews were also conducted and included here of some of the men who also flew with these women (Admiral TK Mattingly &amp; Capt. Dave Walker), along with some of the top NASA officials of those days at the Johnson Space Center (Dr. Carolyn Huntoon &amp; George Abbey).  There's also 3 songs by the noted singer, Jae Cie, who produced them as a tribute to their pioneering spirit.  This audiobook's introduction and epilogue are presented by NICHELLE NICHOLS, who portrayed the first woman astronaut on TV as communication officer Lt. Uhura in the original Star Trek TV series, and was an active recruiter of these women for NASA.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597578</guid><pubDate>Mon, 07 Mar 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206368/9781667949420.mp3" length="2437204" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597578 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Space Pioneers Author: Dr. Elliott Haimoff Narrator: Nichelle Nichols Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: March...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597578" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597578</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Space Pioneers Author: Dr. Elliott Haimoff Narrator: Nichelle Nichols Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: March  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WOMEN SPACE PIONEERS is a profile of the lives and experiences of the first eight women astronauts in the U.S. space program when they all became astronauts, and their impact on the future of women's participation in space exploration.  What makes this audiobook absolutely UNIQUE is that seven of these astronauts were personally interviewed and their unfiltered and uncensored interviewed memories of their trials and tributlations of that era is presented here in their own words - Dr. Sally Ride, Dr. Kathy Sullivan, Dr. Anna Fisher, Dr. Rhea Seddon, Dr. Shannon Lucid, Dr. Bonnie Dunbar, and Dr. Mary Cleave.  In addition, interviews were also conducted and included here of some of the men who also flew with these women (Admiral TK Mattingly &amp; Capt. Dave Walker), along with some of the top NASA officials of those days at the Johnson Space Center (Dr. Carolyn Huntoon &amp; George Abbey).  There's also 3 songs by the noted singer, Jae Cie, who produced them as a tribute to their pioneering spirit.  This audiobook's introduction and epilogue are presented by NICHELLE NICHOLS, who portrayed the first woman astronaut on TV as communication officer Lt. Uhura in the original Star Trek TV series, and was an active recruiter of these women for NASA.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a9d0f4fb54fd8f8001a0686e0aab6bee.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Blue New Deal: Why We Need a New Politics for the Ocean by Chris Armstrong</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-blue-new-deal-why-we-need-a-new-politics-for-the-ocean-by-chris-armstrong--65206320</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/598596" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/598596</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Blue New Deal: Why We Need a New Politics for the Ocean Author: Chris Armstrong Narrator: Eric G. Dove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: March  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The world’s ocean is in an urgent state of decline—here’s what we do to protect it. The ocean sustains life on our planet, from absorbing carbon to regulating temperatures. But as we exhaust the resources on land, its reserves are increasingly dredged and extracted to fuel new industry. Today we are facing two urgent challenges at sea: massive environmental destruction, and spiraling inequality in the ocean economy. Chris Armstrong reveals how existing governing institutions are failing to respond to the most pressing problems of our time. From the fate of people whose lands will be submerged as sea levels rise, to the exploitation of people working in fishing, to the rights of marine animals, Armstrong examines the current crises and makes the case for a powerful World Ocean Authority capable of tackling them. A Blue New Deal presents a radical manifesto for putting equality, democracy, and sustainability at the heart of ocean politics.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/598596</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206320/9798200978236.mp3" length="1477587" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/598596 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Blue New Deal: Why We Need a New Politics for the Ocean Author: Chris Armstrong Narrator: Eric G. Dove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/598596" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/598596</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Blue New Deal: Why We Need a New Politics for the Ocean Author: Chris Armstrong Narrator: Eric G. Dove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: March  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The world’s ocean is in an urgent state of decline—here’s what we do to protect it. The ocean sustains life on our planet, from absorbing carbon to regulating temperatures. But as we exhaust the resources on land, its reserves are increasingly dredged and extracted to fuel new industry. Today we are facing two urgent challenges at sea: massive environmental destruction, and spiraling inequality in the ocean economy. Chris Armstrong reveals how existing governing institutions are failing to respond to the most pressing problems of our time. From the fate of people whose lands will be submerged as sea levels rise, to the exploitation of people working in fishing, to the rights of marine animals, Armstrong examines the current crises and makes the case for a powerful World Ocean Authority capable of tackling them. A Blue New Deal presents a radical manifesto for putting equality, democracy, and sustainability at the heart of ocean politics.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2f5cabd7d3cdcf69e2a70d5b26450b7d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>United States of Fear: How America Fell Victim to a Mass Delusional Psychosis by Mark Mcdonald</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/united-states-of-fear-how-america-fell-victim-to-a-mass-delusional-psychosis-by-mark-mcdonald--65206283</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/598595" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/598595</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: United States of Fear: How America Fell Victim to a Mass Delusional Psychosis Author: Mark Mcdonald Narrator: Axel Bosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: March  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Psychiatrist Mark McDonald diagnoses our country as suffering from a mass delusional psychosis, driven by a pandemic of fear in response to COVID-19. As the COVID-19 pandemic unfolded, LA-based psychiatrist Mark McDonald grew increasingly concerned by the negative mental health effects he witnessed among his patients—and Americans nationwide. These negative effects—stress, anxiety, depression, addiction, domestic violence, suicidal ideation—were all directly traceable to the climate of fear being stoked by public health authorities and irresponsibly amplified by national media. These fears in turn drove a hysterical overreaction from government in the form of draconian lockdowns and mask and vaccine mandates of questionable value. But the fear did not abate and quickly took on a life of its own, becoming an unstoppable force in all our lives.  At last McDonald began to speak out, explaining that America is actually suffering from two pandemics: a viral one and a psychological one, a “pandemic of fear” that is in many ways more dangerous and damaging than the virus itself. Rooted in the natural anxieties of women on behalf of their children and families, inflamed and amplified by sensationalistic media, and driven over the top by hamfisted authoritarian measures from those in power, McDonald diagnoses the country at large as suffering from a mass delusional psychosis. This is not a metaphor. The malady itself is very real. Whether we can regain our collective sanity as a society remains to be seen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/598595</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206283/9798200969197.mp3" length="1477671" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/598595 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United States of Fear: How America Fell Victim to a Mass Delusional Psychosis Author: Mark Mcdonald Narrator: Axel Bosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/598595" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/598595</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: United States of Fear: How America Fell Victim to a Mass Delusional Psychosis Author: Mark Mcdonald Narrator: Axel Bosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: March  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Psychiatrist Mark McDonald diagnoses our country as suffering from a mass delusional psychosis, driven by a pandemic of fear in response to COVID-19. As the COVID-19 pandemic unfolded, LA-based psychiatrist Mark McDonald grew increasingly concerned by the negative mental health effects he witnessed among his patients—and Americans nationwide. These negative effects—stress, anxiety, depression, addiction, domestic violence, suicidal ideation—were all directly traceable to the climate of fear being stoked by public health authorities and irresponsibly amplified by national media. These fears in turn drove a hysterical overreaction from government in the form of draconian lockdowns and mask and vaccine mandates of questionable value. But the fear did not abate and quickly took on a life of its own, becoming an unstoppable force in all our lives.  At last McDonald began to speak out, explaining that America is actually suffering from two pandemics: a viral one and a psychological one, a “pandemic of fear” that is in many ways more dangerous and damaging than the virus itself. Rooted in the natural anxieties of women on behalf of their children and families, inflamed and amplified by sensationalistic media, and driven over the top by hamfisted authoritarian measures from those in power, McDonald diagnoses the country at large as suffering from a mass delusional psychosis. This is not a metaphor. The malady itself is very real. Whether we can regain our collective sanity as a society remains to be seen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/faf52e17c33a033e4a60ef64d417aed7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Respondent: Exposing the Cartel of Family Law by Greg Ellis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-respondent-exposing-the-cartel-of-family-law-by-greg-ellis--65206322</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595339" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595339</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Respondent: Exposing the Cartel of Family Law Author: Greg Ellis Narrator: Kevin Michael Richardson, Andrea Romano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  With The Respondent: Exposing the Cartel of Family Law, Hollywood veteran Greg Ellis delivers a gripping, unvarnished first-person account of family breakdown and the social, political, and legal forces that are fueling this national health emergency. It further exposes and condemns a gender bias that presumes that fathers are less effective caregivers. Family breakdown is the single greatest threat to American society. Every day, more than four thousand children lose a parent because of our archaic and inhumane family-court system. Every day, ten divorced men commit suicide. And now, one in three children in our country are without their father. The Respondent is Ellis’s personal story about a Hollywood dream razed by internal and external forces. Part memoir, part meditation, and part manifesto, it’s a timely and heartrending portrait of perhaps the most misunderstood aspect of the American legal system. Through its candor and moral strength, The Respondent offers guidance and hope. As such, it’s an indispensable read for not only parents enduring the grief of child separation, but all interested in learning about the gross overreach and unrelenting brutality of family law.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595339</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2022 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206322/9798200903900.mp3" length="1477675" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595339 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Respondent: Exposing the Cartel of Family Law Author: Greg Ellis Narrator: Kevin Michael Richardson, Andrea Romano Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595339" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/595339</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Respondent: Exposing the Cartel of Family Law Author: Greg Ellis Narrator: Kevin Michael Richardson, Andrea Romano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  With The Respondent: Exposing the Cartel of Family Law, Hollywood veteran Greg Ellis delivers a gripping, unvarnished first-person account of family breakdown and the social, political, and legal forces that are fueling this national health emergency. It further exposes and condemns a gender bias that presumes that fathers are less effective caregivers. Family breakdown is the single greatest threat to American society. Every day, more than four thousand children lose a parent because of our archaic and inhumane family-court system. Every day, ten divorced men commit suicide. And now, one in three children in our country are without their father. The Respondent is Ellis’s personal story about a Hollywood dream razed by internal and external forces. Part memoir, part meditation, and part manifesto, it’s a timely and heartrending portrait of perhaps the most misunderstood aspect of the American legal system. Through its candor and moral strength, The Respondent offers guidance and hope. As such, it’s an indispensable read for not only parents enduring the grief of child separation, but all interested in learning about the gross overreach and unrelenting brutality of family law.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ae014691c6e3c9bfb722e6c3f275e079.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Savarkar (Part 2) B : A Contested Legacy, 1924-1966 by Vikram Sampath</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/savarkar-part-2-b-a-contested-legacy-1924-1966-by-vikram-sampath--65206400</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592435" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592435</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Savarkar (Part 2) B : A Contested Legacy, 1924-1966 Author: Vikram Sampath Narrator: Pratik Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: October  5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was Savarkar really a co-conspirator in the Gandhi murder? Was there a pogrom against a particular community after Gandhi's assassination? Decades after his death, Vinayak Damodar Savarkar continues to uniquely influence India's political scenario. An optimistic advocate of Hindu-Muslim unity in his treatise on the 1857 War of Independence, what was it that transformed him into a proponent of 'Hindutva'? A former president of the All-India Hindu Mahasabha, Savarkar was a severe critic of the Congress's appeasement politics. After Gandhi's murder, Savarkar was charged as a co-conspirator in the assassination. While he was acquitted by the court, Savarkar is still alleged to have played a role in Gandhi's assassination, a topic that is often discussed and debated. In this concluding volume of the Savarkar series, exploring a vast range of original archival documents from across India and outside it, in English and several Indian languages, historian Vikram Sampath brings to light the life and works of Vinayak Damodar Savarkar, one of the most contentious political thinkers and leaders of the twentieth century.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592435</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206400/9789354921919.mp3" length="4837108" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592435 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Savarkar (Part 2) B : A Contested Legacy, 1924-1966 Author: Vikram Sampath Narrator: Pratik Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592435" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592435</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Savarkar (Part 2) B : A Contested Legacy, 1924-1966 Author: Vikram Sampath Narrator: Pratik Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: October  5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was Savarkar really a co-conspirator in the Gandhi murder? Was there a pogrom against a particular community after Gandhi's assassination? Decades after his death, Vinayak Damodar Savarkar continues to uniquely influence India's political scenario. An optimistic advocate of Hindu-Muslim unity in his treatise on the 1857 War of Independence, what was it that transformed him into a proponent of 'Hindutva'? A former president of the All-India Hindu Mahasabha, Savarkar was a severe critic of the Congress's appeasement politics. After Gandhi's murder, Savarkar was charged as a co-conspirator in the assassination. While he was acquitted by the court, Savarkar is still alleged to have played a role in Gandhi's assassination, a topic that is often discussed and debated. In this concluding volume of the Savarkar series, exploring a vast range of original archival documents from across India and outside it, in English and several Indian languages, historian Vikram Sampath brings to light the life and works of Vinayak Damodar Savarkar, one of the most contentious political thinkers and leaders of the twentieth century.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a39bcb88a6dbfd1fbde85ab3ec10de6b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Savarkar (Part 2) A: A Contested Legacy, 1924-1966 by Vikram Sampath</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/savarkar-part-2-a-a-contested-legacy-1924-1966-by-vikram-sampath--65206393</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592436" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592436</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Savarkar (Part 2) A: A Contested Legacy, 1924-1966 Author: Vikram Sampath Narrator: Pratik Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 34 minutes Release date: October  5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was Savarkar really a co-conspirator in the Gandhi murder?  Was there a pogrom against a particular community after Gandhi's assassination? Decades after his death, Vinayak Damodar Savarkar continues to uniquely influence India's political scenario. An optimistic advocate of Hindu-Muslim unity in his treatise on the 1857 War of Independence, what was it that transformed him into a proponent of 'Hindutva'? A former president of the All-India Hindu Mahasabha, Savarkar was a severe critic of the Congress's appeasement politics. After Gandhi's murder, Savarkar was charged as a co-conspirator in the assassination. While he was acquitted by the court, Savarkar is still alleged to have played a role in Gandhi's assassination, a topic that is often discussed and debated. In this concluding volume of the Savarkar series, exploring a vast range of original archival documents from across India and outside it, in English and several Indian languages, historian Vikram Sampath brings to light the life and works of Vinayak Damodar Savarkar, one of the most contentious political thinkers and leaders of the twentieth century.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592436</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:16 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65206393/9789354921834.mp3" length="4837179" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Concepcion  Marquardt</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592436 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Savarkar (Part 2) A: A Contested Legacy, 1924-1966 Author: Vikram Sampath Narrator: Pratik Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 34...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592436" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592436</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Savarkar (Part 2) A: A Contested Legacy, 1924-1966 Author: Vikram Sampath Narrator: Pratik Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 34 minutes Release date: October  5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was Savarkar really a co-conspirator in the Gandhi murder?  Was there a pogrom against a particular community after Gandhi's assassination? Decades after his death, Vinayak Damodar Savarkar continues to uniquely influence India's political scenario. An optimistic advocate of Hindu-Muslim unity in his treatise on the 1857 War of Independence, what was it that transformed him into a proponent of 'Hindutva'? A former president of the All-India Hindu Mahasabha, Savarkar was a severe critic of the Congress's appeasement politics. After Gandhi's murder, Savarkar was charged as a co-conspirator in the assassination. While he was acquitted by the court, Savarkar is still alleged to have played a role in Gandhi's assassination, a topic that is often discussed and debated. In this concluding volume of the Savarkar series, exploring a vast range of original archival documents from across India and outside it, in English and several Indian languages, historian Vikram Sampath brings to light the life and works of Vinayak Damodar Savarkar, one of the most contentious political thinkers and leaders of the twentieth century.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a39bcb88a6dbfd1fbde85ab3ec10de6b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item></channel></rss>
